,
2016

Revised and Published in 2016.
© Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India, 2016
Material from this publication may be used for educational or other purposes with due
credits.
Overall guidance
Sh. Neeraj Mandloi, IAS. Joint Secretary, Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India
Technical TeamTCPO
Late Sh. J.B. Kshirsagar.
Sh. R. Srinivas
Sh. Sudeep Roy
Ms. D Blessy

Former Chief Planner
TCP (Head), MUT Division
Assistant TCP
Assistant TCP

Stakeholders in Consultative Workshop
Central Governments agencies/ Institutes:
National Disaster Management Authority
Bureau of Indian Standards
National Building Construction Corporation
National Remote Sensing Centre
Delhi Development Authority
National Capital Region Planning Board
Indian Institute of Public Administration
Municipal Corporation of Delhi (South)
Housing and Urban Development Corporation
Schools of Planning and ArchitectureState Government Departments
State Town and Country Planning Departments
Selected Urban Development Authorities
Selected Urban Local Bodies.
Associations like CREDAI and NAREDCO
Expert Review
Prof. Dr. PSN Rao

Chairman, Delhi Urban Arts Commission. New Delhi

PRELUDE

Building Bye-Laws are legal tools used to regulate coverage, height, building
bulk, and architectural design and construction aspects of buildings so as to achieveorderly development of an area. They are mandatory in nature and serve to protect
buildings against fire, earthquake, noise, structural failures and other hazards. In India,
there are still many small and medium sized towns which do not have building bye-laws
and in the absence of any regulatory mechanism, such towns are confronted withexcessive coverage, encroachment and haphazard development resulting in chaotic
conditions, inconvenience for the users, and disregard for building aesthetics, etc. It is in
this context, TCPO has made an effort to prepare “Model Building Bye-Laws- 2016” forthe guidance of the State Governments, Urban Local Bodies, Urban Development
Authorities, etc which is an improvement over the previous Model Building Bye Lawsbrought out in 2004.

In 2003, the Ministry of Urban Development desired that Model Building ByeLaws be prepared, in view of Bhuj Earthquake that occurred in 2001, to lay focus on
structural safety of buildings and for the guidance of the State Governments. Accordingly,
the MBBL 2004 incorporated the provisions of structural safety and other provisions likerainwater harvesting and waste water recycling, solar assisted heating, barrier free publicbuildings and fire safety. The Bye-Laws were circulated to all the State Governments andUnion territories and out of 36 States and UTs, wherein 22 States and UTs haveundertaken comprehensive revision of their respective Building Bye-Laws since 2004.
The Raison d'être for revising the Bye-Laws are as under:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Growing Environmental concerns
Increased Safety and Security measures
Technological Developments
Swachh Bharat Mission
Focus on Ease of Doing BusinessIn 2015, it was further desired by the Ministry of Urban Development that theModel Building Bye-Laws, 2004 needs to be revised and updated keeping in view the
emerging issues like Norms for Rooftop Solar PV Installation, Segregated sanitation
facilities for visitors in public buildings, Additional provisions in Building regulations fornatural hazard prone areas, Conservation of heritage sites including heritage buildings,

heritage precincts and natural feature areas, Bye-laws for safe use of glass, barrier freeenvironment for disabled, children and old persons and Mitigation of the effects ofelectromagnetic radiation on built spaces.

The Draft Model Building Bye-laws, 2016 were circulated to Central
Governments agencies/ institutes like National Disaster Management Authority, Bureau
of Indian Standards, National Building Construction Corporation, Delhi Development
Authority, National Capital Region Planning Board, Indian Institute of Public
Administration, Municipal Corporation of Delhi (South), Housing and Urban
Development Corporation, Schools of Planning and Architecture, State Town andCountry Planning Departments, selected Urban Development Authorities, selected Urban
Local bodies and associations like CREDAI and NAREDCO for obtaining theircomments and suggestions.

A National Workshop on Draft Model Building Bye Laws, 2016 was held on
18.2.2015 mainly to obtain comments / suggestions from the State Town and Country
Planning Departments/Urban Development Authorities/ Municipal Corporations andSchools of Planning and other related stakeholders like Association of Real Estate
Developers and private consultants. The workshop was attended by 110 participants andcomments/suggestions on following issues emerged out in the day long deliberations•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Norms for High Rise Buildings (Chapter 5)
Norms for differently abled, senior citizens and children (Chapter 8)
Sustainability and Green buildings (Chapter 10)
Streamlining building pla approvals, Ease of Doing Business (Chapter 13)
Norms for Low income housing
Parking Norms (public parking space for vehicles in CBD)
Flexible FAR prescriptions
Incorporation of new terms in definitions
Updation of all IS Codes of BIS
Updating fire provisions with respect to staircase and exits.
A review meeting was held under the chairmanship of Secretary (UD) on

06.07.2015 wherein Joint Secretary (UD) made a presentation on the draft MBBL, 2016.
In the meeting, it was decided that the draft may also be circulated to related Ministries
involved in granting NOCs for construction projects. Comments were received from the
Ministries of Culture, Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution, Housing andUrban Poverty Alleviation, Power, Water Resources and River development and Ganga
Rejuvenation and Civil Aviation. The relevant comments received from all the concerned
have been duly incorporated in the MBBL, 2016.

The salient features of MBBL- 2016 are given as under •Safety and security (Chapter-6): includes Structural Safety, Disaster management as
per Prof. Arya Committee Report and BIS Codes including Structural Design Basis
Report (SDBR) for various building types. Prevention measures against “SoftStoreys” in multi-storeyed buildings and Proof Checking of Structural Design forbuildings.

•

Barrier Free Environment: Provisions for Differently abled, Elderly and Children
including Site development, Access Path/ Walk Way, Parking, Building
requirements, Stair, Lifts, Toilets, Drinking Water, Refuge and signage.

•

Environmental Concerns: Additional Chapter-10 incorporated for Green Buildings
and Sustainability provisions, Rainwater Harvesting, Wastewater Reuse and Recycle
and installation of Solar Roof Top PV norms.

•

AdoptionforModernConstruction

Technology:

Additional

Chapter-5

incorporates Definitions, Structural Safety and other provisions for Highrise Building
regulations with Parking, Peripheral Open Spaces including set-backs. Disaster
Management & Fire Safety.
•

Swachh Bharat Mission: Revised Norms for adequate toilet facilities for womenand Public Conveniences in Public Buildings and Mandatory Provisions forSegregated toilet facilities for visitors in Public Buildings.

•

Ease of Doing Business: Additional Chapter-14 includes Provision for Online
Building plan approval process adopting automated systems of plan scrutiny,
generation of reports/approvals and integrated systems of intimation of approval,
Compliance report from drawings for automatic generation of Completion certificate
and integration of various clearances at Master Plan levels and introduction ofIntegrating “Single Window” process, Empowering Architects, Outsourcing nondiscretionary verification jobs and formulation of Citizen’s Charter.

•

Rain Water Harvesting: Additional Chapter-9 Indicative Provisions for harvestingin various types of buildings along with responsibility of ULBs for RWH in public
spaces, provisions for Enforcement and Monitoring.

•

Effects of Communication Technology: Additional Annexure –I, Draft Guidelines
for mitigation of Electro Magnetic Radiations in built spaces by identifying emission
appliances/ sources. Guidelines for safe spacing of indoor and outdoor appliancesand equipment.

It is hoped that the document will be useful for State Governments, Urban Local
Bodies, Development Authorities, State Town Planning Departments and other Planning
Agencies in various parts of the country in revising their respective Building Bye Laws.

Metro and Union Territory Division
Town and Country Planning Organization

Contents

1.

2.

3.

DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................... 1
1.0

General ...........................................................................................................................1

1.1

Definitions......................................................................................................................1JURISDICTION/APPLICABILITYAND
BUILDING
DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES ............................................................ 13
2.1

Jurisdiction of Building Bye Laws ..............................................................................13

2.2

Applicability of Building Bye Laws ............................................................................13

2.3

Development and part construction .............................................................................13

2.4

In case of Part construction ..........................................................................................13

2.5

Change of use / occupancy ..........................................................................................13

2.6

Reconstruction .............................................................................................................13

2.7

Existing approved building ..........................................................................................13

2.8

Development ................................................................................................................14

2.9

Procedure for obtaining building permit ......................................................................14

2.10

All Plans .......................................................................................................................16

2.11

Signing of plans ...........................................................................................................20

2.12

Notice for alteration .....................................................................................................20

2.13

Building permit fees .....................................................................................................21

2.14

Sanction........................................................................................................................21

2.15

Procedure during Construction Work ..........................................................................24

2.16

Notice of Completion ...................................................................................................25

2.17

Completion and Permission for Occupation ................................................................26

2.18

Occupancy/ Part Completion Certificate .....................................................................27

2.19

Connection to the municipal sewer / water mains .......................................................27

DEVELOPMENT CODES ............................................................................... 29
3.1

Flexible FAR ................................................................................................................29

3.2

Development norms and standards for hill towns........................................................31

3.3

Parking standard...........................................................................................................31

3.4

Specific premises .........................................................................................................34

3.5

Non-residential premises .............................................................................................37

3.6

Commercial ..................................................................................................................37

3.7

Industrial plot ...............................................................................................................40

3.8

Transportation ..............................................................................................................41

3.9

Aerodromes ..................................................................................................................41

3.10

Public - Semi-public ....................................................................................................42

3.11

Educational Facilities ...................................................................................................44

3.12

Security Services ..........................................................................................................46

3.13

Post and telegraph office, head post office ..................................................................47

Model Building Bye-laws, 2016i

Contents

4.

3.14

Farm houses ................................................................................................................. 47

3.15

Professional activity .................................................................................................... 47

3.16

Socio – cultural facilities ............................................................................................. 48

GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND SERVICES ....................51
4.1

General ........................................................................................................................ 51

4.2

Requirements for Parts of Buildings .......................................................................... 51

4.3

Habitable Rooms ......................................................................................................... 51

4.4

Kitchen ........................................................................................................................ 52

4.5

Bathrooms and Water-Closets ..................................................................................... 52

4.6

Ledge or Tand/Loft...................................................................................................... 53

4.7

Mezzanine Floor .......................................................................................................... 53

4.8Store Room .................................................................................................................. 54

4.9

Garage.......................................................................................................................... 54

4.10

Basement ..................................................................................................................... 54

4.11

Chimneys ..................................................................................................................... 55

4.12

Parapet ......................................................................................................................... 55

4.13

Cabin ........................................................................................................................... 55

4.14

Boundary Wall ............................................................................................................ 55

4.15

Septic Tanks ................................................................................................................ 55

4.16

Meter Rooms ............................................................................................................... 57

4.17

Staircase/Exit Requirements........................................................................................ 57

4.18

Roofs ........................................................................................................................... 57

4.19

Special Requirements of Low Income Housing .......................................................... 58

4.20

Special Requirements for Cluster Planning for Housing ............................................ 58

4.21

Group housing ............................................................................................................. 58

4.22

Non-residential buildings ............................................................................................ 58

4.23

Other general requirements ......................................................................................... 59

4.24

Means of access (Including Fire Safety- Ref Chapter 10) .......................................... 60

4.25

Provision of exterior open spaces and height limitation around the building ............. 63

4.26

Interior Open Space for Light and Ventilation ............................................................ 63

4.27

Joint Open Air Space ................................................................................................... 63

4.28

Provision of Podium for parking and landscaping ...................................................... 64

4.29

Exemption to Open Spaces/Covered area ................................................................... 64

4.30

Lighting and ventilation of rooms ............................................................................... 66

4.31

Building Services ........................................................................................................ 68

4.32

Plumbing and Sanitary Services .................................................................................. 68

4.33

Segregated sanitation for Visitors in Public Buildings................................................ 68

4.34

Construction Site ......................................................................................................... 79ii

Model Building Bye-laws, 2016

Contents

5.

6.

7.

8.

4.35

Temporary Camp Toilets .............................................................................................80

4.36

Special / Contingency Toilets ......................................................................................80

4.37

General guidance for water supply arrangements ........................................................80

PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE DEVELOPMENT .................................... 81
5.1

High Rise .....................................................................................................................81

5.2

Peripheral Open Spaces including set backs ................................................................81

5.3

Parking Spaces .............................................................................................................81

5.4

Building components ...................................................................................................82

5.5

Building Services .........................................................................................................87

PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY.............................................. 91
6.1

Structural design and safety .........................................................................................91

6.2

Structural requirements of low income housing ..........................................................96

6.3

Inspection .....................................................................................................................96

6.4

Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests ......................99

SPECIALREQUIREMENTSFOROCCUPANCY/LANDDEVELOPMENT AND OTHER ................................................................... 101
7.1

Industrial Buildings (Factories, Workshops, etc.) .....................................................101

7.2

Educational Building (School/Colleges)....................................................................101

7.3

Assembly Building (Cinema, Theaters, etc.) .............................................................102

7.4

Petrol filling station....................................................................................................102

7.5

Burial and cremation grounds ....................................................................................102

7.6

Building in mining area .............................................................................................103

7.7

Poultry farms (wherever allowed as per master plan) ...............................................103

7.8

Special buildings not covred ......................................................................................104

7.9

Provisions in the public buildings for handicapped persons ......................................104

7.10

Resettlement and Slum insitu upgradaion..................................................................104

7.11

Rules for development of land ...................................................................................104

7.12

Penal action for violation of master plan/zonal plan regulation/bye- laws ................104

7.13

Signs and outdoor display structus ............................................................................104

PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERNTLY-ABLED, ELDERLY AND
CHILDREN ...................................................................................................... 105
8.1

Applicability ..............................................................................................................105

8.2

Guidelines and Provisions..........................................................................................105

8.3

Types of buildings to adopt barrier free guidelines as notified by the state
government ................................................................................................................105

8.4

Building requirements ................................................................................................107

8.5

Stair-ways ..................................................................................................................107

8.6

Lifts ............................................................................................................................108

Model Building Bye-laws, 2016iii

Contents

9.

8.7

Toilets ........................................................................................................................ 108

8.8

Designing for Children .............................................................................................. 109

8.9

Drinking Water: ......................................................................................................... 109

8.10

Refuge ....................................................................................................................... 109

8.11

Proper signage ........................................................................................................... 110

8.12

Public Building regulations ....................................................................................... 110

RAINWATER HARVESTING ......................................................................111
9.1

The RWH system ...................................................................................................... 111

9.2

Rainwater harvesting techniques: .............................................................................. 111

9.3

Harvesting provisions in various Building categories:.............................................. 112

9.4

Rain Water Harvesting Provisions for Open spaces in cities .................................... 112

9.5

Ground Water Recharge ............................................................................................ 113

9.6

Enforcement and Monitoring .................................................................................... 113

10. GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS ...............115
10.1

Provisions and Applicability ..................................................................................... 115

10.2

Provisions for Sanction.............................................................................................. 116

10.3

Various Guidelines for Green Rating systems .......................................................... 120

11. FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ...............121
11.1

Scope ......................................................................................................................... 121

11.2

Procedure for clearance from fire service ................................................................. 121

11.3

Renewal of fire clearance .......................................................................................... 122

11.4

Fee ............................................................................................................................. 122

11.5

Fire consulant ............................................................................................................ 122

11.6

Terminology .............................................................................................................. 122

11.7

General ...................................................................................................................... 122

11.8

Fire Escapes or External Stairs:................................................................................. 123

11.9

Provision of lifts ........................................................................................................ 124

11.10 Basement ................................................................................................................... 126
11.11 Provision of helipad................................................................................................... 128
11.12 Service ducts/refuge chute ......................................................................................... 128
11.13 Electrical services ...................................................................................................... 128
11.14 Staircase and corridor lights ...................................................................................... 129
11.15 Air-conditioning ........................................................................................................ 129
11.16 Boiler oom ................................................................................................................. 130
11.17 Alternate source of electric spply .............................................................................. 131
11.18 Safety measures in electric sub-station...................................................................... 131
11.19 Fire protection requirements...................................................................................... 134
11.20 Static water storage tank............................................................................................ 135
iv
Model Building Bye-laws, 2016

Contents
11.21 Automatic sprinklers ..................................................................................................135
11.22 Fixed carbon di-oxide /foam/dco water spray extinguishing system.........................136
11.23 Fire alarm system .......................................................................................................136
11.24 Control Room.............................................................................................................137
11.25 Fire drills and fire orders............................................................................................137
11.26 Material used for construction of building.................................................................137
11.27 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) ...............................................................................138
11.28 House keeping ............................................................................................................138
11.29 Fire prevention ...........................................................................................................139
11.30 Occupancy restrictions ...............................................................................................141

12. CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES INCLUDING HERITAGEBUILDINGS, HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE
AREAS .............................................................................................................. 143
12.1

Applicability ..............................................................................................................143

12.2

Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings....................................................144

12.3

Restrictions on development / re-development / repairs etc. .....................................144

12.4

Penalties .....................................................................................................................145

12.5

Preparation of list of heritage sites including heritage buildings, heritage precincts
and listed natural feature areas ...................................................................................145

12.6

Alteration / modification / relaxation in development norms ....................................145

12.7

Heritage precincts / natural feature areas ...................................................................146

12.8

Road widening ...........................................................................................................146

12.9

Incentive uses for heritage buildings .........................................................................146

12.10 Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony ........................................................146
12.11 Restrictive covenants .................................................................................................147
12.12 Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts .......................................................147
12.13 Opinion of the Heritage Conservation Committee ....................................................148
12.14 Approval to preserve the beauty of the area ..............................................................148
12.15 Signs and outdoor display structures / including street furniture on heritage sites ...148
12.16 Composition of heritage conservation committee .....................................................149
12.17 Implications of listing as heritage buildings ..............................................................150
12.18 Ownership not affected ..............................................................................................150

13. STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVALS .......................... 151
13.1

Streamlining the building approval/sanction procedure (Ease of doing business) ....151

13.2

Clearances at Master Plan level .................................................................................152

13.3

Clearances at the Local Authorities ...........................................................................154

13.4

Options for reducing the timelines for approvals: .....................................................154

13.5

Risk Based Classification of building proposals .......................................................156

Model Building Bye-laws, 2016v

Contents
13.6

Other Suggestions to enhance ease of doing business: ............................................. 158

14. CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION: INTEGRATION OF
ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES WITH SANCTION. .......................161
14.1

Environmental conditions for compliance during Building approvals...................... 161

ANNEXURE AND APPENDICES
Appendices to MBBL 2016
Annexure I: Guidelines for mitigation of effects of E M R in Built spaces
Annexure II: Technical Aspects and Options of RWH in built and open spaces

vi

169
235
245

Model Building Bye-laws, 2016

Contents

Model Building Bye-laws, 2016vii

Contents
List of Tables:
Table 2.1 Drawing Sheet sizes ......................................................................................................... 16
Table 2.2 Colouring of Plans ............................................................................................................ 16
Table 2.3 Clearances from Electric Supply Lines ............................................................................ 18
Table 3.1 Parking standards ............................................................................................................. 32
Table 3.4 Net residential density of group housing, controls ........................................................... 36
Table 3.5 Development Controls on Service and Light Industrial Plots .......................................... 40
Table 3.7 Development controls on Transport Terminals ................................................................ 41
Table 3.8 Development Controls on Health Centers and Nursing Homes ....................................... 43
Table 3.9 Development Controls for Other Education Facilities ..................................................... 45
Table 3.10 Development Controls for Education Facilities ............................................................. 46
Table 3.12 Development control for other services ......................................................................... 47
Table 3.13 Development control for farm house.............................................................................. 47
Table 3.14 Development Control for Distributive Services ............................................................. 48
Table 3.15 Development Controls for Socio- Cultural Facilities ..................................................... 48
Table 4.1 Occupant Load ................................................................................................................. 51
Table 4.2 Minimum height requirement for educational and industrial buildings ........................... 52
Table 4.3 Occupants per unit Exit width .......................................................................................... 61
Table 4.4 Provision of Exterior Open Spaces around the buildings…………………………….....64
Table 4.5 Size of ventilation Shaft ………………………………………………………...………67
Table 4.6 Per Capita water requirement for various Occupancies/Uses ………………...……….70
Table 4.7 Flushing Storage Capacities ............................................................................................. 71
Table 4.8 Domestic Storage Capacities ............................................................................................ 71
Table 4.9 Sanitation requirements for Shops and Commercial Offices ........................................... 71
Table 4.10 Sanitary Requirements for Hotels .................................................................................. 72
Table 4.11 Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy .................................................... 73
Table 4.12 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy- Hospital ................... 74
Table 4.13 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) (staff quarters and Hostels) ......... 74
Table 4.14 Sanitation Requirements for Governmental and Public Business and Offices .............. 75
Table 4.15 Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in Public Buildings .................................... 75
Table 4.16 The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitors’ toilets ................. 76
Table 4.17 The recommended areas for different facilities at visitors’ toilets ................................. 76
Table 4.18 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theaters,
Auditoria. Etc.) ..................................................................................................................... 76
Table 4.19 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings ......................................................... 77
Table 4.20 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants ....................................................................... 77
Table 4.21 Sanitation Requirements for Factories ........................................................................... 78
Table 4.22 Sanitary Requirements for Large Stations and Airports ................................................ 79
Table 4.23 General Standards/Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area ................................... 79
Table 4.24 Contingency Toilet facilities for Special Events ............................................................ 80
Table 5.1 Minimum width of staircase for different types of buildings ........................................... 84
Table 5.2 Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction .............................................. 84
Table 5.3 Glass quality and Use of Glass in buildings
84
Table 6.1 Proof Checking requirements of Structural Design .......................................................... 94
Table 7.1 Setback for farm building ............................................................................................... 103
Table 9.1 Provisions for Rainwater harvesting by building types.................................................. 112
Table 10.1 Provisions and applicability for various plot sizes (all use premises) .......................... 115
Table 10.2 Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation and generation ........................................ 117
Table 12.1 Grading of Listed heritage ............................................................................................ 147
Table 13.1 Clearances from various agencies proposed to be integrated in Master Plans ............. 152
Table 13.2 Timelines of clearances from various agencies ............................................................ 153
Table 13.3 Risk Matrix for different residential buildings ............................................................. 156
viii
Model Building Bye-laws, 2016

Contents
Table 13.4 Risk Matrix for Storage/Warehouses ........................................................................... 156
Table 14.1: Environmental Conditions Category “A”: 5000–sqmt - 20000 sqmt ......................... 163
Table 14.2: Environmental Conditions Category “B”: 20000–sqmt - 50000 sqmt ....................... 164
Table 14.3: Environmental Conditions Category “C”: 50000 sqmt - 150000 sqmt ...................... 165

Model Building Bye-laws, 2016ix

Contents

Model Building Bye-laws, 2016

Definitions 1

1.

DEFINITIONS

1.0

GeneralIn these Bye-Laws, unless the context otherwise requires the definition given shallhave the meaning indicated against each term.
All mandatory Master Plan/Zonal Plan regulations regarding use, land use, coverage,
FAR, set- back, open space, height, number of stories, number of dwelling units,
parking standards etc. for various categories of buildings including modification
therein made from time to time shall be applicable mutatis mutandis in the Building
Bye-Laws regulations under this clause. All amendments / modifications made in the
aforesaid regulations shall automatically stand deemed to have been included as part ofthese Bye-laws.

1.1

Definitions

1.
2.
3.

“Access" - A clear approach to a plot or a building.
“Act”- The Act of the Local Body/Authority concerned.
“Addition and/or Alteration”- A change from one occupancy to another, or astructural change including an addition to the area or change in height or the removalof part of building, or any change to the structure, such as the construction or removal
or cutting into of any wall or part of a wall, partition, column, beam, joist, floor
including a mezzanine floor or other support, or a change to or closing of any requiredmeans of access ingress or egress or a change to fixtures or equipment" as provided inthese Bye-Laws.
“Advertising Sign”- Any surface or structure with characters, letters or illustrations
applied thereto and displayed in any manner whatsoever outdoors for the purpose ofadvertising or giving information or to attract the public to any place, person, public
performance, article, or merchandise, and which surface or structure is attached to,forms part of, or is connected with any building, or is fixed to a tree or to the ground or
to any pole, screen, fence or hoarding or displayed in space, or in or over any water
body included in the jurisdiction of the Authority.
“Air-conditioning”- The process of treating air so as to control simultaneously its
temperature, humidity, purity, distribution and air movement and pressure to meet therequirements of the conditioned space.
“Amenity”- Includes roads, street, open spaces, parks, recreational grounds, playgrounds, gardens, water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage, drainage,
public works and other utilities, services and conveniences.
“Application”- An application made in such form as may be prescribed by the
Authority from time to time.
“Approved”- As approved/sanctioned by the Authority under applicable Bye-Laws.
“Architect”- A person holding a graduate degree in Bachelor of Architecture fromany institute recognized by the Council of Architecture (COA) and has his/her nameentered in the register of COA for the time being, with a valid COA Registration
number. (Please see Appendix “E”- Qualification and Competence of Technical
Personnel for Preparation of Schemes for Building Permit and Supervision).
“Architect/Professional on record”- An architect/Competent professional who isbrought on record to represent his/her client for a construction project, to act on theirbehalf regarding building permits and process of construction (as detailed at Section

4.

5.

6.

7.
8.
9.

10.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 1

1

Definitions

6.3.8 and competence given as per Appendix ‘E’). He/She may be registered with the
Authority for the cause.
“Area”- In relation to a building means the superficies of a horizontal section thereof
made at the plinth level inclusive of the external walls and of such portions of the party
walls as belong to the building“Authority”- The Authority which has been created by a statute and which, for the
purpose of administering the Code/Part, may authorize a committee or an official or an
agency to act on its behalf; hereinafter called the ‘Authority’. Authority can be any
Urban Local Body/Urban Development Authority/Industrial Development Authority
or any other authority as notified by the State Government as the case may be.
“Balcony”- A horizontal projection, cantilevered or otherwise including a parapet"
handrail, balustrade, to serve as a passage or sit out place.
“Barsati”- A habitable room/rooms on the roof of the building with or without toilet /kitchen.
“Basement or Cellar”- The lower storey of a building, below or partly below theground level, with one or more than one levels.
“Building”- A structure constructed with any materials whatsoever for any purpose,
whether used for human habitation or not, and includes:i) Foundation, plinth, walls, floors, roofs, chimneys, plumbing and building services,
fixed platforms etc.

11.

12.

13.
14.
15.
16.

ii) Verandahs, balconies, cornices, projections etc.
iii) Parts of a building or anything affixed thereto;iv) Any wall enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space, sign and outdoor
display structures; etc.,v) Tanks constructed or fixed for storage of chemicals or chemicals in liquid form andfor storage of water, effluent, swimming pool, ponds etc.,vi) All types of buildings as defined in (a) to (q) below, except tents, shamianas andtarpaulin shelters erected temporarily for temporary purposes and ceremonial
occasions, shall be considered to be "buildings".
Types of Buildings based on use of premises or activity:
a. “Residential Building”- includes a building in which sleeping and living
accommodation is provided for normal residential purposes, with cooking facilities
and includes one or more family dwellings, apartment houses, flats, and private
garages of such buildings.
b. “Educational Building”- Includes a building exclusively used for a school orcollege, recognized by the appropriate Board or University, or any other Competent
Authority involving assembly for instruction, education or recreation incidental toeducational use, and including a building for such other uses as research institution.
It shall also include quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises, andbuilding used as a hostel captive to an educational institution whether situated in its
campus or outside.
c. “Institutional Building”- Includes a building constructed by Government, SemiGovernment Organizations or Registered Trusts and used for medical or othertreatment, or for an auditorium or complex for cultural and allied activities or for an
hospice, care of persons suffering from physical or mental illness, handicap, diseaseor infirmity, care of orphans, abandoned women, children and infants, convalescents,
Page 2Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Definitions 1

destitute or aged persons and for penal or correctional detention with restricted
liberty of the inmates ordinarily providing sleeping accommodation and includes
dharamshalas, hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal institutions such as jails,
prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and reformatories etc.
d. “Assembly Building”- A building or part thereof, where groups of people (not < 50)
congregate or gather for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil,
travel and similar purposes and this includes buildings of drama and cinemas
theatres, drive-in-theatres, assembly halls, city halls, town halls, auditoria, exhibition
halls, museums, "mangal karyalayas", skating rinks, gymnasia, restaurants, eating or
boarding houses, places of worship, dance halls, clubs, gymkhanas and road,railways, air, sea or other public transportation stations and recreation piers.
e. “Business Building”- Includes any building or part thereof used principally fortransaction of business and/or keeping of accounts and records including offices,
banks, professional establishments, court houses etc., if their principal function istransaction of business and/or keeping of books and records.
f. “Mercantile Building”- Includes a building or part thereof used as shops, stores ormarkets for display and sale of wholesale and or retail goods or merchandise,including office, storage and service facilities incidental thereto and located in thesame building
g. “Industrial Building”- Includes a building or part thereof wherein products ormaterial are fabricated, assembled or processed, such as assembly plants,
laboratories, power plants, refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies and factories etc.,
h. “Storage Building”- A building or part thereof used primarily for storage or shelterof goods, wares, merchandise and includes a building used as a warehouse, cold
storage, freight depot, transit shed, store house, public garage, hanger, truck
terminal, grain elevator, barn and stables.
i. “Hazardous Building”- Includes a building or part thereof used fori. Storage, handling, manufacture of processing of radioactive substances or highly
combustible or explosive materials or of products which are liable to burn withextreme rapidity and/or producing poisonous fumes or explosive emanations.
ii. Storage, handling, manufacture or processing of which involves highly corrosive,
toxic or noxious alkalis, acids, or other liquids, gases or chemicals producing
flame, fumes and explosive mixtures etc. or which result in division of matter
into fine particles capable of spontaneous ignition
j. “Mixed Land Use Building”- A building partly used for non-residential activities
and partly for residential purpose.
k. “Wholesale Establishment”- An establishment wholly or partly engaged inwholesale trade and manufacture, wholesale outlets, including related storage
facilities, warehouses and establishments engaged in truck transport, including truck
transport booking agencies.
Types of buildings based on design and height:
a. “Detached Building”- Includes a building with walls and roofs independent of any
other building and with open spaces on all sides within the same plot.
b. “Multi-Storeyed Building or High Rise Building”- A building above 4 stories,
and/or a building exceeding 15 meters or more in height (without stilt) and 17.5M(including stilt).
c. “Semi-detached Building”- A building detached on three sides with open space as
specified in these regulations.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 3

1

Definitions

Types of buildings based on other features:a. “Special Building”- Includes all buildings like assembly, industrial, buildings used
for wholesale establishments, hotels, hostels, hazardous, mixed occupancies with anyof the aforesaid occupancies and centrally air conditioned buildings having total built
up area exceeding 500 sq m.
b.

“Multi Level Car parking”- A building partly below ground level having two or
more basements or above ground level, primarily to be used for parking of cars,scooters or any other type of light motorized vehicle.

Types of buildings based on safety due to use/ maintenance level:a.

“Slum” – Buildings that are in poor condition of maintenance or have compromised
habitability due to poor ventilation, sanitation or otherwise are termed slums. These
are generally declared or notified as slums under relevant legislation by competentauthorityb. “Unsafe Building”- Includes a building which:i) Is structurally unsafe, orii) Is insanitary, oriii) Is not provided with adequate means of ingress or egress oriv) Constitutes a fire hazard orv) Is dangerous to human life orvi) In relation to its existing use, constitutes a hazard to safety or health or publicwelfare by maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment.
Note: All unsafe buildings /structure will require to be restored by repairs, demolition or dealt with as
directed by the Authority. The relevant provisions of the Act shall apply for procedure to befollowed by the Authority in taking action against such buildings.

17.

18.
19.

20.
21.

Page 4“Building Height”- The vertical distance measuredi) In the case of flat roofs from the average level of the front road and continuanceto the highest point of the building.
ii) In case of pitched roofs upto the point where the external surface of the outerwall intersects the finished surface of the sloping roof andiii) In the case of gables facing the road midpoint between the eaves level and theridge.
Architectural features serving no other function except that of decoration shall be
excluded for the purpose of measuring heights. The height of the building shall betaken upto the terrace level for the purpose of fire safety requirement.
“Building Envelope” - The horizontal spatial limits up to which a building may bepermitted to be constructed on a plot.
“Building Line”- The line upto which the plinth of building adjoining a street or an
extension of a street or on a future street may lawfully extend and includes the lines
prescribed, if any, in any scheme and/or development plan. The building line may
change from time-to-time as decided by the Authority.
“Cabin”- A non-residential enclosure constructed of non-load bearing partitions.
“Canopy”- shall mean a cantilevered projection from the face of the wall over anentry to the building at the lintel or slab level provided that:i) It shall not project beyond the plot line.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Definitions 1ii) It shall not be lower than 2.3 m. or 7’- 6” when measured from the ground.
iii) There shall be no structure on it and the top shall remain open to sky.
22.
23.
24.

25.

26.

27.
28.

29.

30.
31.
Note:

“Carpet Area” - The covered area of the usable rooms of a dwelling unit / at any floor(excluding the area of the walls).
“Chajja”- A sloping or horizontal structural overhang provided over openings on
external walls for protection from the weather.
“Chimney”- A construction by means of which a flue is formed for the purpose ofcarrying products of combustion to the open air and includes a chimneystack and fluepipe.
"Construction" - Any erection of a structure or a building, including any addition or
extension thereto either vertically or horizontally, but does not include, anyreconstruction, repair and renovation of an existing structure or building, or,construction, maintenance and cleansing of drains and drainage works and of public
latrines, urinals and similar conveniences, or, the construction and maintenance ofworks meant for providing supply of water for public, or, the construction or
maintenance, extension, management for supply and distribution of electricity to the
public; or provision for similar facilities for publicity.
“Conversion”- The change from one occupancy to other occupancy or any change inbuilding structure or part thereof resulting in a change of space and use requiring
additional occupancy certificate.
“Cornice”- means a sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided overopenings or external walls to provide protection from sun and rain.
“Courtyard”- A space permanently open to sky, enclosed fully or partially bybuildings and may be at ground level or any other level within or adjacent to abuilding.
“Covered Area”- The Ground area covered immediately above the plinth level
covered by the building but does not include the space covered by:a. Garden, rockery, well and well structures, plant nursery, water pool, swimming
pool (if uncovered), platform round a tree, tank, fountain, bench, chabutra with
open top and unenclosed on sides by walls and the like;b. Drainage culvert, conduit, catch-pit, gully-pit, chamber, gutter and the like;c. Compound wall, gate, slide/ swing door, canopy, and areas covered by chajja orsimilar projections and staircases which are uncovered and open at least on threesides and also open to sky.
“Damp Proof Course”- A course consisting of some appropriate water proofing
material provided to prevent penetration of dampness or moisture.
“Density”- The residential density expressed in terms of the number of dwelling units
per hectare.
Where such densities are expressed exclusive of community facilities and provision of open spaces andmajor roads (excluding incidental open spaces), these will be net residential densities. Where these
densities are expressed taking into consideration the required open space provision and community
facilities and major roads, these would be gross residential densities at neighbourhood level, sector
level or town level, as the case may be. The provision of open spaces and community facilities will
depend on the size of the residential community. Incidental open spaces are mainly open spaces
required to be left around and in between two buildings to provide lighting and ventilation.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 5

1

Definitions

32.

33.
34.
35.

36.
37.

38.

39.
40.
41.
42.

43.

44.

45.

Page 6“Development” - ‘Development’ with grammatical variations means the carrying out
of building, engineering, mining or other operations, in, or over, or under land or
water, on the making of any material change, in any building or land, or in the use ofany building, land, and includes re-development and layout and subdivision of any
land and ‘to develop’ shall be construed accordingly.
“Development Plan”- See “Master Plan”“Drain”- A conduit or channel for the carriage of storm water, sewage, waste water orother waterborne wastes in a building drainage system.
“Drainage system” - A system or a line of pipes, with their fittings and accessories,
such as manholes, inspection chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for drainage ofbuilding or yards appurtenant to the buildings within the same cartilage; and includes
an open channel for conveying surface water or a system for the removal of any waste
water.
“Dwelling”- A building or a portion thereof which is designed or used wholly or
principally for residential purposes for one family.
“Empanelled Architect”- A person empanelled by the Authority as per rules underthe bye-laws as an authorized person to sanction building plans of residential buildings
upto 15 m. in height and for plot sizes upto 500 sqm, forming part of any approved
lay-out plan.
“Encroachment”- means an act to enter into the possession or rights either ofpermanent or temporary nature on a land or built up property of local body or state/
central Government.
“Enclosed Staircase”- means a staircase separated by fire resistant walls and doors
from the rest of the building.
“Existing Building”- A building or structure existing authorisedly with the approvalof the Authority before the commencement of these Bye-Laws.
“Existing Use”- Use of a building or structure existing authorisedly with the approvalof the Authority before the commencement of these Bye-Laws.
“Exit”- A passage channel or means of egress from the building, its storey or floor to astreet or, other open space of safety; whether horizontal, outside and vertical exits
meaning as under:i) Horizontal exit means an exit, which is a protected opening through or around afire well or bridge connecting two or more buildings.
ii) Outside exit mean an exit from building to a public way to an open area leading toa public way or to an enclosed fire resistant passage leading to a public way.
iii) Vertical exit means an exit used for ascending or descending between two or morelevels including stairway, fire towers, ramps and fire escapes.
“External Wall”- An outer wall of a building not being a party wall even thoughadjoining to a wall of another building and also means a wall abutting on an interior
open space of any building.
“Floor”- The lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building, anddoes not include a mezzanine floor. The floor at ground level with direct access to astreet or open space shall be called the ground floor; the floor above it shall be termed
as floor- 1, with the next higher floor being termed as floor- 2, and so on upwards.
“Floor Area Ratio (FAR)”- The quotient obtained by dividing the combined covered
area (plinth area) of all floors, excepting areas specifically exempted under theseregulations, by the total area of the plot, viz.: Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Definitions 1

Tota1 Covered Area on All Floors
Floor Area Ratio (FAR) =Plot Area
46.

47.

48.
49.

50.

51.

52.

53.

54.

55.

“Fire and/or Emergency Alarm System”- Fire alarm system comprises ofcomponents for manually or automatically detecting a fire, initiating an alarm of fire
and initiating other actions as appropriate.
“Fire Hazard Industries”i) "Low Fire Hazard Industries" includes engineering industries using/processing or
assembling non-combustible materials i.e. lathe machines, steel works, steel
components etc.
ii) "Moderate Fire Hazard Industries" includes industries using / processing
combustible materials but not flammable liquid etc., plastic industries, rubber, and
PVC industries, textile, paper, furniture, flour mills etc.
iii) "High Fire Hazard Industries" includes industries using/processing flammableliquids, gases, chemicals petroleum products, plastic or thermo setting group etc.
“Fire Lift”- Means a special lift designed for the use of fire service personnel in theevent of fire or other emergency.
“Fire Proof Door”- Means a door or shutter fitted to a wall opening, and constructed
and erected with the requirement to check the transmission of heat and fire for aperiod.
“Fire Pump”- Means a machine, driven by external power for transmitting energy to
fluids by coupling the pump to a suitable engine or motor, which may have varying
outputs/capacity but shall be capable of having a pressure of 3.2 kg/cm2 at the topmost
level of multi-storey or high rise building.
“Fire Pump-Booster Fire Pump”- Means a mechanical/electrical device that boots
up the water pressure at the top level of a multi-storeyed / high-rise building and whichis capable of a pressure of 3.2 kg/cm2 at the nearest point.
“Fire Resistance”- Fire resistance is a property of an element of building construction
and is the measure of its ability to satisfy for a stated period some or all of thefollowing criteria:
a. resistance to collapse,
b. resistance to penetration of flame and hot gases, andc. resistance to temperature rise on the unexposed face up to a maximum of 180°C
and/or average temperature of 150°C.
Fire Resistance Rating - The time that a material or construction will withstand thestandard fire exposure as determined by fire test done in accordance with the standard
methods of fire tests of materials/structures.
“Fire Separation”- Means the distance in meters measured from any other buildingon the site or from another site, or from the opposite side of a street or other public
space to the building.
“Fire Service Inlet”- Means a connection provided at the base of a building forpumping up water through in built fire-fighting arrangements by fire service pumps inaccordance; with the recommendation of the Chief Fire Officer.
“Fire Tower”- Means an enclosed staircase that can only be approached from thevarious floors through landings or lobbies separated from both the floor area and thestaircase by fire resistant doors and open to the outer air.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 7

1

Definitions

56.
57.

58.
59.

“Fire Resisting Building”- means a building in which material, which has,appropriate degree of fire resistance is used.
“Footing”- A foundation unit constructed in brickwork, stone masonry or concrete
under the base of a wall or column for the purpose of distributing the load over a larger
area.
“Foundation”- A substructure supporting an arrangement of columns or walls in arow or rows transmitting the loads to the soil
“Front Air Plane”- The plane contained between the ground in front of the building
and the straight lines drawn downwards and outwards from the line of intersection of
the outer surface of any front wall of the building with the roof perpendicular to that
line, and at an angle of 63-1/2 degrees to the horizontal;

Note:

The 63-1/2 degrees angle has a tangent of 2:1 so that if the ground is the level, the air plane reaches
the ground at a distance from the exterior wall equal to half the height of the above level of that ground.

60.

“Gal1ery"- An intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an auditorium
or a hall providing extra floor area, and/additional seating accommodation andincludes the structures provided for seating in stadia.
“Garage-Private”- A building or a portion thereof designed and used for the parkingof vehicle.
“Garage-Public” - A building or portion thereof, designed other than as a private
garage, operated for gain, designed and/or used for repairing, servicing, using, sellingor storing or parking motor driven or other vehicles.
“Ground Floor”- shall mean storey, which has its floor surface nearest to the groundaround the building.
“Group Housing”- means a building unit constructed or to be constructed with one ormore floors having more than two dwelling units having common service facilities
where land is owned jointly (as in the case of co-operative societies or the publicagencies, such as local authorities or housing boards, etc) and the construction isundertaken by one Agency..
“Habitable Room”- A room occupied or designed for occupancy by one or more
persons for study, living, sleeping, eating, kitchen if it is used as a living room, but notincluding bathrooms, water-closet compartments, laundries, serving and store pantries,
corridors, cellars, attics, and spaces that are not used frequently or during extended
periods.
“Illuminated Exit Signs”- A device for indicating the means of escape during normal
circumstances and power failure.
“Jhamp”-A downward, vertical or sloping projection hanging below any horizontal
projection like balcony, canopy, verandah, passage etc, to provide protection fromdirect sun and rain.
“Jhot” -A strip of land permanently left open for drainage purposes. It is not to be
used as an access way or a street and is not to be included as a part of setbacks.
“Katra or Chawl”-A building so constructed as to be suitable for living in separate
tenements each consisting a single room, or of two, but not of more than two rooms
and with common sanitary arrangements.
“Layout Plan” – means a Plan indicating configuration and sizes of all Use Premises.
Each Use Zone may have one or more than one Layout Plan depending upon theextensiveness of the area under the specific Use Zones and vice versa. A layout plan

61.
62.

63.
64.

65.

66.
67.

68.
69.

70.

Page 8Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Definitions 1

71.

72.

73.

74.
75.
76.

shall have at least two use premises (apart from Recreational, utilities andtransportation) and a minimum area of 1 hectare.
“Ledge or Tand”- A shelf-like projection, supported in any manner whatsoever,except by means of vertical supports within a room itself but not having projection
wider than 1 m.
“Licensed Architect / Town Planner / Engineer / Supervisor / Plumber”- Qualified
professionals who have been registered with the Authority as per the Qualification andcompetence given in Appendix ‘E’ / by the body governing such profession andtherefore possess the license to provide professional services in Building construction.
“Lift”- An appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or morelevels in a vertical or substantially vertical direction by means of a guided car or
platform. The word ‘elevator’ is also synonymously used for ‘lift’.
“Lobby”- means a covered space in which all the adjoining rooms open.
“Loft”- An intermediate floor between two floors or a residual space in a pitched roof
above normal level constructed for storage with maximum clear height of 1.5 meters.
“Light Plane”- The plane lying between the line of intersection of the floor of any
room in a building with the outer surface or an exterior wall of the building and thestraight lines drawn upwards and outwards from those lines drawn upward andoutwards from lines perpendicular thereto an at an angle of 63 1/2 º to the horizontal.

Note:

For the purpose of the definition of light plane, the outer surface of any verandah abutting on aninterior or side open space shall be considered to be the exterior wall of the building.

77.
78.

“Masonry” - An assemblage of masonry units properly bound together by mortar.
“Masonry Unit” - A unit whose net cross-sectional area in every plane parallel to thebearing surface is 75% or more of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the sameplane. It may be either of clay, brick, stone, concrete, sand lime brick or any otherconstruction material.
“Master Plan”- A Master Plan formulated under any relevant Act (Town and Country
Planning or Development Act or Municipal Act) for any town, approved and notified
by the State Government.
“Means of Escape”- An escape route provided in a building for safe evacuation ofoccupants.
“Mezzanine Floor”- An intermediate floor between two floors of any storey forming
an integral part of floor below.
“Mumty or Stair Cover”- A structure with a covering roof over a staircase and its
landing built to enclose only the stairs for the purpose of providing protection fromweather and not used for human habitation.
“MCB/ELCB”- Devices for tripping of electrical circuits in event of any fault in thecircuit/installation.
“Non Combustible Material”- A material which is not liable to burn or add heat to afire when tested for combustibility in accordance with the latest code of Bureau ofIndian Standards Method of Test for combustibility of Building Materials.
“Occupancy or use”The principal occupancy/ use for which a building or a part of a building is intended to
be used. For the purposes of classification of a building according to occupancy, an
occupancy shall be deemed to include the subsidiary occupancies which are contingent
upon it.

79.

80.
81.
82.

83.
84.

85.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 9

1

Definitions“Mixed occupancy” buildings being those in which more than one occupancy ispresent in different portions of the buildings.
86.
“Open space”- An area forming an integral part of a site left open to the sky.
87.
“Owner”-Person or body having a legal interest in land and/or building thereon. This
includes free holders, leaseholders or those holding a sub-lease which both bestows alegal right to occupation and gives rise to liabilities in respect of safety or building
condition.
In case of lease or sub-lease holders, as far as ownership with respect to the structure isconcerned, the structure of a flat or structure on a plot belongs to the allottee/ lessee till
the allotment/lease subsists.
88.
“Parapet”- A low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or a floor.
89.
“Parking space”- An enclosed or unenclosed covered or open area sufficient in size
to park vehicles. Parking spaces shall be served by a driveway connecting them with astreet or alley and permitting ingress and egress of vehicles.
90.
“Partition”- An interior non-load bearing barrier, one storey or part-storey in height.
91.
“Partition Wall” includesi) A wall forming part of a building and being used or constructed to be used in any
part of the height or length of such wall for separation of adjoining buildings
belonging to different owners or constructed or adopted to be occupied by different
persons; orii) A wall forming part of a building and standing in any part of the length of suchwall, to a greater extent than the projection of the footing on one side or ground ofdifferent owners.
92.
“Permanent Open Air Space”- Air space permanently open:i) If it is a street.
ii) If its freedom from encroachment is protected by any law or contract ensuring thatthe ground below it is either a street or is permanently and irrevocably appropriatedas an open space.
93.
“Permission or Permit”- A valid permission or authorization in writing by thecompetent Authority to carryout development or a work regulated by the Bye-Laws.
94.
“Plinth”- The portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding groundand surface of the floor immediately above the ground.
95.
“Plinth Area”- The built up covered area measured at the floor level of the basement
or of any storey.
96.
“Plot/ Site”- A parcel or piece of land enclosed by definite boundaries.
97.
“Plotted Development” – Type of development layout wherein a stretch of developed
land is divided into regular sized plots for uniform controlled building volumes.
98.
“Porch”- A covered surface supported on pillars or otherwise for the purpose of apedestrian or vehicular approach to a building.
99. "Prohibited area" means any area specified or declared to be a prohibited area under
section 20A of the AMASR Act, 2010.
100. “Protected monument” means an ancient monument which is declared to be ofnational importance by or under the AMASR Act, 2010.
101. "Regulated area" means any area specified or declared under section 20B under the
AMASR Act, 2010.

Page 10Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Definitions 1

102.

103.

104.

105.
106.

107.
108.

109.

110.
111.

112.

113.
114.
115.
116.

117.

“Retention Activity”- An activity or use which is allowed to continue,
notwithstanding its non-conforming nature in relation to the use permitted in theadjoining or surrounding area.
“Road/Street”- Any highway, street, lane, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway
carriageway, footway, square, place or bridge whether a thorough-fare or over which
the public have a right of passage or access or have passed and have accessuninterruptedly for specified period, whether existing or proposed in any scheme andincludes all bends, channels, ditches, storm water drains, culverts sidewalks, trafficislands, roadside trees and hedges, retaining walls fences, barriers and railing within
the street lines .
“Road/Street Level or Grade”- The officially established elevation or grade of thecenterline of street upon which a plot fronts, and if there is no officially establishedgrade, the existing grade of street at its mid-point.
“Road/Street Line” -The line defining the side limits of a road/street.
“Road Width or Width of Road/Street” - The whole extent of space within theboundaries of a road when applied to a new road/street as laid down in the city survey
or development plan or prescribed road lines by any act of law and measured at rightangles to the course or intended course of direction of such road.
“Row Housing” -A row of houses with only front, rear and interior open spaces.
“Rear Air Plane” - The plane contained between the ground behind the building andthe straight line drawn downwards and outwards from the line of intersection of theouter surface of any rear wall of the building with the roof perpendicular to that line
and at an angle 63-1/2 degree to the horizontal.
“Room Height”- The vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface to thefinished ceiling surface. Where a finished ceiling is not provided, the underside of thejoists or beams or tie beams shall determine the upper point of measurement for
determining the head room.
“Service Road”- A road/lane provided at the front, rear or side of a plot for service
purpose.
“Set-back Line”- A line usually parallel to the plot boundaries or center line of a roadand laid down in each case by the Authority or as per recommendations ofMaster/Zonal Plan, beyond which nothing can be constructed towards the plot
boundaries excepting with the permission of the Authority.
“Settlement”- A human settlement, whether urban or rural in character. It includes
habited villages, towns, townships, cities and the areas notified under the control of the
Authority.
“Site”- See “Plot”“Site Corner”- A site at the junction of and fronting on two or more intersecting roads
or streets.
“Site Depth”- The mean horizontal distance between the front and rear siteboundaries.
“Site Plan” – A detailed Plan showing the proposed placement of structures, parking
areas, open space, landscaping, and other development features, on a parcel of land, as
required by specific sections of the development code.
“Site with Double Frontage”- A site having frontage on two streets other than corner
plot.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 11

1

Definitions

118.
119.
120.

121.
122.

123.
124.
125.

126.
127.

128.

129.

Page 12“Site, Interior or Tandem”- A site, access to which is by a passage from a street
whether such passage forms part of the site or not.
“Spiral Staircase”- A staircase forming continuous winding curve round a central
point or axis provided in a open space having tread without risers.
“Storey”- The portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and thesurface of the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then the space
between any floor and the ceiling next above it.
“To abut”- To be positioned juxtaposed to a road, lane, open space, park, building etc.
“To Erect”- in relation to a building means:i) To erect a new building on any site whether previously built upon or not;ii) To re-erect any building of which portions above the plinth level have been pulled
down, burnt or destroyed.
“Un-authorised Construction”- means the erection or re-erection, addition oralternations which is not approved or sanctioned by the Authority.
“Underground/Overhead Tank”- An installation constructed or placed for storage ofwater.
“Ventilation”- Supply of outside air into, or the removal of inside air from an
enclosed space.
a. Natural Ventilation - Supply of outside air into a building through window orother openings due to wind outside and convection effects arising fromtemperature or vapour pressure differences (or both) between inside and outside of
the building.
b. Positive Ventilation - the supply of outside air by means of a mechanical device,
such as a fan.
c. Mechanical Ventilation - Supply of outside air either by positive ventilation or by
infiltration by reduction of pressure inside due to exhaust of air, or by a
combination of positive ventilation and exhaust of air.
“Verandah” — A covered area with at least one side open to the outside with the
exception of 1m high parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side.
“Water Closet (W.C)”- A water flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive humanexcrement directly from the user of the fixture. The term is used sometimes todesignate the room or compartment in which the fixture is placed.
“Window”- An opening to the outside other than a door, which provides all or part of
the required natural light or ventilation or both to an interior space and not used as ameans of egress/ingress.
“Zonal Plan”- A plan detailing out the proposals of Master Plan and acting as a link
between Master Plan and the Layout Plan. It may contain a site plan and land use planwith approximate location and extent of land uses such as public & semi publicbuildings/works, utilities, roads, housing, recreation, industry, business, markets,
schools, hospitals open spaces etc. It may also specify standards of population densityand various components of development of the zone.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures 2

2.

JURISDICTION / APPLICABILITY AND
BUILDING DOCUMENTATIONPROCEDURES

2.1

Jurisdiction of Building Bye Laws
The Building Bye-Laws shall apply to the building activity in the State/Urban
Center/Town for which they are framed and the same shall be unambiguously
specified in the Building Bye Laws.
It is desirable that the jurisdiction of building bye laws includes all contiguous urban
settlements in an urban agglomeration1

2.2

Applicability of Building Bye Laws
These building byelaws shall be applicable to all building activities and read in
conjunction with the master plan/development plan/regional plan/any other statutory
plan in force, if any, and notifications, if any, with regard to the same and as amended
from time to time and shall be applicable for a period of FIVE years after which theyshall be reviewed. Till such time the reviewed building byelaws are notified, thesebuilding byelaws will continue to be in force.

2.3

Development and part construction
Except hereinafter or otherwise provided, these Bye-Laws shall apply to all
development, redevelopment, erection and/or re-erection of a building etc. as well as tothe design, construction of, or reconstruction and additions and alterations to abuilding.

2.4

In case of Part construction
Where the whole or part of a building is demolished or altered or reconstructed, except
where otherwise specifically stipulated, these Building Bye-Laws shall apply only tothe extent of the work involved.

2.5

Change of use / occupancy
Where use of a building is changed, except where otherwise specifically stipulated,these Building Bye-Laws shall apply to all parts of the building affected by the change.

2.6

Reconstruction
The reconstruction in whole or part of a building which has ceased to operate due tofire, natural collapse or demolition having been declared unsafe, or which is likely to
be demolished by or under an order of the Authority as the case may be and for which
the necessary certificate has been given by the Authority.

2.7

Existing approved building
Nothing in these Bye-Laws shall require the removal, alteration or abandonment, norprevent continuance of the lawfully established use or occupancy of an existing
approved building unless, in the opinion of the Authority such a building is unsafe or

1

Interpretation
In these Bye-Laws, the use of present tense includes the future tense, the masculine gender includes the feminine andthe neutral, the singular number, includes the plural and the plural includes the singular. The word person includes acorporation as an individual, writing includes printing and typing and signature includes thumb impression made bya person who cannot write, if her/ his name is written near to such thumb impression.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 13

2

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures

constitutes a hazard to the safety of adjacent property or to the occupants of thebuilding itself.
2.8

Development

2.8.1

Development Permission:
No person shall carry out any development or redevelopment including sub-division
on any plot or land (not forming part of any approved layout plan or scheme) or cause
to be done without obtaining approval from the Authority for the layout plan.

2.8.2

Building Permit:
No person shall erect, re-erect or make addition/ alterations in any building or cause
the same to be done without, first obtaining a separate building permit for each suchbuilding from the Authority.

2.8.3

Pre-Code Building Permit:
Where any building permit which has been issued by the Authority before thecommencement of the Building Bye-Laws and where construction is in progress andhas not been completed within the specified period from the date of such permit, thesaid permission shall be deemed to be sanctioned under these Bye-Laws and shall only
be eligible for revalidation thereunder. Accordingly, where the validity of sanction has
expired and construction has not commenced, construction shall be governed by theprovisions of these Building Bye-Laws.

2.9

Procedure for obtaining building permit

2.9.1

Notice:Every person who intends to erect, re-erect or make alternation in any place in abuilding or demolish any building shall give notice in writing to the Authority of his
intention in the prescribed form (See Appendix ‘A’ and ‘A1’) and such notice shall beaccompanied by plans and statements in sufficient copies. The plans may be ordinary
prints on ferro-paper or any other type, one set of which shall be laminated. One set ofsuch plans shall be released and the rest retained in the office of the Authority forrecord after the issue of permit or refusal as the case may be.

2.9.2

Copies of Plans and Statements:
Normally 4 copies of plan and statement shall be made available along with the notice.
In case of building schemes where the clearance is required from Chief Fire Officer,
the number of copies of the plans and statements accompanying the notice shall be 6.
In case of sites requiring the clearance of lessor, extra copies of the plan shall be madeavailable.

2.9.3

Information Accompanying Notice:
The notice shall be accompanied by the location plan, site plan, subdivision / layout
plan, building plan, services plan, specifications and certificate of supervision,
ownership title and other documents as prescribed by the Authority.

2.9.4

Documents:
Application for building permit shall be accompanied by the following documents:
Ownership Documents-lease-deed/sale-deed etc. duly accompanied by an annexed siteplan; giving the physical description of the plot/property. In such cases where leasedeed has not been executed, no objection certificate from the Authority/lessor. Also anaffidavit/undertaking for handing over of the land required for road widening as inAppendix ‘B’.

Page 14Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures 2

In case of any deviation from the terms and conditions stipulated in the leasedeed/ownership document, necessary clearance from the Authority shall be obtained.
Documents required to be attached shall be as follows:i. No objection certificate from the Authority regarding land use as per
Master/Zonal Plan, if required.
ii. Approval from the Chief Inspector of Factories in case of Industrial Buildings; aswell as from the Pollution Control Board, wherever required.
iii. Approval from Chief Controller of Explosives, Nagpur and Chief Fire Officer, incase of hazardous buildings.
iv. Indemnity Bond in case of proposal for the construction of a basement as given
in Appendix- ‘B-1’.
v.
Approval from Chief Fire Officer, in case of building defined under clause 1.16.
vi (a to k) shall be required.
vi. The notice shall also be accompanied by an attested copy of house tax
receipt/NOC from the Assessment Department of the local body concerned.
vii. No objection certificate from the Civil Aviation Department wherever required.
viii. Undertaking as at Appendix ‘A-5’ on non-judicial stamp paper of the amountprescribed by the Authority.
ix. In case the site falls in the built-up area declared as slum under any Act NOC
from the Competent Authority, from slum clearance and land use points of view.
x.
In case the application is for a Farmhouse, Motel, approval/NOC from theCompetent Authority from land acquisition point of view.
xi. In case of the leasehold plots, clearance from the lessor with regard to the leaseconditions shall be obtained wherever required.
xii. For individual plot, wherever required, approval of the site from the Competent
Authority, if not the part of already approved layout plan.
xiii. Any other information/document, which the Authority may require in case oflisted buildings or otherwise.
Other documents to be submitted in special cases shall be as follows:xiv.
For projects proposed within the Prohibited and Regulated areas as defined by
AMASR Act 2010, permission /NOC from Competent Authority (NMA) shallhave to be obtained as per Rules 2011 framed under the Act by submission ofrequired documents as per rules.
xv.
Additional documents required for conservation of Heritage sites including
Heritage Buildings, Heritage/Precincts and Natural Features Areas (wherever
required) – as per Chapter 12.
Note: Based on the technical and support capacity, the ULB shall adopt online process of applications
for building approvals along with digital formats of documents and drawings for faster and transparent
process of building approvals.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 15

2

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures

2.9.5

Size of Drawing Sheets and Colouring of Plans
The size of drawing sheets shall be any of those specified in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1 Drawing Sheet Sizes

Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Designation
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5

Trimmed Size, (mm.)
841 x 1189
594 x 841
420 x 594
297 x 420
210 x 297
148 x 210

2.9.6

Colouring Notations for Plans:
The plans shall be coloured as specified in Table 2.2 Further, prints of plans shall beon one side of paper only.

2.9.7

Dimensions:All dimensions shall be indicated in metric units.

Table 2.2 Colouring of Plans

Sl

Item

Site Plan

Building Plan

Document TypeWhite Plan
Blue Print
Ammonia White Plan Blue Print Ammonia
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
1 Plot Lines
Thick black Thick black Thick black Thick black Thick black Thick black
2 Existing street
Green
Green
Green
—
—
—
3 Future street, if any
Green dotted Green dotted Green dotted———
4 Permissible building lines Thick dotted Thick dotted Thick dotted
—
—
—
black
black
black
5 Open spaces
No colour
No colour
No colour No colour No colour No colour
6 Existing work
Black
White
Blue
Black
White
Blue
7 Work proposed to be
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
8 Proposed work (see Note 1) Red filled in
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
9 Drainage and sewerage
Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted Red dotted Red dottedBlack dotted Black dotted Black dotted
Black
Black
Black
10 Water supply work
thin
thin
thin
dotted thin dotted thin dotted thin
Notes:
1 For entirely new construction this need not be done; for extension of an existing work this shall apply.
2 For land development, subdivision, layout, suitable colouring notations shall be used which shall be indexed.

2.10

All Plans

2.10.1 i) Key Plan: A key plan drawn to a scale of not less than 1: 10,000 shall be submitted
along with notice showing boundary and location of the site with respect ofneighborhood land marks, in area where there is no approved layout plans.
ii) Site Plan: The site plan to be sent along with the application for permit shall bedrawn to a scale of 1: l00 for plots upto 500 sq. mt. in size and on a scale of 1:500 for
plots above 500 sq. mt. in size. The plan shall show as below:a) The boundaries of the site and any contiguous land belonging to the owner thereof.
b) The position of the site in relation to neighboring street.
c) The names of the streets on which the building is proposed to be situated, if any.
d) All existing buildings standing on, over or under the site.
e) The position of the building and of all other buildings, if any, which the applicant
intends to erect upon his contiguous land referred to in (a) in relation to.
Page 16

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures 2i) The boundaries of the site and in case where the site has been partitioned, theboundaries of the portion; owned by the applicant and also of the portions
owned by others.
ii) All adjacent streets / buildings (with number of storeys and height) andpremises within a distance of 12m. of the site and of the contiguous land, if
any, referred to in (a); andiii) If there is no street within a distance of 12 mt. of the site, the nearest existing
street.
f) The means of access from the street to the building, and to all other buildings, if
any which the applicant intends to erect upon his contiguous land, referred to in(a).
g) Space to be left about the building to secure a free circulation of air, admission oflight and access.
h) The width of the street, if any, in front, at the sides or rear of building.
i) The direction of north point relative to the plan of the buildings.
j) Any existing physical features such as well, drains, trees, over head electric supply
lines etc.
k) The ground area of the whole property and the breakup of covered area on eachfloor with the calculation for percentage covered in each floor in terms of the total
area of the plot as required under the Bye-Laws governing the coverage of the area.
l) Parking plans indicating the parking spaces wherever required.
m) Such other particulars as may be prescribed by the Authority; andn) Building number or plot number of the property on which the building is intended
to be erected.
2.10.2 Requirement in respect of building sitesa) Damp Sites
Wherever the dampness of a site or the nature of the soil renders such precautions
necessary, the ground surface of the site between the walls of any building erected
thereon shall be rendered damp-proof to the satisfaction of the Authority.
b) Corner Site
When the site front on two streets, the frontage would be on the street having the larger
width. In cases, where the two streets are of same width, then the larger depth of thesite will decide the frontage and open spaces. In such case the location of a garage (ona corner plot) if provided within the open spaces shall be located diagonally opposite
the point of intersection.
c) Minimum Size of Site
The minimum size of sites for the construction of different types of building ordifferent use groups, shall be in accordance with provisions of the Master Plan and any
land development Rules and Regulations of the Authority.
d) Distance from Electric LineThe distance in accordance with the current electricity rules and its amendments fromtime to time is to be provided between the building and overhead electric supply line.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 17

2

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures

Table 2.3 Clearances from Electric Supply Lines

Type of Supply Line
Vertical clearance
Horizontal clearancea) Low and medium voltage
2.50 m.
1.20 m.
lines and service linesb) High voltage lines upto and3.70 m.
1.20 m.
including 11,000 voltsc) High voltage lines above
3.70 m.
2.00 m.
11,000 volts and upto andincluding 33,000 voltsd) Extra high voltage lines 3.70m. Plus 0.3 m. for 2.0m. Plus 0.3 m. for every
additional 33,000 volts
every additional 33,000 V additional 33,000 V or partor part thereof.
thereof.
2.10.3 Layout Plan:
The layout plan shall be formulated as per the norms of Master Plan and shall beapproved as per the procedure followed by the Authority, under the provisions of
relevant Act.
2.10.4 Landscape Plan:
Landscape plan is to be to the scale of 1:100 for plot upto 500 sq.m in size and forplots above 500 sq.m., the scale shall be 1:500, indicating the circulation and parking
spaces, pathways (hard surface), greenery and plantation (soft area) etc.
2.10.5 Building Plan:
The plans of the building, elevations and sections accompanying the notice withdimensions shall be drawn to a scale of 1:50 for plots measuring upto 250 sq.m., forplots measuring above 250 sq.m. to a scale of 1:100, and for plots measuring 2000
sq.m. and above to a scale of 1:200 with details on a scale of 1:100 and shall:a) Include floor plans of all floors together with the covered area clearly indicating
the size and spacing of all frame members and sizes of rooms and the position andwidth of staircases, ramps and other exit ways, lift ways, lift machine room and lift
pit details.
b) Show the use or occupancy of all parts of the building.
c) Show exact location of essential services, for example W.C., Sink. Bath etc.
d) Include sectional drawing showing clearly the sizes of the footings, thickness ofbasement wall, wall construction, size and spacing of framing members, floor slabs
and roof slabs with their materials. The section shall indicate the heights ofbuilding and rooms and also the heights of the parapet and drainage and the slopeof the roof. At least one section shall be taken through the staircase, kitchen andtoilet, bath and W.C.
e) Show all elevations.
f) Indicate details of service privy, if any.
g) Give dimensions of the projected portions beyond the permissible building line.
h) Include terrace plan indicating the drainage and the slope of the roof.
i) Give indications of the north point relative to the plan.
j) Details of parking spaces provided.
k) Give indication of all doors, windows and other openings including ventilatorswith sizes in proper schedule.
Page 18

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures 2l) Such other particulars as may be required to explain the proposal clearly and asprescribed by the Authority.
Notes – The requirement of 1:100 is permitted to be flexible for specific details needed for further illustration; and also fordrawings for these in electronic form.

2.10.6 Building Plans for Multi-Storeyed/Special Buildings:
For multi-storeyed buildings, which are above 4 storeyed and buildings above 15 m. inheight and for special buildings like assembly, institutional, industrial storage andhazardous occupancies as defined under clause 1.1. 16 (a to k) the following additional
information shall be furnished/ indicated in the building plans in addition to the item(a) to (l) of Building Bye-Laws 2.10.4.
a) Access to fire appliances/vehicles with details of vehicular turning circle/and clear
motorable access way around the building.
b) Size (width) of main and alternate staircase along with balcony approach, corridor,
ventilated lobby approach.
c) Location and details of lift enclosures.
d) Location and size of fire lift.
e) Smoke stop lobby/door where provided.
f) Refuse chutes & chamber, services duct (sanitation, electric & telecommunication)g) Vehicular parking spaces.
h) Refuge area if any.
i) Details of building services-air conditioning system with position of dampers,
mechanical ventilation system, electrical services, boilers, gas pipes etc.
j) Details of exits including provision of ramps, etc. for hospitals and special risks.
k) Location of generator, transformer and switchgear room.
l) Smoke exhaust system if any.
m) Details of fire alarm system network.
n) Location of centralized control, connecting all fire alarm systems, built-in fire
protection arrangements and public address system, etc.
o) Location and dimension of static water storage tank and pump room.
p) Location and details of fixed fire protection installations such as sprinklers, wetrisers, hose reels, drenchers, CO2 installation etc.
q) Location and details of first aid firefighting equipment/installation.
r) The proper signs/symbols and abbreviation of all fire fighting systems shall beshown as per the relevant B.I.S. Codes.
2.10.7 Services Plan and Water Supply Provisionsa) Plans, elevations and sections of private water supply, sewage disposal system anddetails of building services, where required by the Authority, shall be madeavailable to a scale not less than 1: 100.
b) For residential plots more than 2000 sq.m. and non-residential plots more than
1 hectare in size, the following provisions shall be made:i) Separate conveying system to be provided for sewerage and sullage to facilitate
reuse of sullage water for gardening and washing purposes. This may require
suitable storage facilities that are to be indicated on the building plansii) For recharging ground water, rainwater-harvesting provisions are to beprovided within the plot, which are to be indicated on the building plans.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 19

2

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures

2.10.8 Besides the normal drawings, which are submitted for the sanction of any building, aproper landscape plan, a circulation plan indicating vehicular and pedestrian
movement and parking and an urban design scheme where necessary, shall be
submitted for sanction by the Authority
2.10.9 Specifications: General specification of the proposed construction giving type andgrade of material proposed to be used in the form given in Appendix ‘A-2’ duly signedby the engaged Competent Professional for building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’)
may be shown accompanying the notice as the case may be.
2.10.10Supervision and Execution of Drainage / Sanitary works: A certificate of supervisionand execution of drainage/sanitary works shall further accompany notice in theprescribed form given in Appendix ‘A-3’, by the engaged Competent Professional forbuilding plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’) as the case may be.
2.11

Signing of plans

2.11.1 Signing the Building Plans:
All plans before submission to the Authority shall be signed by the owner(s) and bya. A qualified Architect who has valid registration with Council of Architecture, orb. An Engineer (in case of plots upto 500 sq.m. only).
(Note : except for Standard Designs/Building Plans as shown at 2.14.1 d)

2.11.2 Layout Plans:
All layout plans before submission to the Authority shall be signed by the owner(s)(except for 2.12.1 d) and by one of the following:a) Architect holding a valid registration with the Council of Architecture for Layout
Plans of plots measuring upto 1 Ha. in size.
b) Town Planner holding valid registration with the Institute of Town Planners,
India for plots measuring beyond 1 Ha.
2.12

Notice for alteration
When the notice is only for an alteration of the building only such plans and statement
as may be necessary, shall accompany the notice.

2.12.1 No notice and building permit, is necessary for the following alterations, which do not
otherwise violate any provisions regarding general building requirements, structural
stability and fire safety requirements of these Bye-Laws;a) Plastering and patch repairs;b) Re-roofing or renewals of roof including roof of intermediate floors at the sameheight;c) Flooring and re-flooring;d) Opening and closing of windows, ventilators and doors not opening towards other's
properties and / or public road/property;e) Replacing fallen bricks, stones, pillars, beams etc.
f) Construction or re-construction of sunshade not more than 75cms. in width within
one's land and not overhanging over a public street;g) Construction or re-construction of parapet not more than 1.5 m. in height and also
construction or re-construction of boundary wall as permissible under these ByeLaws;
Page 20

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures 2h) White-washing, painting, etc. including erection of false ceiling in any floor at thepermissible clear height provided the false ceiling in no way can be put to use as aloft etc;i) Reconstruction of portions of buildings damaged by storm, rains, fire, earthquake
or any other natural calamity to the same extent and specification as existed prior
to the damage provided the use conforms to provisions of Master Plan/Zonal Plan;j) Erection or re-erection of internal partitions provided the same are within thepurview of the Bye-Laws.
2.13

Building permit fees
Building fees for covered area in plotted development/group housing;
additions/alterations/revised plan; revalidation of plans; plan submission fee; for
NOC/occupancy; for use of city infrastructure during the construction and othercharges may be as determined by the Authority. Appendix “A-4”

2.14

Sanction

2.14.1 a) Planning Permission/Norms with respect to the Provisions of Master Plan/
Development Plan:
The Owner, if she/he so desires, may apply to the Authority in a format (Appendix –‘C’) for planning permission/Norms through his engaged Competent Professional forbuilding plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’), submitting (i) Title documents; (ii)Development Code/Zoning Regulations of Master Plan/ Development Plan and (iii)
Building Bye-Laws, which she / he intends to follow.
The Owner/engaged Competent professional (as per Appendix ‘E’) shall indicate theDevelopment Code interpretation of Master Plan/Development Plan and may support
this through schematic drawings/sketches.
The Authority shall verify the title document and scrutinize the interpretation of
Development Code / Zoning Regulations and accord planning permission within 30
days of submission of the application to the Owner/ engaged Competent Professional
as per Appendix ‘E’. Procedure may however, be prescribed by the Authority in thisbehalf.
b) Sanction by Empanelled Professionals: Competent Professionals (as per
Appendix ‘E’) empanelled with the Authority, under the rules, shall be authorized toissue building permit subject to the various provisions of the said rules.
c) Instant Sanction / Deemed sanction by Certification:i. Deemed building permit shall be applicable only in such cases where, a Competent
Professional for building plan design as per Appendix ‘E’, has planned the building
on an individual plot (forming part of an approved Layout Plan) and has certified
that the building plans are within applicable building bye laws and Master plan
Regulations.
This shall be applicable for buildings of height upto 15 mts / upto 17.5 mts withstilts of 2.5mts to be processed for instant sanction, if it is certified by 3 architects(including the architect who planned and designed the building), one structural
engineer, one proof consultant and one services engineer, who are registered on a
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 21

2

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures

panel, maintained by the Local Body/Authority, that the plans have been preparedwithin the framework of provisions of the Master Plan and applicable Building
Bye Laws/ Regulations and the construction shall be carried out in accordance withMaster Plan and BBL provisions under compoundable limits.
Proof check certification of design and detailed construction specification shall bemandatory. Drawings submitted shall be working drawings and no changes shallbe permissible at site during construction.
ii. Procedure: The application along with the building plans, documents, fees andcharges etc to be submitted to the Local Body/Authority for their records and after
submission of all the requisite charges and documents it will issue instant sanction
and owner can start the construction as per these plan which will be considered
under Deemed building clause.
The Authority shall examine plans and documents within a period of 10 days andin case observes any deficiency, the owner/ engaged competent professional forbuilding plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’) may be asked to rectify the same.
Notes – for proposals falling within the Prohibited and Regulated areas as defined by AMASR Act 2010, permission /NOC from
Competent Authority shall have to be obtained as per Rules 2011 framed under the Act in addition to the given
documentations required for “Deemed Sanction”d) Standard Building Plans: In case of standard building plans prepared by the
Authority for residential plots upto 105 sq.mt. in size and forming part of the approved
layout plan, the owner shall be entitled to sign such standard plans and the required
documents for sanction. In such cases, certificate from professionals would not benecessary and the owner shall be bound to follow the approved standard plan in detail.
The Authority shall explore options of EWS/LIG/MIG plotted housing schemes todevelop pre-approved Standardized building plans of Housing Units for variable
plots sizes/carpet area (in the range 30sqm-105sqm). The owner shall undertake
construction of the so formed standard housing units in compliance to clause d) above.
2.14.2 Grant of Permit or Refusala) The Authority shall either sanction or refuse sanction to the plans and specifications or
may sanction them with such modification or directions as it may deem necessary andthereupon shall communicate its decision to the person giving the notice in theprescribed form given in Appendix “A-6" and Appendix "A- 7".
b) The building plans for buildings identified in Bye-Laws no. 2.10.5. shall be subject tothe scrutiny of the Chief Fire Officer and building permit shall be given by the
Authority only after the clearance from the Chief Fire Officer is obtained.
c) In case where the building scheme requires the clearance of an Urban Art
Commission, if constituted for the city then the Authority shall issue the building
permit only after getting the clearance from the Urban Art Commission.
d) If, within 15 days of the receipt of notice under 2.9.1 of the Bye-Laws, the Authority
fails to intimate in writing to the person who has given the notice, of its refusal or
sanction to the notice with its plans and statements, the same shall be deemed to havebeen sanctioned provide the fact is immediately brought to the notice of the Authority
in writing by the person who has given notice and having not received any intimationfrom the Authority within 15 days of giving such notice subject to the conditions
Page 22

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures 2

mentioned in these Bye-Laws, nothing shall be construed to authorize any person to do
anything in contravention or against the terms of the lease or title of the land or against
any regulations, Bye-Laws or ordinance operating at the time of execution of the workat site.
e) Once the plan has been scrutinized and objections have been pointed out, the Owner
who has given the notice under Section 2.9.1 shall modify the plan to comply with theobjections raised and resubmit the modified plans. The Authority shall scrutinize theresubmitted plans and if, there are still some objections that shall be intimated to theapplicant for compliance. Only thereafter the plans shall be sanctioned. It is further
clarified that:i) The above provision of deemed sanction shall be applicable only in those cases
where construction is to be carried on plot forming part of an approved layout planof the Authority.
ii) No notice under Section 2.9.1 shall be valid unless the information required by the
Authority under these Bye-Laws or any further information which may be required
has been furnished to the satisfaction of the Authority.
iii) The Owner/ engaged Competent Professional for building plan design (as per
Appendix ‘E’) and others shall be fully responsible for any violation of Master
Plan/Zonal Plan/ Building Bye-Laws, architectural controls, lease deed conditions
etc. In case of any default they shall be liable for action. Any construction so raised
shall be deemed to be unauthorized and shall be liable for action.
2.14.3 Duration of Sanction/Revalidation:
Once a building permit is sanctioned, it shall remain valid for three years from the dateof sanction for residential, industrial and commercial buildings (4 storeyed) and for aperiod of four years from the date of sanction for multi-storeyed buildings of 15 m.
and above in height. However, the validity period of sanction in case ofadditions/alterations in both the cases, shall be two years from the date of sanction.
The building permit shall be got revalidated in the prescribed form (Appendix- ‘A-8’)
before the expiry of this period on year-to-year basis. Revalidation shall be subject tothe Master Plan/Zonal Plan regulation and building Bye-laws, as in force, for the area
where construction has not started.
2.14.4 Revocation of Permit:
The Authority shall revoke any building permit issued under the provisions of the ByeLaws, wherever there has been any false statement, mis-representation of material
facts in the application on which the building permit was based. Or
If during construction it is found that the Owner has violated any of the provisions of
the Building Bye-Laws or sanctioned plan or compoundable limits.
Fresh sanction of building plans and occupancy certificate shall be taken from the
Authority after bringing the building within the framework of Master Plan/ Zonal Plan/
Building Bye-Laws.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 23

2

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures

2.14.5 Qualification and Competence
Qualification and competence of all professionals including Architect/ Engineer/
Structural Engineer/ Town Planner/ Landscape Architect/ Urban designer/ Supervisor/
Plumber/ Electrician/ Fire Consultant shall be as given in Appendix -"E".
2.14.6 Penal Actiona) The Authority reserves the right to take action and to debar/blacklist the Town
Planner, Architect, Engineer, Supervisor or Plumber, if found to have deviatedfrom professional conduct or to have made any false statement or on account of
misrepresentation of any material facts or default either in authentication of a planor in supervision of the construction against the building Bye-Laws and thesanctioned building plans.
b) If the sanctioning Authority finds at any time any violation of the building ByeLaws or misrepresentation of facts, or construction at variance with the sanction orbuilding Bye-Laws, inclusive of the prescribed documents, the Authority shall
revoke the sanction and take appropriate action against such professional and suchprofessional shall not be authorized to submit fresh plans till finalization of thecase. Before debarring or blacklisting such professional if found to be indulging in
professional misconduct or where she/he has misrepresented any material facts, theAuthority shall issue a show cause notice with an opportunity of a personal hearing
and shall pass an order to debar her/him for submission and supervision of theconstruction with full justification for the same. An appeal against this order shalllie with the Authority with whom she/he is registered.
2.14.7 Unauthorized Development
In case of unauthorized development, the Authority shall take suitable action, which
may include demolition of unauthorized works, sealing of premises, prosecution andcriminal proceeding against the offender in pursuance of relevant laws in force.
2.15

Procedure during Construction work

2.15.1 a) Construction to be in Conformity with Bye-Laws –Owners’ liability: Neither the granting of the permission nor the approval of thedrawings and specification, nor inspection by the Authority during erection of thebuilding, shall in any way relieve the Owner of the building from full responsibility forcarrying out work in accordance with these Bye-Laws.
b) Commencement of work: The owner, within the validity period of the building
plan sanction given, shall start the construction work at the site for which building
permit has been granted under the supervision of the Architect / Engineer as per thecompetence given in Appendix “E”.
The owner does not have to submit notice for the commencement of construction after
sanction but shall be required to submit notices to the Authority as per Section 2.15.3
and 2.16 for stages of construction.
[The practice of submitting Notice of Commencement of Work to the Authority is to be done away with.]

2.15.2 Documents at Site:
The person to whom a permit is issued shall, during construction keep, posted in aconspicuous place on the property in respect of which the permit was issued
Page 24

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures 2a) A copy of the building permit;b) A copy of the approved drawings and specifications referred in Bye-Laws 2.14 of
the property in respect of which the permit was issued.
c) Where tests of any materials are made to ensure conformity with the requirementsof the Bye-laws, records of test data shall be kept available for inspection during
the construction of the building and for such a period thereafter as required by the
Authority.
2.15.3 Checking of Building during Construction
The Owner through his engaged Competent Professional for building plan design (asper Appendix ‘E’) shall give notice to the Authority in the proforma given in
Appendix-‘A-10’ on completion of the work up to plinth level to enable the Authority
to ensure that work conforms to the sanctioned building plans and Building Bye-laws.
It will be obligatory on the part of the Authority to inspect the work and submit
objections, if any, to the owner and the engaged Professional for building plan design(as per Appendix ‘E’) within 15 days from the receipt of such notice in Appendix ‘A11’ failing which work will deemed to be cleared for further construction. It will be theresponsibility of the Owner/Architect/Engineer/ Supervisor to ensure further
construction of the building in accordance with the sanctioned building plan.
It will also be obligatory on the part of the Authority to carryout periodic inspection as
may be determined by the Authority during further construction. A report of eachinspection shall be prepared in duplicate by the Authority in the proforma as per
Appendix ‘A-11’ and a copy of the same duly signed by the Authority shall be given
to the Owner or to his engaged Competent Professional for building plan design.
2.16

Notice of Completion
Every Owner shall submit a notice of completion of the building (prescribed inAppendix-‘A-12’) to the Authority regarding completion of the work described in thebuilding permit. The notice of completion shall be submitted by the Owner through theengaged Competent Professional for building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’) as thecase may be who has supervised the construction, in the proforma given in Appendix‘A-12’ accompanied by three copies of completion plan (as in case of sanctioned plan
including one cloth mounted copy) and the following documents along with theprescribed fee:i)

Copy of all inspection reports of the Authority.

ii) Clearance from Chief Fire Officer, whenever required.
iii) Clearance from Chief Controller of Explosives, Nagpur, wherever required.
iv) Clearance from Electricity Department (Municipal Council / Corporation for areas
falling in the jurisdiction of Municipal Council / Corporation) regarding provisionof transformers / sub-station / ancillary power supply system etc. wherever
required.
v)

Structural stability certificate duly signed by the Structural Engineer.

vi) Certificate of fitness of the lift from concerned Department wherever required.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 25

2

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation proceduresvii) Two sets of photographs from all sides duly signed by Owner/ hired Competent
Professional for building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’), as the case may be.
viii) Any other information/document that the Authority may deem fit.
ix) A certificate by the Owner and engaged Competent Professional for building plan
design (as per Appendix ‘E’), for covering up the underground drain, sanitary andwater supply work, under their supervision and in accordance with Building Byelaws and sanctioned building plans stipulated in the Appendix ‘A-13’ asapplicable.
x)

In case of large campus/complex, completion of individual block/building will be
issued by the local body in accordance with the construction work completed
phase wise in the proforma given in Appendix ‘A-13’.

xi) The extension of time up to the date of applying for completion certificate. Incase, if the completion certificate is refused due to deviation, which cannot becompounded, the completion will be rejected and extension of time will be
required accordingly.
xii) No Objection Certificate for regular water supply and electricity may be issued
only after the completion certificate is obtained.
2.17

Completion and Permission for Occupation

2.17.1 General
The Authority on receipt of the notice of completion shall inspect the work andcommunicate the approval or refusal or objection thereto, in the proforma given in
Appendix ‘A-14’ and ‘A-15’ within 15 days in case of plotted development and 20
days for Group Housing Schemes from the receipt of notice of completion. Approvalto occupancy certificate shall not be refused for the residential buildings as defined
under clause 1.16 vi (a) unless the Authority is satisfied that major deviations havebeen carried out after the last inspection of the Authority. If nothing is communicatedwithin this period, it shall be deemed to have been approved by the Authority foroccupation provided the fact is immediately brought to the notice of Authority inwriting by the person, who had given the notice and has not received any intimationfrom the Authority within 15 days. Where the occupancy certificate is refused, thereasons shall be intimated for rejecting in the first instance itself.
2.17.2 Deemed-Completion / Occupancy Certificate
Owner/ engaged Competent Professional for building plan design of the project may
be authorized by the Competent Authority to issue completion/Occupancy Certificate
for such buildings/projects where Deemed Building Permit/Instant Sanction were
followed, provided owner/ engaged Competent Professional certify that theconstruction has been in accordance to the sanctioned building plan and all theRules/Regulations and Bye-laws have been followed while constructing the Building.
2.17.3 Procedure
The procedure to be followed shall be –The owner/ engaged Professional for building plan design, shall submit the application
along with all the documents, completion plans and the processing fees/charge. The
Plans shall have to be certified by the Owner/ engaged Professional for building plan
design and also by two Architects and a structural engineer, a service engineer withminimum 10 years’ experience from a panel of such professionals maintained by the
Page 26

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures 2

Authority, certifying that the completion plans are in accordance to the sanctioned
building plans and in accordance to building bye laws
2.17.4 In case of buildings as defined in clause 1.16. vi (b) to (k)The work shall also be subject to the inspection of the Chief Fire officer, and theoccupancy certificate shall be issued by the Authority only after the clearance from
Chief Fire Officer regarding the completion of work from the fire protection point ofview. Except ‘Group Housing’ all residential proposals are exempt from this clause.
2.17.5 Special Cases
In case, where the building scheme requires the clearance of an Urban Art
Commission, then the Authority shall issue the occupation certificates only aftergetting clearance from the Urban Art Commission.
2.17.6 Time limit of days as described in clause 2.17.1 for completion of project shall not
apply to buildings as described in clause 2.17.3 & 2.17.4
2.18

Occupancy/ Part Completion Certificate

2.18.1 Phased Project
In such cases where a project has not been completed at one stretch but constructed indifferent stages, part occupancy/completion certificate for the building otherwise
complete in all respects, may be issued subject to the condition that such a partoccupancy/completion certificate would apply to an independent block/building of the
sanctioned project. In case of a residential house part occupancy/completion may be
issued for an independent floor.
For projects referred to in clause 2.18.1, the rest of the construction which forms partof the sanctioned plan/scheme shall be completed in the remaining sanctioned or
extended period after revalidation as the case may be. Thus the remaining sanction will
not lapse if the part completion certificate is issued. The remaining construction shallbe completed in the validity period.
2.19

Connection to the municipal sewer / water mainsa) Temporary connection for water, electricity or sewer, permitted for the purpose of
facilitating the construction, shall not be allowed to continue in the premises
without obtaining completion/occupancy certificate.
b) No connection to the Municipal water mains or to the Municipal sewer line with abuilding shall be made without the prior permission of the Authority and withoutobtaining occupancy /completion certificate.
c) In case the use is changed or unauthorized construction is made, the Authority isauthorized to discontinue such services or cause discontinuance of such services.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 27

2

Jurisdiction applicability and Building documentation procedures

Page 28

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3

3.

DEVELOPMENT CODES
The provisions contained in Master Plan/Zonal Plan/Development Code or as per the
Urban and Regional Development Plan Formulation and Implementation Guidelines,
2014 shall apply and where these are silent on such issues or which requireinterpretation the norms as decided by the Authority, shall apply. The provisions
include but are not limited to the use/ activity of premises, ground coverage, FAR, setbacks, open space, height, density and number of dwelling units and parking standards
for Residential premises on plotted development, Group housing, Resettlementcolonies, Slums, In-situ upgradation ,Non-residential premises
The permission of uses/use activities in use premises shall permitted in accordancewith provisions of Master Plan/Zonal Plan/ Local Area Plan/ Layout Plan.
The object of these regulations is to provide control for building/buildings within use
premises excluding the internal arrangement, which is covered and controlled by
Building Bye-Laws.
Notes:The premises for which building regulations have not been given shall be examined by the Authority on
the basis of actual requirements and other relevant factors.
i) Wherever there is a need for relaxation in height for achieving urban form, the same may bepermitted with the recommendation of the Authority.
ii) The provision of minimum setbacks for different sizes of plots for all categories of the plots shall be as
per the Master Plan/Development Plan or as per simplified Development Promotion Regulations of
the Urban and Regional Development Plans Formulation and Implementation (URDPFI) Guidelines.

3.1

Flexible FAR

3.1.1

Additional FAR
Additional FAR, as provided in the Master Plan may also be examined with a view toprovide flexibility and also to utilize the scarce urban land optimally. Flexible range of
FAR on a site may be based upon its Additional FAR Factor which is a product of‘creativity’ and ‘context’. Creativity can be defined by design parameters such asurban form, parking provision, pedestrian safety, concern for the poor through induced
informal activities, and provisions for evacuation during an emergency due to disaster(for example, Delhi falls in the Zone 5). It also includes the impact of the design on
essential services and environment. As a principle, the additional FAR should not
result in a negative impact on the essential services and environment.
Locational attributes, of the site being assigned additional FAR, refer to its location
with respect to land use as given in the approved Master/Zonal/Layout Plan (as thecase may be), accessibility, level of congestion on the approach road and nearness to aheritage building if any.
Additional FAR Factor= Creativity x context= Design parameters x Locational attributes= (a+b+c+d+e) m.n.o.p.
x+yWhere, a = Parking provision valueb = Disaster emergency provision valuec = Urban Form valued = Pedestrian Safety value
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 29

3

Development Codese = Induced informal activities value
x = Impact on essential services valuey = Impact on environment valuem = Land Use valuen = Accessibility (Right of way of the approach road) valueo = Congestion (Mobility index in terms of travel speed) valuep = Heritage Value
3.1.2

Purchasable FAR
Provision of purchasable FAR in Group Housing, Commercial, Institutional, andIndustrial, Sport and amusement complex, recreational greens and Low Density Sports
plot may be considered, where:(i) The Plots exist on ‘24mtrs. and above’ wide road.
(ii) The construction has not started, or(iii) The allottee wants to construct a new additional building within the limits ofpermissible ground coverage, or(iv) The allottee wants to construct new building on the vacant plot, or(v) The allottee has already constructed building within purchasable F.A.R limits, or(vi) Purchaseable F.A.R may be allowed on minimum 18.0mtrs. road width and aboveroad width for institutional and industrial use.
Explanation: The Purchasable FAR shall be allowed up to the maximum limit of theapplicable FAR in the Building Regulations.

Purchasable may FAR be allowed with the following provision/ conditions:(i) No construction shall be allowed beyond the limit of maximum permissible groundCoverage.
(ii) Parking facilities shall be provided within the plot as per the provisions of the building
bylaws.
(iii) No objection certificate from the Airport Authority of India/ Competent Authority
shall be obtained for the height of the building.
(iv) Structure design duly checked and verified by the I.I.T/ N.I.T./ Government
Engineering College shall be submitted along with the proposal in case where
additional floors are being proposed.
(v) No objection certificate for Fire Safety and Environmental Clearance shall be obtained
from the Competent Authorities.
(vi) Purchasable FAR shall be applicable only on the basis of assessment of planned andavailable physical infrastructure.
(vii) Use of purchaseable FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of lease deed.
(viii) In case where purchasable FAR is allowed, the Authority shall permit increase in theheight of building as per requirement.
(ix) Additional proportionate residential units shall be allowed on purchaseable FAR forGroup Housing.
Note:
(i)
Purchasable FAR is an enabling provision. It shall not be allowed to any Allottee as a matter of right.
(ii) With the consideration of Traffic density, conditions of approach road, availability of physicalinfrastructure, distance from the protected area and heritage sites or in the light of planning the Authority
may identify the zones/ areas where purchasable FAR shall not be allowed.
(iii) In case of mixed land use permitted in any pocket/plot:
Permissible FAR for various uses shall be as applicable for respective use including the purchasable FAR
The total FAR in the pocket/plot shall be subject to the overall permissible FAR for the pocket/plot.
Purchasable FAR shall be calculated on the basis of the FAR of the individual uses within that pocket/plot.

Page 30

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3

3.1.3

Floating FAR
The Authority shall allow development by restricting / regulating height of thebuilding width of abutting road and plot sizes. This method is based on the carrying
capacity analysis of the infrastructure planned. In keeping with the norm in theprovision of infrastructure adjusted to the percentage, plot owners shall be permitted touse the additional FAR on payment basis.
Basis for increasing FAR: Carrying Capacity analysis tool is useful to rationalise fixation of
FAR including increase in given FAR. Two major determining factors should beconsidered:
1. V/C (V= volume, C= capacity)
V/C: optimum level is 0.8; it can be relaxed upto 0.9. Above 0.9 is dysfunctional and 1.0
is not desirable.
2. LPCD of piped water supply

The planned LPCD should be as per the minimum of norm i.e. 135 litres.
However, the density is to be capped by the Development/ Master Plan as per thethreshold.
Note: Assignment of Values for flexible FAR and other calculations may be referred from URDPFI
Guidelines, 2014

3.2

Development norms and standards for hill towns
The suggested norms and standards are only indicative and can be suitably modified
depending upon the local conditions both physical and environmental. In hill areas, thespace standards are affected by the topography and environment and therefore thefollowing factors shall be considered while setting norms in such areas:i) Exposure to sunlightii) Degree of slopes and accessibility in the form of distance traveled.
iii) Basic needs of the peopleiv) The conservation principle.
v) Alternative modes of transportation Communication network.
vi) Mobile facilities and emergency facilities.

3.3

Parking standard
Parking space shall be provided for different types of development as per norms given
in Master Plan/Development Plan or as given below:

3.3.1

The following Table 3.1 may be referred to for deciding the parking norms fordifferent use zone/activities only minimum required value of ECS and NOT a range
should be specified in the development plan. It can be changed in subsequent plan
depending upon need based upon local vehicle ownership, mass transportation andconsequent parking needs.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 313Development Codes

Table 3.1 Parking standards
S.No.
Land use
1
Residential
Residential Plot‐Plotted Housing

2

Residential Plot ‐ Group Housing
Cluster Court Housing
Guest House / Lodging & Boarding
House / Dharamshala
Commercial Centres
Convenience Shopping Centre/Local
Shopping Centre / Local Level
Commercial areas
Service Market
Community Centre / Non‐ hierarchicalCommercial Centre
District Centre/ Sub‐Central BusinessDistrict/Sub‐City Level Commercial
areas
Commercial Plot: Retail & Commerce
Metropolitan City Centre
HotelService Apartments
Any other commercial centre includingcommercial component along with
Railway/MRTS and ISBT
Integrated Freight Complex/ Wholesale
Market3

2

Socio‐Cultural Facilities
Community Hall
Recreational Club
Socio‐cultural activities such as
auditorium, music, dance & drama,
centre / meditation, spiritual centre etc.
Science Centre
International Convention centre

Parking Standards

Remark2 Equivalent Car Space (ECS) inplots of size 250‐300 sqm and
1ECS for every 100 sqm. built up
area, in plots exceeding 300
sqm.
2.0 ECS/100 sqm built up area
2.0 ECS/100 sqm built up area
2 ECS per 100 sqm. of built up
area

‐‐

2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area‐‐

2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area
3 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area‐‐‐‐

3 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area‐‐

3 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area‐‐

3 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area

For
Population
between 2‐ 10 lakh –1 car parking spacefor every 4 guest
room.
For
Population
between 10‐50 lakh –1 car parking spacefor every 3 guest
room.
For Population morethan 50 lakh – 1 car
parking space for2
every 2 guest room .
‐‐‐‐3 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area
3 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area

‐‐
‐‐
‐‐

3 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area

In case of plots up to
300 sqm. common
parking is to beprovided

3.0 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area
2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area
2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area

‐‐
‐‐
‐‐

2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area
2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area‐‐‐‐

National Building Code, 2005.

Page 32

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3

S.No.

4

5

6

Land use
Old Age Home / Care Centre forPhysically / Mentally challenged /Working women / men hostel /Adult
Education Centre / Orphanage /Children's Centre / Night ShelterSport facility for international sports
event
Public‐Semi Public
Integrated Office Complex

Parking Standards
1.8 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area‐‐

Remark2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area.

‐‐

1.8 ECS / 100 sq m of floor area

District Court
Head Post Office with Administrative
office & with / without delivery officeAmusement Park

1.8 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area
1.33 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area

The norms for Local
Government offices /PublicSectorUndertakings under
Government Land use
shall be as per
Integrated
officecomplex‐‐‐‐

3 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area‐‐

ISBT/Metro
Hospitals
Veterinary Hospital
Veterinary Dispensary
Nursing and Paramedic institute
Medical College

2 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area
2 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area
1.33 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area
1.33 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area
2 ECS / 100 sqm. of floor area
As per norms of Medical Councilof India / Regulatory Body

‐‐
‐‐
‐‐
‐‐
‐‐
‐‐

2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area
2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area
2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area
2 ECS / 100 sqm of floor area

‐‐
‐‐
‐‐
‐‐

Parking @ 2.0 ECS / 100 sqm
built up area shall be provided
within the premises.

Where this is notavailable, cost ofdevelopmentofparking, shall bepayable by the plot
allottee / owner to
the
local
body
concerned or Multi‐
level parking to beprovidedasanoption. This condition
shall apply even if
residential premises
are used only for
professional activity.

Industry
Industrial Plot up to 50 sqm area
Industrial Plot 51sqm ‐400 sqm area
Industrial Plot 401 sqm and above
Flatted group Industry (Min Plot size
400 sqm)
Mixed Land use

Parking standards are prescribed in above table, however, the following Table 3.2 could be
followed for different types of land use.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 33

3

Development Codes

Table 3.2 Permissible ECS for different land uses
S.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

3.3.2

Use Premises
Residential
Commercial
Industrial
Public Building
Semi‐Public Facilities
Mixed Land use

Permissible Equivalent Car Spaces (ECS)
per 100 sqm. of floor area
2.0
3.0
2.0
1.8
2.0
2.0

Multi storeyed parking
Special permission shall be sought for development of buildings specifically forparking. Permission shall be granted based on width of road, requirement for parking
space, FAR available and other parameters as specified by the competent authority.
Minimum Area of plot:2000 sq. mt. in plain areas
1000 sq. m. in hilly areas
Minimum number of car parking spaces: 50
Development of such parking lots may be undertaken by offering tradable FAR to thedeveloper in lieu of development of parking lots which may be surrendered tocompetent authority on completion.

3.4

Specific premises

3.4.1

Residential Use Zone
The residential areas are developed either asa) Plotted development orb) Group housing/flatted development.
The density pattern i.e. (high density, high medium density, low medium density or
low density) are followed for working out the pattern of development with respect to:i) Size of the plotii) Number of dwelling units on each plotiii) Setbacksiv) FARv) Number of storeys/ height of the building
The municipal and social infrastructure as per the norms and standards specified in the
Master Plan shall be provided. The various sites/plots required for social andmunicipal infrastructure are to be indicated in the layout plans. The development
norms for different use/activities and on different sizes of plots are applied forsanctioning of the plans. These are based on development control rules applicable tothe city/town.

3.4.2

Buildings within the Residential Use Zone
Buildings for various uses/activities within the residential use zone forming part of theresidential layout plan are to be constructed with the norms of the coverage, FAR,
height and others as applicable to that size of a residential plot.

3.4.3

Residential Premises – Plotted Housing
The layout plans for residential scheme shall be formulated keeping in view:

Page 34

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3i) that there should be sufficient daylight and fresh air in the habitable areas within
the buildings, when constructed.
ii) that there would be protection against noise, dust and local hazardsiii) that there should be sufficient open space for various family needs and inaccordance with the provisions of clause 4.26, 4.27 and 4.28.
iv) that the circulation and access is easy and is safe from accident point of viewv) that, as far as possible, the plots are of regular shape and size andvi) these are logically arranged in a systematic manner so as to give a regular patternof development in the form of row houses, detached and semi-detached houses andif necessary the regular bungalow type plots.
The plot size may vary depending upon the type of the housing, needed for a particular city
based on general affordability of the people. The size of the plot would also depend on thenumber of dwelling units to be permitted on each plot. Normally, a plot should be built for
two dwelling units on each plot. However, on bigger size plots, more than one dwelling unit
per plot can be built. For low-income group, the minimum plot size should not be less than 30
sq.mt. The following Table 3.3 is suggested for different size of the plots applicable, groundcoverage, FAR, height and number of dwelling units for a residential area:
Table 3.3 Building control in Residential Premises

Sl.No.

Plot Area (sq.mt)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

30
Above 30 upto 50
Above 50 upto 100
Above 100 upto 250
Above 250 upto 500
Above 500 upto 1000
Above 1000 upto 1500
Above 1500 upto 3000

Maximum
GroundCoverage %
75
75
65
65
55
45
40
33.3

FAR

No. ofDUs.

Maximum
Height (mt.)

150
150
180
180
165
120
100
100

1
2
3
3
6
8
8
12

8
8
12
12
15
15
15
15

Note:
1. In the already developed plots the pattern of development should conform to the existing regulations.
2. Basement, if constructed, may be used for incidental use such as parking, servicing and household storage.
It is not to be used as a dwelling unit.
3. The area of the basement should not be more than the ground coverage.
4. Parking as per the prescribed norms should be provided with the plot or provision should be made in thelayout plan without affecting the circulation pattern.
5. 50% of the open area of the plot should be used for proper landscaping and for plantation.

3.4.4 Group Housing
The number of dwelling units are calculated on the basis of the density pattern given in thedevelopment plan, taking into consideration a population of 4.5 persons per dwelling unit.
Minimum size of the plot
In hill towns
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum FAR
In hill areas

3000 sq m.
5000 sq m.
25% to 35%
50 to 175 (higher FAR may be given depending on the patternof development)

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 35

3

Development Codes

Maximum Height
In hill areas
Number of dwelling units

Note:
1.
2.

3.4.5

50 (higher FAR may be given depending on the pattern ofdevelopment and should not exceed 150)
15 m. (for plot sizes upto 4000 sq m.)
26 m. for plots above 4000 sq m.
15 m. for all size of plots.
To be calculated on the basis of the net plot area of a particularneighbourhood. This may vary between 25 DUs. to 175 DUs.
per haBasement, if constructed, is to be used for parking, services and for essential household storage and forproviding facilities without counting in FAR.
The quantum of basement may vary between 33 % to 50% of the plot area.

Resettlement and Slum in-situ upgradationi)
Maximum net density 250 tenements per hectare.
ii) Plot size- minimum 25 sq m. However it may be reduced to 18 sq m. with 100%coverage provided an area @ 7 sq m. per plot/tenement is clubbed with thecluster open space.
iii) Path ways:a) 2 m. upto 30 m. in lengthb) 3 m. upto 50 m. in length

Table 3.4 Net residential density of group housing, controls

S.N.

Net Residential Density
Maximum Ground
FAR(DU/ha)Coverage (%)
1
25
25
0.50
2
50
30
0.75
3
75
33
0.90
4
100
35
1.00
5
125
35
1.25
6
150
35
1.50
7
175
35
1.75
The size of the habitable room shall be minimum of 9.5 sqm, where there is only one
room with a minimum width of 2.4m. Where there are two rooms, one of these shall beminimum of 9.5 sqm and other 7.5 sqm, with a minimum width of 2.1 m.

3.4.6

Low Income Housing
The minimum plot size shall not be less than 30 sqm.
i) It is recommended to provide cluster housing instead of single room dwelling.
ii) The minimum plot size with ground coverage not exceeding 75%, shall beminimum 40 sqm in small and medium towns and minimum 30 sqm inmetropolitan cities.
iii) Plot sizes below 30 sqm and not less than 15 sqm may be permitted in case ofcluster planning. In such a case the ground coverage and FAR can be 100 and 200
respectively.
iv) Size of room: Every dwelling unit should have at least two habitable rooms, firstroom of minimum 9 sqm and width of 2.5 m. Other room shall be min 6.5 sqm
with minimum width of 2.1 m provided the total area of both the rooms shall not
be less than 15.5 sqm.

Page 36

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3

3.4.7

Studio Apartments:
Minimum size of plot
Maximum Ground Coverage
Maximum FAR
Height2000 sqm.
33.3%
2.00
NR (Subject to clearance from AAI/Fire
Department and Other Statutory bodies)
2.0 ECS/100 sqm built up area

Parking
Other controls for studio apartments:
i. The maximum size of the apartment shall be 60 sqm built-up.
ii. The plots shall be located on road facing minimum width of 12m.
iii. Basement, if constructed, and used only for parking, utilities and services shallnot be counted towards FAR.
3.5

Non-residential premises

3.5.1

Foreign Mission
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
Maximum height

25%
0.75
15 m.

Other Controls:i) Basement up to the building envelope to the maximum extent of 50% plot area shall be allowed if
used for parking and services and should not be counted in FAR.

3.5.2

Guest House, Boarding House and Lodging House, Hostel
Minimum plot size
500 sq m.
Maximum ground coverage
30%
Maximum floor area ratio
1.20
Maximum height
15 m.
Other Controls:i) Minimum R/W in front 20 m.
ii) Basement upto the building envelope to the maximum extent of 50% of plot area shall be allowed
and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.

3.5.3

Dharmshala, Baratghar, and Night Shelter
Minimum plot size
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
Maximum height1000 sq m.
30%
1.20
26 m.

Other Controls:i) Minimum R/W in front 16 m.
ii) Basement upto the building envelope to the maximum extent of 50% plot area shall be allowed
and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.

3.6

Commercial

3.6.1

Convenience Shopping
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
Maximum Height
In hills

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

40%
0.60
15 m.
6 m.

Page 37

3

Development Codes

3.6.2

Local Shopping/ Neighbourhood Shopping Centre
Maximum ground coverage
30%
In hills
35%
Maximum FAR
1.00
Maximum Height
15 m.
In hills
9 m.

3.6.3

Community Centre
Maximum ground coverage
In hills
Maximum FAR
Maximum Height
In hills

25%
30%
1.00
26 m.
15 m.

District Centre
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum FAR
In hills
Maximum Height
In hills

25%
1.25
1.25
37m.(upto 50 as per requirement)
15 m.

3.6.4

Other Controls:i) Some of the buildings in a district centre in non-hill towns could be permitted upto 50 m. heightwith the approval of the Government for achieving interesting urban form.

3.6.5

Central Business District/ City Centre
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
Maximum height

25%
3.00
As per requirement

3.6.6

Sub-Central Business District
Same regulations as for district center and flexible at discretion of competent authority

3.6.7

Other commercial centre
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
Maximum height

3.6.8

25%
1.00
As per requirement

Wholesale Trade/Ware Housing/Integrated Freight complex
Maximum ground coverage
30%
Maximum floor area ratio
0.80
Maximum heightAs per requirement
Other Controls:i) Basement upto the building envelope to the maximum extent of 50% plot area shall be allowed andif used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.
ii) Further, for Risk based approval of types of Warehouses / IFC refer clause 13.5, Table 13.4

3.6.9

Page 38

Informal Bazaar/market
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
Maximum Height

40%
0.40
8m

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3

3.6.10 Petrol Pumps
The following regulations are recommended for locating the petrol pump cum service
stationsi)
Minimum distance from the road intersections.
a) For minor roads having less than 30 m. R/W 50 m.
b) For major roads having R/W 30 m. or more
100 m.
ii)
The minimum distance of the property line of pump from the center line of the Road
should not be less than 15 meters on roads having less than 30 m. R/W. In case ofroads having 30 m. or more R/W, the R/W of the road should be protected.
iii)
Plot Sizea) Only filling stations 30 m. x 17 m. and small size 18 m. x 15 m. (for two
and three wheelers)b) Filling-cum-service station minimum size 36 m. x 30 m. and maximum
45 m. x 33 m.
c) Frontage of the plot should not be less than 30 m.
d) Longer side of the plot should be the frontage.
iv) New Petrol Pump shall not be located on roads having less than 30 m. R/W.
Other Controls:a) Filling-cum-service station size 36 m. x 30 m. and 45 m. x 33 m.)i) Ground coverage
20%ii) FAR
0.20iii) Max. Height
6 m.
iv) Canopy
Equivalent to permissible ground coverage within setback line.
v) Front Setback
Min. 6 m.
b) Filling Station (size 30 mt. x 17 mt. and 18 mt. x 15 mt.)i) Ground coverage
10%ii) FAR
0.10iii) Max. Height
6 m.
iv) Canopy
Equivalent to permissible ground coverage within setback line.
v) Front Setback
Min. 3 m.
c) Other Regulationsi) Shall be approved by Explosives/Fire Deptt.
ii) Ground coverage will exclude canopy area.
iii) Mezzanine if provided will be counted in FARiv) Wherever the plot is more than 33 m. x 45 m. development norms shall be restricted to as
applicable to the size i.e. 33 m. x 45 m. both in urban and rural areas.
d) Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Mother Stationi) Plot Size (Max.)36 m. x 30 m.
ii) Maximum ground coverage
20%iii) Maximum Height
4.5 m. (single storey)iv) Building Component
Control room/office/Dispensing room, store, pantry and W.C.

3.6.11 Hotels
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
In hills
Maximum height

40%
3.00
1.75
As per requirement

Other Controls:i) 5% of the FAR can be used the commercial space related to hotel function.
ii) Basement(s) up to the building envelope to the maximum extent of plot area shall be allowed
and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 39

3

Development Codes

3.6.12 Motels
Motels are permitted in Rural Zone/ Green Belt and in commercial zones on National
Highways and Inter-State roads.
The following norms and building standards are recommended.
Minimum plot size
1.0 HaMinimum Setbacks
front 15 m.
Rear and sides
9 m.
Maximum FAR
0.15
Maximum Ground Coverage
15%
Maximum Height
9 m.
Basement equivalent to the ground coverage shall be allowed free of FAR to the extent
necessary for air conditioning plant, filtration plant, electric sub- station, parking andother essential services.
Parking space shall be provided on a minimum scale of 1.67 ECS per 100 sq m. offloor area, including the provision made in this regard in the basement.
Retail and service shops shall be limited to a maximum of 5% of the floor area.
3.6.13 Service Apartments
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum FAR
In hills
Maximum Height

30%
1.50
1.50
As per requirement

Parking space shall be provided on a minimum scale of 2 ECS per 100 sq m. of floor area, including theprovision made in this regard in the basement.

3.7

Industrial plot

3.7.1

Flatted Group Industry and Service Centre
Minimum plot size
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
In hills
Maximum height
In hills

2000 sq m.
30%
1.20
1.00
15 m.
15 m.

Other Controls:i) Basement upto the building envelope line to the maximum extent of 50% plot area shall be allowed
and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR

3.7.2

Light and Service Industry

Table 3.5 Development Controls on Service and Light Industrial Plots

Sl.No.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Page 40

Plot Size (Sq m.)

Less than 400
Above 400 & upto 4000
Above 4000 & upto 12000
Above 12000

Maximum
GroundCoverage
60%
50%
45%
40%

Maximum
FAR inPlains
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.00

Hills
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.75

Maximumheight in (m)Plains
12
12
12
12

Hills
9
12
12
9

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3

Other Controls:i) Maximum floors allowed shall be basement, ground floor and first floor; basement should be below
ground floor and to the maximum extent of ground coverage shall be counted in FAR. In case thebasement is not constructed, the permissible FAR can be achieved on the second floor.
ii) In case of roof trusses, height of buildings could be adjusted/ relaxed.

3.7.3

Extensive Industry

Table 3.6 Development Controls on Extensive Industrial Plots

Sl.No.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Plot Size (Sq m.)

400 to 4000
Above 4000 & upto 12000
Above 12000 & upto 28000
Above 28000

Maximum
GroundCoverage
50%
45%
40%
30%

Maximum
FAR inPlains
1.00
0.90
0.80
0.60

Maximumheight in (m.)

Hills
0.75
0.60
0.50
0.45

9
9
9
9

Other controls:i) Single Storey building with basement is allowed. Basement shall be below the ground floor and the
maximum extent of ground coverage and shall be counted in FAR.
ii) In case of roof trusses, height of building could be adjusted/relaxed.
Note:i) A new planned industrial area to have minimum 100 300 sqm size of plot and its width shall not
be < 15 m.
ii) For industrial plots upto 1000 sq.m, 5% of the total area shall be reserved as amenity open space
which shall also serve as general parking space. When such amenity open space exceeds 1500
sq.m, the excess area could be utilised for construction of buildings for banks, canteen, welfare
centre and such other common purposes.
iii) For industrial plots more than 1000 sq m, 10% of the total area to be reserved as amenity/ open
space to a maximum of 25 sq. m.

3.8

Transportation
Table 3.7 Development controls on Transport Terminals

Sl.No.

Development Controls
Area under Area under FAR* Floor area that can beOperation (%) building (%)
utilized for passenger
accommodation
1.
Rail
Terminal/
Integrated
70
30
1.00
15%
Passenger Terminal Metropolitan
Passenger Terminal
2
Bus Terminal
50
50
1.00
25
3
ISBT
25
Max 50
1.00
As per requirement
4
Metro Yards
80%
20%
1.00
15%
* The FAR is to be calculated on the Building plot. Area under Bus Shelter not to be included in FAROther Controls:i) The space on first and second floor shall be essentially used for public services like post office,police‐post and other essential services.
ii) Bus queue shelters are not to be included in the coverage and FAR.
iii) In order to integrate the supporting commercial uses around the transportation zone, FAR can be
more for promoting mixed use.

3.9

Use Premises

Aerodromes
The following restrictions in vicinity of aerodromes shall be applicable

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 413Development Codesi) The buildings or structures in the vicinity of the ARP shall be dealt by the local
Authority as per the CCZM as mentioned under clause 4.30.2 c) and by NOCAS
from AAI.
ii) In case of buildings to be located in the vicinity of defence aerodromes, themaximum height of such buildings shall be decided by the defence Authority.
iii) No new chimneys or smoke producing factories shall be constructed within aradius of 8 km from the Aerodrome Reference Point (ARP).
iv) Overhead high voltage/ medium voltage lines or telephone & other communicationlines shall not be permitted in the approach/ take off climb areas (funnel zone)
within 3000 m of the inner edge of these areas.
v) A margin of 3 m shall be allowed in new constructions for wireless/ TV antennas,
cooling towers and mumties.
vi) For height Restrictions with respect to Approach Funnels and Transitional areas
the NOCAS from AAI as mentioned under clause 4.30.2 c) shall be followed.
3.10

Public - Semi-public

3.10.1 General
Maximum ground coverage
In hills
Maximum floor area ratio
In hills
Maximum height
In hills

30%
25%
2.00
1.00
26 m.
15 m.

3.10.2 Government offices integrated office complex
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
In hills
Maximum height
In hills

30%
2.00
1.00
37 m.
15 m.

Other Control:i) The integrated office complex shall include Central Government Office, Local Government Office, Public
Undertaking Offices and Courts.
ii) Basements up to the building envelope line to the maximum extent of plot area shall be allowed and if used forparking and services should not be counted in FAR.

3.10.3 DISTRICT COURT (if at all this needs to be added)
Maximum ground coverage
30%
Maximum floor area ratio
2.00
In hills
1.25
Maximum heightNR.
In hills
6m.

Page 42

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3

3.10.4 Health Services
Table 3.8 Development Controls on Health Centers and Nursing Homes
Sl.
No

1.

Category

Hospital/*Teritary Healthcare Centre

Maximum
GroundCoverage*Groundcoverage tobe decided
by intersebuilding tobuilding
distances asper Building
Bye Laws
and firetendermovement
requirements, subject toa maximum
40%
excluding5%
additional
groundcoverage formuti-levelparking
Minimum
plot
area6000
sq.m.

2.

Other Controls

FAR

Height*FAR on plot
facing ROWshould be subject
to NOC from allconcerned
agencies
depending on
locations shall be
as under:a. Row
2.50
less than24mb. Row
3.00
24m upto 30mc. Row
3.75
30m andabove*No height
restriction
subject toclearancefrom AAI,
FS, DMA,
NMA.
NBC
to
process the
proposedrevisionof
NBC as soon
as possible.
Till date thetime the NBC
isrevised,fire services
may allow norestriction ofheightforhealthcare
facilities withcommensurat
e fire and life
safetymeasures,subject
toclearance
from
AAI,
FS,DMA,
NMA
and
other
statutory
provisions
26 mt.

1. *Upto 25% of the permitted
FAR can be utilized forresidential use for essential
staff, dormitory/hostel for
attendents of the patients,
Creche etc.
2. *Parking standard @ 2.0
ECS/100 sqm of floor area.
3. *Maximum 10% groundcoverage shall be allowed forproviding atrium. In case, thepermissible additional groundcoverage for atrium is utilized,
25% of the utilized groundcoverage shall be counted
toward FAR
4. *Multi Level Podium
parking shall be permissible tothe extent of building envelopelines, free from FAR andground coverage to facilitate
ample parking in spaces,
subject to structural safety.
5. *Common areas such as
waiting halls, reception and firestairs cases shall be allowed
free from FAR
6. *Service floor of height
1.8m shall not be counted in
FAR
Parking Standard @ 2.0
ECS/100 sq.mt. of floor area.

Other Health Facilities
30%
1.50
Parking Standard @ 2.0
a. Maternity Home
ECS/100 sq.mt. of floor area.
Nursing Home/
Polyclinic / Dispensaryi)Family Welfare Centreii) Pediatric Centre
Geriatric Centre
Diagnostic Centre.
26 mt.
Parking standard @ 1.33 ECS /3. a. Veterinary Hospital for 30%
1.50
100 sq. mt. of floor area.
pet animals and birds.
b. Dispensary for pet
Parking standard @ 1.33 ECS /animals and birds.
35%
1.00
26 mt.
100 sq. mt. of floor area.
4. a. Medical College
As per norms of Medical Council of India / Regulatory Body
b. Nursing and30%
1.50
26 mt.
Parking Standard @ 2.0
Paramedic InstituteECS/100 sq.mt. of floor area.
c. Veterinary InstituteAs per the Veterinary Council of India/Ministry norms.
*^ Natural sky light condition is exempted for Atrium and construction over the Atrium may be allowed.
*# Height restriction of 30 mts. In Hospital Buildings should be reviewed in consultation with Fire Deptt. ofState Govt.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 43

3Development Codes

Notes:
1. Plot area for all *Hospital/Tertiary Health Care Centre would be worked out @ 80 sq.mt. of grossfloor area per bed. However, for other health facilities like Maternity/Nursing homes, family
Welfare and other centers, the plot area would be worked out @ 60 sq.mt. of gross floor area perbed.
2. Maximum up to 300 sq. mt. of floor area shall be allowed to be used for community space /religious shrine / crèche / chemist shop/ bank counter on Hospital sites and also Medical
College/ Nursing and Paramedic institutes sites.
Other Controls:a. In case of super specialty medical facilities/hospitals duly certified as such by the competentauthority, the gross area shall be worked out @ upto 125 sq. mt. per bed.
b. In case of existing premises/sites, the enhanced FAR shall be permitted, subject to payment ofcharges as may be prescribed by the Authority / land owning agency and other clearances.
c. *Basement after utilization for Parking; Services Requirements such as air conditioning plant andequipment, water storage, boiler, electric sub-station, HT & LT panel rooms, transformer
compartment, control room, pump house, generator room; staff locker room, staff changing room,
staff dining facilities without kitchen facility, Central sterile supply deptt., back end office; Other
Mechanical Services; Installation of Electrical and fire fighting equipment’s; and other services
like kitchen, laundry and radiology lab and other essential services required for the
maintenance/functioning of the building may be used for healthcare facilities with prior approval of
the concerned agencies.
d. Other controls related to basements etc. are given in end of this chapter.
e. *The bed count of a Health Facility may be allowed as per permissible FAR, needs of theCommunity and demand studies.
f. *Environment clearances shall be made mandatory considering that bio-wastes are generated.
Environment clearances are mandatory as per the prevailing regulations related to theenvironment.
g. *Zero discharge for sewerage shall be enforced at the cost of the promoters and post treatment
water can be used by premises for its needs of horticulture, flushing, coolant tower, washing or
disposal to other construction sites. These issues concerned the local bodies and can be dealt
accordingly as per existing regulations as the time of sanctioning the plan.
h. The additional power requirements shall be met by power supply from grid and till such time bymeans of suitable captive generation.

3.11

Educational Facilities

3.11.1 Nursery School
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
In hills
Maximum height
In hills

33.33%
1.00
0.67
8 m.
6 m.

Note: Basement below the ground floor and to the maximum extent of ground coverage, and if
constructed shall be counted in FAR.

3.11.2 Primary School
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
In hills
Maximum height

33%
1.20
1.00
15 m.

3.11.3 Higher Secondary School
Maximum ground coverage
In hills
Maximum floor area ratio
In hills
Maximum height

35%
30%
1.50
1.00
15 m.

Page 44

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3

3.11.4 College
Maximum ground coverage
In hills
Maximum floor area ratio
In hills
Maximum height
Note:
1.

2.

35%
25%
1.50
0.75
15 m.

In case of the above premises the total area of the plot shall be divided ini) School/college building areaii) Play field areaiii) Parking areaiv) Residential and hostel area
The maximum ground coverage and FAR shall be calculated only on the areas meant for building.

Table 3.9 Development Controls for Other Education Facilities

Sl.
No

Category

Maximum
Ground Coverage

FAR

Height

1.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

2

Play School, Coaching Centre, Computer
Training Institute, Physical Education
Centre etc.
School for Mentally Challenged.

50%

1.20

18 mt.

3

School for*differently abled persons.

50 %

1.20

18 mt

Notes:
Pre-Primary Schools/Nursery Schools/Montessori Schools/Creche, Play Schools, may be permissible in residential
use premises as per Mixed use policy.
Other Controls:
1. In case of new schools, the front boundary wall shall be recessed by 6 mt. to accommodate visitors parking within
setback area.
2. Playground shall be developed on pool basis in different areas at neighborhood level.
3. Practice of providing dedicated Nursery School plots in the layout plan discontinued as same is permissible in
Mixed use.
4. In case of schools for mentally / *differently abled persons, 20% of the maximum Far can be utilized for residential
use of essential staff and student accommodation.

3.11.5 Education and Research Centre (large campus i.e. above 8 Ha.)
Large campuses of universities, medical and engineering colleges and other education
and research institutes shall be covered under these regulations. The campus will be
divided into three parts and the regulations shall apply, as given below:i)
Academic, including administration (45% of the total land area)
Maximum ground coverage
30%
In hills
20%
Maximum floor area ratio
1.20
In hills
0.80
Maximum height
37 m.
In hills
15 m.
Basement below the ground floor and to the maximum extent of ground coverage shallbe allowed and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.
ii) Residential (25% of total land area)
This will be developed at a density of 400 PPHa gross. The land shall be reserved forresidential facilities @ 9.2 sqmt. per person. Sub-division regulations as given forgroup housing shall apply.
iii) Sports and Cultural Activities (15% of the total area)
Maximum ground coverage
10%
Maximum FAR
15
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 45

3Development Codesiv) Parks and landscape (15% of the total land area): Suitable landscape plan to beprepared for this area.
3.11.6 Sports
Table 3.10 Development Controls for Education Facilities

Sl.No

Category

1.

Sports and amenity
structures

Maximum
Ground Coverage
20% including amenity
structures

FAR
0.40

HeightNR(Subject to clearance from allother statutory bodies)2.
Parking
2 ECS/100 sq. mt of floor area.
Other Development Controls:i. To incentives development of sports facilities and swimming pool (upto maximum 100 sq. mt.) Within thegroup housing areas, schools, clubs, etc. shall not be counted towards ground coverage and FAR.
ii. All these various sports facilities shall have layout plan, landscape plan, and parking plan, etc.

3.12

Security Services

3.12.1 Police Post
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
Maximum height

35%
1.50
15 m.

Other controls:i) Basement below the ground floor to the maximum extent of ground coverage shall be allowed and if
used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.

3.12.2 Police Station
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
Maximum height

30%
1.50
26 m.

Other Controls:i) Basement upto the envelope lines and to the maximum extent of 50% of the plot area shall beallowed and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.
ii) 25 % of the plot area may be used for housing the staff and the regulations of group housing shallbe applicable to the area meant for housing.
Table 3.11 Development control for police station
Sl.
No

Category

1.
2.

District Office & Battalion
Police Linesi) Administrationii) Residentialiii) Sports & Facilitiesiv) Open Spaces
District Jail
Police Training
Institute/College*
Police Firing Range
Police camp including
Central Police
Organization/Security
Forces*Traffic and Police Control
Room

3.
4.
5.
6.

7.

Page 46

Maximum
Gr. Cov.
FAR
30%
1.20
Land Distribution:
- 20%
- 30%
- 10%
- 40%
30%
1.20
30%
1.20

Other Controls
Height
26 mt.

1.

Up to 30% of maximum FAR can beutilized for residential use of essential
staff ***(except Police Station 3)
2. Additional space available in police
station due to increased development
controls shall be used for locating Civil
Defence and Home Guards etc.
26 mt.
3.
Up to 15% of maximum FAR can be
26 mt.
utilized for residential use/hostel foressentialstaff
andstudent
12.5%
0.25
9 mt.
accommodation, in Police Training
12.5%
2.55
9 mt.
Institute/ College.
4. Other controls related to basements etc.
are as per regulations
1. As per requirement on major road junctions/ stretches etc. as part of roadright of way based on site feasibility.
2. Maximum are – 25 Sq. mt.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3

Table 3.12 Development control for other services
Sl.
CategoryNo
1.
DisasterManagement
Centre4.

3.13

Fire Post/ Fire Station/
Fire
Training
Institute/College

Maximum
30% (onbuilding
area only)
30%

Other Controls

1.20

26 mt.

1.20

26 mt.

1.

Upto 25% of maximum FAR can be utilized
for residential use of essential staff in firestation.
2. Upto 15% of maximum FAR can be utilized
for residential use/hostel for essential staff andstudent accommodation, in Fire Training
Institute/College.
3. Other controls related to basements etc. are as
per regulations.

Post and telegraph office, head post office
Maximum ground coverage
Maximum floor area ratio
Maximum height

25%
1.00
15 m.

Other Controls:i) Basement up to the building envelope line and to the maximum extent of 50% of the plot area shallbe allowed and if used for parking and services should not be counted in FAR.

3.14

Farm houses

Table 3.13 Development control for farm house
Sl. No.
Size of Farm
Maximum FAR
1
Above 1.0 Ha and upto 2.0 Ha 1.00
(including mezzanine floor)2
2.0 Ha and above
1.50 (including floor)

Maximum HeightSingle storeyed maximum
height 6 m.
Single storeyed maximum
height 6 m.

Other Controls:i) Setback in dwelling house should be 15 m. away from any boundary line of the property.
ii) Where a property abuts an urban road, the dwelling house building should be setback from thecentre line of that road by 60 m. Where the property abuts a village road, the building setback fromthe centre line of that road should be 30 m.
iii) No dwelling units should be built within 400 m. of the right of way of any National Highway.

3.15

Professional activity
Professional activity shall be allowed in residential plot and flats on any floor on thefollowing condition:
Part of the premises shall be permitted to be used upto a maximum of 25 % of FAR or
100sqm. whichever is less, for non-residential but non-nuisance activities for rendering
service based on professional skills.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 47

3

Development Codes

Table 3.14 Development Control for Distributive Services
Sl.No

Category

1.

Milk booth/Milk and fruit &vegetable booth
LPG godown including
booking office.

2.

3.

3.16

SKO/ LDO outlets

Maximum___________________
GroundFARHeightCoverage

Other Controls

Permitted in all zones as per approved layout plan.
i. Plot size- upto 600sqm including booking office and security hut.
ii. Permitted in all use zones except in residential and recreational use zones
subject to statutory clearances.
i. Permitted in all use zones except in residential and recreational use zones
subject to statutory clearances.

Socio – cultural facilities

Table 3.15 Development Controls for Socio- Cultural Facilities
Sl.No

1.

Category

Maximum___________________________
GroundFARHeightCoverage

a. Multipurpose Community
Hall.

30%

1.20

26m

b. Banquet hall

30%

1.20

26m

a. Community RecreationalClub.
b. Recreational Club

30%

1.20

26m

3.

Socio- cultural activities such as
auditorium, music, dance &drama
centre/mediation&
spiritual centre etc.

35%

1.20

26m

4.

Exhibition cum Fair Ground

20%

0.20

26m

5.
6.

Science centre
International Convention Centre

30%
30%

1.20
1.20

NR,
Subject
toapproval
of
AAI,
Fire
Department
and
other
statutory
bodies2.

Other Controls

1. Parking standard@3.0ECS/100sq m of floor area.
2. Other controls related tobasements etc. are given at end of
this chapter.
Parking standard@2ECS/100sq.m of floor area.

25%
1. Parking standard @2ECS/100sq.m of floor area.
2. A proper scheme for visitors
parking and parking adequacy
statement shall be preparedtaking into consideration large
number of visitors.
Subject to statutory clearances.
Parking standard @2ECS.
Parking standard @2ECS.

Notes:
i.In case of community recreational clubs, 0.50 FAR shall be admissible on the area beyond 2000 sqm.
ii.In the open area apart from outdoor games/sport facilities, swimming pool would be permissible upto anarea of 300sqm. Free from ground coverage.
iii.Basement within the ground envelope shall be allowed for parking, stilt floor for parking is permissible.
iv.30% of basement area for services, storage shall not be counted in FAR.

Page 48

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPODevelopment Codes 3

Other community facilities:
Development Controls for old age homes, religious facilities, etc shall be as follows:
Table 3.16 Development Controls for other community facilities
Sl.No

Category
GroundCoverage

1

2.

3.
*4.

Maximum
FAR Height

Old Age Home/Care Centre for*Differently
Abled
Persons/Mentally Challenged/Working
Women/Men
Hostel/Adult
Education
Centre/Orphanage/Children’sCentre/Night Shelter.
Religiousa) At neighbourhood levelb) At sub city level in urban
extension*

30%

1.20

26m.

35%
25%

0.70
0.50

15m. including
shikhara
26m.

Anganwaric) At Housing area/Cluster level
Service Apartment

30%

0.60

15m.

30%

2.25

NR* (Subject toapproval of AAI,
Fire Department
and Other
Statutory Bodies)

Other Controls

1. Parking standard@ 1.8
ECS/100 sqm of floor area.
2. Other controls related tobasement etc. are as given in
Chapter 17,Development
Code , MPD - 2021

Parking @ 2ECS per 100
Sqm. of floor area.
Other controls related tobasements etc. are given in theDevelopment Code Chapter.

*Amended Vide S.O. No. 2895(E) dated 23rd September, 2013.
These facilities should be developed in a composite manner to accommodate a number of religious
institutes/premises with common facilities.
Note: - sites of dhobi Ghats/laundry shall be provided in residential use zone/PSP facilities areas as per thenorms of local body.

3.16.1 Creche/Day Care facilities
As per factories Act, 1948 a Creche/Day care facility has to be provided for any
organization/establishment employing more than 15 women for their kids upto the ageof 5.
a) The height of the rooms shall be not less than 3.6 metres from the floor to soffit
and there shall not be less than 1.86 sqm of floor area / child to be accommodated
and maintaining adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh air.
b) There is a minimum of one toilet and one wash hand basin for every 10 children
over the age of two years. (refer notes under Table 4.21)c) The minimum staffing ratios for care shall be 1:4 childrend) Monitoring- There is a necessity of minimum two supervisor on continuous duty.
Chapter Note:
For projects proposed within the Prohibited and Regulated areas as defined by AMASR Act
2010, the Development regulations of Height, FAR, Coverage and any other controls stipulated
in Chapter-3 and Chapter-5 shall be superseded by site specific Heritage Bye-Laws preparedand notified by the Competent Authority (NMA) under the AMASR Act. NOC shall have to beobtained as per the Rules framed under the said Act by submission of required documents as
may be necessary vide rules, including “Heritage Impact Assessment” report, if sonecessitated by the NMA.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 49

3

Development Codes

Page 50

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 44.

GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
AND SERVICES

4.1

GeneralThis part sets out the standard space requirements of various parts of a building (for all typesof buildings – low/ high rise).

Table 4.1 Occupant LoadSl.No.
1
2
3
4

5

6
7
8

Type of Occupancy
Residential
Educational
Institutional
Assemblywith fixed or loose seats and dance floor
without seating facilities including dining rooms
Mercantile
street floor and sales basement
upper sale floor
Business and industrial
Storage
Hazardous

Occupant Load per 100 sq m. of Plinth
or Covered Area
8.0
25.0
6.60
166.6
66.6
33.3
16.6
10.0
3.3
10.0

*

The occupant load in dormitory portions of homes for the aged, orphanages or mental hospitals etc. where
sleeping accommodation is provided shall be calculated at not less than 13.3 persons per 100 sq.m.
** The plinth or covered area shall include, in addition to the main assembly room or space, any occupied
connecting room or space in the same storey or in the storeys above or below where entrance is common
to such rooms and space and the area available for use by the occupants of the assembly place. No
deduction shall be made in the plinth/covered area for corridors, closets and other sub-divisions; thatarea shall include all space serving the particular assembly occupancy.

4.2

Requirements for Parts of Buildings

4.2.1

Plinth

4.2.1.1 Main Buildings
The plinth or any part of a building or outhouse shall be so located with respect to thesurrounding ground level that adequate drainage of the site is assured. The height ofthe plinth shall be not less than 450 mm from the surrounding ground level.
4.2.1.2 Interior Courtyards and Covered Parking
Every interior courtyard shall be raised at least 150 mm above the determining groundlevel and shall be satisfactorily drained.
4.3

Habitable Rooms

4.3.1

Height
The height of all rooms for human habitation shall not be less than 2.75 m measured
from the surface of the floor to the lowest point of the ceiling (bottom of slab)
provided that the minimum clear headway under any beam shall not be less than 2.4 m.
In the case of pitched roof, the average height of rooms shall not be less than 2.75 m.
The minimum clear head room under a beam, folded plates or eaves shall be 2.4 m. In
the case of air-conditioned rooms, a height of not less than 2.4 m measured from theModel Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 51

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

surface of the floor to the lowest point of air-conditioning duct or the false ceiling shallbe provided.
4.3.1.1 The requirements of clause 4.3.1 apply to residential, business and mercantilebuildings. For educational and industrial buildings, the following minimum
requirements apply:
Table 4.2 Minimum height requirement for educational and industrial buildings
Sl.No
1

Types of building
Educational Buildings

Ceiling height
Ceiling height 3.6 m for all regions; in cold regions, 3 m

2Industrial Buildings

Ceiling height 3.6 m, except when air-conditioned, 3 m (Factory Act
1948 and Rules therein shall govern such heights, where applicable).

4.3.1.2

Size
The area of habitable room shall not be less than 9.5 m2, where there is only one roomwith a minimum width of 2.4 m. Where there are two rooms, one of these shall not beless than 9.5 m2 and the other not less than 7.5 m2, with a minimum width of 2.1 m.

4.4

Kitchen

4.4.1

Height
The height of a kitchen measured from the surface of the floor to the lowest point in
the ceiling (bottom of slab) shall not be less than 2.75 m, except for the portion toaccommodate floor trap of the upper floor.

4.4.2

Size
The area of a kitchen where separate dining area is provided, shall be not less than 5.0
m2 with a minimum width of 1.8 m. Where there is a separate store, the area of the
kitchen may be reduced to 4.5 m2. A kitchen, which is intended for use as a dining area
also, shall have a floor area of not less than 7.5 m2 with a minimum width of 2.1 m.

4.4.3

Other Requirements
Every room to be used as kitchen shall have:a) unless separately provided in a pantry, means for the washing of kitchen utensils
which shall lead directly or through a sink to a grated and trapped connection to thewaste pipe;b) an impermeable floor;c) a flue, if found necessary; andd) a window or ventilator or opening of size not less than as specified in clause 4.31.1
subject to increase in area of opening in accordance with Note 3.

4.5

Bathrooms and Water-Closets

4.5.1

Height
The height of a bathroom or water-closet measured from the surface of the floor to thelowest point in the ceiling (bottom of slab) shall not be less than 2.1 m.

4.5.2 Size
The area of a bathroom shall not be less than 1.8 m2 with a minimum width of 1.2 m.
The floor area of water-closet shall be 1.1 m2 with a minimum width of 0.9 m. If bathand water-closet are combined, its floor area shall not be less than 2.8 m2 with aminimum width of 1.2 m.

Page 52

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

4.5.3

Other Requirements
Every bathroom or water-closet shall:a) be so situated that at least one of its walls shall open to external air;b) not be directly over or under any room other than another water-closet, washingplace, bath or terrace, unless it has a water-tight floor;c) have the platform or seat made of water-tight non-absorbent material;d) be enclosed by walls or partitions and the surface of every such wall or partition
shall be finished with a smooth impervious material to a height of not less than 1 m
above the floor of such a room;e) be provided with an impervious floor covering, sloping towards the drain with asuitable grade and not towards VERANDAH or any other room; andf) have a window or ventilator, opening to a shaft or open space, of area not less than
0.3 m2 with side not less than 0.3 m.

4.5.4

No room containing water-closets shall be used for any purpose except as a lavatory
and no such room shall open directly into any kitchen or cooking space by a door,
window or other opening. Every room containing water-closet shall have a door
completely closing the entrance to it.

4.6

Ledge or Tand/Loft

4.6.1

Height
The minimum head-room of ledge or TAND/loft shall be 2.2 m. The maximum heightof loft shall be 1.5 m.

4.6.2

Size
A ledge or TAND/loft in a habitable room shall not cover more than 25 percent of thearea of the floor on which it is constructed and shall not interfere with the ventilationof the room under any circumstances.

4.7

Mezzanine Floor

4.7.1

HeightIt shall have a minimum height of 2.2 m.

4.7.2

Size
The minimum size of the mezzanine floor, if it is to be used as a living room, shall not
be less than 9.5 m2.
The aggregate area of such mezzanine floor in a building shall in no case exceed onethird the plinth area of the building.

4.7.3

Other Requirements
A mezzanine floor may be permitted over a room or a compartment provided:a) it conform to the standard of living rooms as regards lighting and ventilation incase the size of mezzanine floor is 9.5 m2 or more (see 4.31.1);b) it is so constructed as not to interfere under any circumstances with the ventilationof the space over and under it;c) such mezzanine floor is not sub-divided into smaller compartments;d) such mezzanine floor or any part of it shall not be used as a kitchen; ande) in no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed so as to make it liable to be converted
into unventilated compartments.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 53

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

4.8Store Room

4.8.1

Height
The height of a store room shall be not less than 2.2 m.

4.8.2

Size
The size of a store room, where provided in a residential building, shall be not lessthan 3 m2.

4.9

Garage4.9.1

Height
The height of a garage shall be not less than 2.4 m.

4.9.2

Size
The size of garages shall be as below:a) Private Garage - 3.0 m × 6.0 m, minimum; andb) Public Garage - Based on the number of vehicles parked by ECU.(Appendix ‘A-1’)

4.10

Basement

4.10.1 The basement shall not be used for residential purposes.
4.10.2 The construction of the basement shall be allowed by the Authority in accordance withthe land use and other provisions specified under the Development Control Rules.
4.10.3 The basement to be constructed within the building envelope and subject to maximum
coverage on floor 1 (entrance floor) may be put to only the following uses:a) Storage of household or other goods of ordinarily non-combustible material;b) Strong rooms, bank cellars, etc;c) Air-conditioning equipment and other machines used for services and utilities ofthe building; andd) Parking spaces.
4.10.4 The basement shall have the following requirements:a) Every basement shall be in every part at least 2.4 m in height from the floor to theunderside of the roof slab or ceiling;b) Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the basement. The ventilation
requirements shall be the same as required by the particular occupancy according
to byelaws. Any deficiency may be met by providing adequate mechanicalventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust fans, air-conditioning systems, etc;c) The minimum height of the ceiling of any basement shall be 0.9m and the
maximum, 1.2 m above the average surrounding ground level;d) Adequate arrangements shall be made such that surface drainage does not enter thebasement;e) The walls and floors of the basement shall be watertight and be so designed thatthe effects of the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, are taken into account indesign and adequate damp proofing treatment is given; andf) The access to the basement shall be separate from the main and alternative
staircase providing access and exit from higher floors.
g) Where the staircase is continuous in the case of buildings served by more than one
staircase, the same shall be of enclosed type serving as a fire separation from thebasement floor and higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they are
constructed within the building line subject to the provision of (d). The exist
requirements in basements shall comply with the provisions of Part 4 ‘Fire andLife Safety’
Page 54

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

4.11

Chimneys
The chimneys shall be built at least 0.9 m above flat roofs, provided the top of thechimneys is not below the top of the adjacent parapet wall. In the case of sloping roofs,
the chimney top shall not be less than 0.6 m above the ridge of the roof in which thechimney penetrates.

4.12

ParapetParapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terraces, balcony, verandah,etc shall not be less than 1.0 m and not more than 1.2 m in height from the finishedfloor level.

Note:
i.

The above shall not apply where roof terrace is not accessible by a staircase.
ii. However on terrace floor in the portion where installations like DG Set, Water Tank and other,screening parapet of a suitable height may be constructed to hide such equipment’s etc and there is noneed to have uniformly increased the height of the parapet.

4.13

Cabin
The size of cabins shall not be less than 3.0 m2 with a minimum width of 1.0 m. The
clear passages within the divided space of any floor shall not be less than 0.75 m andthe distance from the farthest space in a cabin to any exit shall not be more than 18.5
m. In case the sub-divided cabin does not derive direct lighting and ventilation fromany open spaces/ mechanical means, the maximum height of the cabin shall be 2.2 m.

4.14

Boundary Wall
The requirements of the boundary wall shall be as follows:a) Except with the special permission of the Authority, the maximum height of thecompound wall shall be 1.5 m above the centre line of the front street. Compound
wall up to 2.4 m height may be permitted if the top 0.9 m is of open type
construction of a design to be approved by the Authority.
b) In the case of a corner plot, the height of the boundary wall shall be restricted to0.75 m for a length of 10 m on the front and side of the inter-sections and thebalance height of 0.75 m if required in accordance with (a) may be made up of
open type construction (through railings) and of design to be approved by the
Authority.
c) However, the provisions of (a) and (b) are not applicable to boundary walls of jails.
In industrial buildings, electric sub-stations, transformer stations, institutionalbuildings like sanitoria, hospitals, industrial buildings like workshops, factories
and educational buildings like schools, colleges, including hostels, and other usesof public utility undertakings and strategically sensitive buildings, a height up to
2.4 m may be permitted by the Authority.

4.15

Septic Tanks
Where a septic tank is used for sewage disposal, the location, design and constructionof septic tank shall conform to requirements of Part 9 ‘Plumbing Services, Section 1
Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation (Including Solid Waste Management)’ of
NBC, 2005.

4.15.1 Location of the Septic Tanks and Subsurface Absorption Systems
A sub-soil dispersion system shall not be closer than 18 m from any source of drinking
water, such as well, to mitigate the possibility of bacterial pollution of subsurface
water. It shall also be as far removed from the nearest habitable building as
economically feasible but not closer than 6 m, to avoid damage to the structures.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 55

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

4.15.2 Requirementsa) Dimensions of septic tanks - Septic tanks shall have a minimum width of 750 mm,
a minimum depth of 1 m below the water level and a minimum liquid capacity of 1
m3. The length of tanks shall be 2 to 4 times the width;b) Septic tanks may be constructed of brickwork, stone masonry, concrete or othersuitable materials as approved by the Authority;c) Under no circumstances shall effluent from a septic tank be allowed into an open
channel drain or body of water without adequate treatment;d) The minimum nominal diameter of the pipe shall be 100 mm. Further, at junctionsof pipes in manholes, direction of flow from a branch connection shall not make anangle exceeding 45° with the direction of flow in the main pipe;e) The gradients of land drains, under-drainage as well as the bottom of dispersion
trenches and soakways shall be between 1:300 and 1:400;f) Every septic tank shall be provided with ventilating pipe of at least 50 mm
diameter. The top of the pipe shall be provided with a suitable cage of mosquitoproof wire mesh. The ventilating pipe shall extend to a height which would cause
no smell nuisance to any building in the area. Generally, the ventilating pipe may
extend to a height of about 2 m, when the septic tank is at least 15 m away fromthe nearest building and to a height of 2 m above the top of the building when it islocated closer than 15 m;g) When the disposal of septic tank effluent is to a seepage pit, the seepage pit may beof any suitable shape with the least cross sectional dimension of 0.90 m and notless than 1.00 m in depth below the invert level of the inlet pipe. The pit may belined with stone, brick or concrete blocks with dry open joints which should bebacked with at least 75 mm of clean coarse aggregate. The lining above the inlet
level should be finished with mortar. In the case of pits of large dimensions, the top
portion may be narrowed to reduce the size of the RCC cover slabs. Where nolining is used, specially near trees, the entire pit should be filled with loose stones.
A masonry ring may be constructed at the top of the pit to prevent damage byflooding of the pit by surface runoff. The inlet pipe may be taken down a depth of
0.90 m from the top as an anti-mosquito measure; andh) When the disposal of the septic tank effluent is to a dispersion trench, thedispersion trench shall be 0.50 m to 1.00 m deep and 0.30 m to 1.00 m wide
excavated to a slight gradient and shall be provided with 150 mm to 250 mm ofwashed gravel or crushed stones. Open jointed pipes placed inside the trench shallbe made of unglazed earthenware clay or concrete and shall have a minimum
internal diameter of 75 mm to 100 mm. Each dispersion trench shall not be longer
than 30 m and trenches shall not be placed closer than 1.8 m.
4.15.3 Office-cum-Letter Box RoomIn the case of multi-storeyed multi-family dwelling apartments constructed by existingand proposed Cooperative Housing Societies or Apartment Owners Associations,limited companies and proposed societies, an office-cum-letter box room of dimension
3.6 m × 3 m shall be provided on the ground floor. In case the number of flats is morethan 20, the maximum size of the office-cum-letter box room shall be 20 m2.
4.15.4 Business Buildings
Provision shall be made for letter boxes on the entrance floor as per the requirementsof the postal department.

Page 56

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

4.16

Meter Rooms
For all buildings above 15 m in height and in special occupancies, like educational,
assembly, institutional, industrial, storage, hazardous and mixed occupancies with anyof the aforesaid occupancies having area more than 500 m2 on each floor, provision
shall be made for an independent and ventilated meter (service) room, as per
requirements of electric (service) supply undertakings on the ground floor with directaccess from outside for the purpose of termination of electric supply from thelicensee’s service and alternative supply cables. The door/doors provided for theservice room shall have fire resistance of not less than two hours.

4.17

Staircase/Exit Requirements

4.17.1 The minimum clear width, minimum tread width and maximum riser of staircases forbuildings shall be as given as below (see also Part 4 ‘Fire and Life Safety of NBC2005).
4.17.2 Minimum width
The minimum width of staircase shall be as follows:
A

Residential buildings (dwellings)
NOTE — For row housing with 2
storeys, the min. width of shall be 0.75

1.0 m

B
C

Residential hotel buildings
Assembly buildings like auditoria,
theatres and cinemas
Educational building
Institutional buildings
All other buildings

1.5 m
2.0 m

D
E
F

1.5 m
2.0 m
1.5 m

4.17.3 Minimum tread
The minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 250 mm for residential buildings.
The minimum width of tread for other buildings shall be 300 mm.
4.17.4 Maximum riser
4.17.4.1 The maximum height of riser shall be 190 mm for residential buildings and 150 mm
for other buildings and these shall be limited to 12 per flight.
4.17.4.2 The minimum head-room in a passage under the landing of a staircase shall be 2.2
m. The minimum clear head-room in any staircase shall be 2.2 m.
4.17.5 Exit Requirements
All aspects of exit requirements for corridors, doors, stair cases, ramps, etc in respectof widths, travel distance shall be as per Part 4 ‘Fire and Life Safety’ of NBC,2005.
4.18

Roofs

4.18.1 The roof of a building shall be so designed and constructed as to effectively drainwater by means of sufficient rain-water pipes of adequate size, wherever required, so
arranged, jointed and fixed as to ensure that the rain-water is carried away from thebuilding without causing dampness in any part of the walls, roof or foundations of thebuilding or an adjacent building.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 57

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

4.18.1.1 The Authority may require rain-water pipes to be connected to a drain or sewer to acovered channel formed beneath the public footpath to connect the rainwater
rainwater pipe to the road gutter or in any other approved manner.
4.18.1.2 Rain-water pipes shall be affixed to the outside of the external walls of the building
or in recesses or chases cut or formed in such external walls or in such other manneras may be approved by the Authority.
4.18.1.3 It is desirable to conserve rain water using suitable rain water harvesting techniques
including by roof water collection. In this context, reference may be made to Part 9‘Plumbing Services, Section 1 Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation (Including
Solid Waste Management)’ of NBC, 2005.
4.19

Special Requirements of Low Income Housing
Special requirements of low income housing shall be as given in relevant Section ofthis Model Building Bye-Law. For detailed information in this regard, reference may
be made to the accepted standards.

4.20

Special Requirements for Cluster Planning for Housing
Special requirements for cluster planning for housing shall be as given in relevant
sections of the Model Building Bye-Law.

4.21

Group housinga)

Building requirement in respect of dwelling units upto 45 sq.mt. in size willcorrespond to Table 3.3 and as applicable to plots upto 50 sq m.

b)Building requirement in respect of dwelling units above 45 sq m. may be referredfrom the Table 3.3 applicable to above 50 sq m. plot size.

c)Projection into Open Spaces without counting towards FAR.
i) All open spaces provided either in interior or exterior shall be kept free fromany erections thereon and shall open to the sky. Nothing except cornice,chhajja or weather shade (not more than 0.75 m. wide) shall overhang or
project over the said open space so as to reduce the width to less thanminimum required.
Note: Such projections shall not be allowed at height less than 2.2 m. from the corresponding
finished floor level:ii) One canopy per block on the ground floor not exceeding 4.5 m. in length and2.4 m. in widthiii) Balcony at roof slab level of 1.2 m. width and area not exceeding 3.5 sq m.
per bedroom but not exceeding 3 in number per flat.
iv) Balcony having entrance from the toilet/bathroom and width as 1.2 m. fordrying clothes.
4.22

Non-residential buildings
The minimum area for office room/shop or any other space to be used as workspaceshall not be less than 6.0 sq m. with a minimum width of 2.1 m.

Page 58

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

4.23

Other general requirements

4.23.1 Swimming Pool
1)

Definition: A constructed pool or a tank indoor or outside the building, used for the
purpose of swimming, bathing, aquatic sports or games, training, treatment (Therapy)
or recreation, meant exclusively for human being, having a depth of water not less thanthat 60 cm. and the surface area exceeding 23.25 sq m. both for the use of public or the
institution concerned.
i) “Capacity of Pools in Relation to Bathers”: The maximum number of persons inbathing attire within the pool enclosures of the bathing area shall not exceed one
person per 20 sq ft. (1.86 sq m.) of pool i.e. the area of the water surface.

2)“Hand Rail”: A side handrail extending up above and returning to the horizontal
surface of the pool deck curb or coping shall be provided at each side of each ladder.

3)“Depth Markers”: Depth of water shall be clearly marked at or above the water
surface on the vertical pool wall and on the edge of the deck or walk-way next to thepool, at maximum points and at the points of break between the deep and shallow
portions and at intermediate increments of depth, spaced at not more than 2.5” (7.62cm) intervals. Depth markers, contrasting with background shall be on both sides ofthe pool.

4)“Lighting and Wiring”: Where submarine lightning is used, not less than 0.5 watts
shall be employed per sq. ft. of pool area.

5)“Area Lightning”: Where submarine lightning is employed, area lightning shall be
provided for the deck areas and directed towards the deck areas and away from thepool surface so far as practicable, in a total capacity of not less than 0.6 watt per sq. ft
of deck area.
Where submarine lighting is not provided and night swimming is not permitted
combined pool lightning shall be provided in an amount of not less than 2 watts per sq.
ft. of total area. All submarine lightning shall be individually earthed and must be
water tight and damp proof.

6)“Over Head Wiring”: No electrical wiring for electrical or power shall be permitted topass over within 20 feet of the pool enclosure.

7)“Shallow Minimum Depth”: Every swimming pool shall have a minimum depth in theshallow area of the main swimming area of not less then 0.9 mt. (3 feet), but not morethan 1.07mt. (3'-6”) from the overflow level to the floor

8)“Shallow Areas”: In a swimming pool with a diving area, the shallow area of the poolshall be defined as the portion between the shallow end and the break point between
the shallow area and the diving area. The slope of the floor shall be uniform from thebreak point between the diving area and the shallow portion to the outside edge of theshallow portion and shall not be greater than 1 in 2 m.

9)

“Vertical Wall Depth”: The pool walls shall be vertical at all points for a depth of notless than 2 ft 6" (0. 76 m.)

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 59

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

4.24

Means of access (including Fire Safety- Ref Chapter 11)

4.24.1 No Building shall be erected as to deprive any other building of its means of access.
4.24.2 Every person who erects a building shall not at any time erect or cause or permit toerect or re- erect any building, which in any way encroaches upon or diminishes thearea set apart as means of access.
4.24.3 For buildings identified in clause 11.1 the following provisions of means of accessshall be applicable.
a) The width of the main street on which buildings abut shall not be less than 12.0 m.
b) If there are any bends or curves in the approach road, sufficient width shall bepermitted at the curve to enable the fire tenders to turn, the turning circle shall be atleast of 9.0 m. radius.
c) The approach to the building and open spaces on its all sides (see Building ByeLaws 4.8 and 4.9) upto 6.0 m. width and the layout for the same shall be done in
consultation with the Chief Fire Officer and the same shall be of hard surface
capable of taking the weight of fire tender, weighing upto 22 tones for low risebuilding and 45 tones for building 15 m., and above in height. The said open spaceshall be kept free of obstructions and shall be motorable.
d) Main entrance to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow easy access tothe fire tender and in no case it shall measure less than 5 m. The entrance gate shallfold back against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior
access way within the plot free for movement of the fire service vehicles. Ifarchway is provided over the main entrance, the height of the archway shall not beof height less than 5.0 m.
e) For multi-storeyed group housing schemes on one plot, the approach road shall be
20.0 m. or as per Master Plan/Development Plan provisions and between
individual buildings, there shall be 6.0 m. space around.
f) In case of basement extending beyond the building line, it shall be capable oftaking load of 45 tones for a building of height 15.0 m. and above and 22 tones forbuilding height less than 15.0 m.
g) The external window shall not be blocked by louvres etc. In such case provisions
shall be made so that one can enter the building to be rescued through the windowby using hydraulic platform etc.
4.24.4 Number and size of Exits 4
The requisite number and size of various exits shall be provided, based on theoccupants in each room and floor based on the occupant load, capacity of exits, travel
distance and height of buildings as per provisions of Section 4.2 to 4.12 & 6.1 to 6.9 ofPart 4- Fire and Life Safety, NBC 2005.
4

Types of Exitsa)Exits shall be either horizontal or vertical type. An exit may be doorway, corridor and passage to an internal staircase
or external staircase, ramp to a verandah and/or terraces that have access to the street or to roof of a building. An exit
may also include horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building at the same level.

b)

Lifts escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits.

Page 60

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

At least one primary entrance to each building shall be usable by individuals inwheelchairs and shall be indicated by a sign
At least one entrance usable by individuals in wheelchairs shall be on a level thatwould make the elevators accessible.
4.24.5 Arrangement of Exitsa) Exits shall be so located so that the travel distance on the floor shall not exceed
22.50 m. for residential, educational, institutional and hazardous occupancies and30.0 m. for assembly, business, mercantile, industrial and storage occupancies.
Whenever more than one exit is required for a floor of a building they shall beplaced as remote from each other as possible. All the exits shall be accessible fromthe entire floor area at all floor levels.
b) The travel distance to an exit from the remote point shall not exceed half the
distance as stated above except in the case of institutional occupancy in which caseit shall not exceed 6.0 m.
4.24.6 Capacity of Exits
The capacity of exits (staircase, ramps and doorways) indicating the number of persons
could be safety evacuated through a unit exit width of 50 cm shall be as given below:
Table 4.3 Occupants per unit Exit width
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Group of Occupancy
Residential
Educational
Institutional
Assembly
Business
Mercantile
Industrial
Storage
Hazardous

Stairways
25
25
25
40
50
50
50
50
25

Number of Occupants
Ramps
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
30

Doors
75
75
75
60
75
75
75
75
40

4.24.7 Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors
The following minimum width provisions shall be made for each passage
way/corridor.
a) Residential buildings, dwelling unit type.
1.00 m.
b) Residential buildings, e.g., hostels, etc.
1.25 m.
c) Assembly buildings like auditorium theatres and cinemas.
2.00 m.
d) All other buildings including hotels.
1.50 m.
e) Hospital, Nursing Homes, etc.
2.40 m.
4.24.7.1 Ramps
a. The ramp to basement and parking floors shall not be less than 7.2m wide for two
way traffic and 4 m wide for one way traffic, provided with Gradient of 1:10 forcars and 1:15 for heavy vehicles. At curved portions of the ramp or for circular
ramps the slope should not be more than 1:12.
b. Ramps may also be provided in the setbacks which can be sloped considering
unhindered movement of fire engine and in no case the gradient shall be less than
1:10.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 61

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvicesc. All structural design/safety aspects as per latest BIS Codes & NBC, 2005 shall becomplied along with consideration of weight of Fire Engine & its maneuverings.
d. The minimum width of the ramps in hospitals shall be 2.4 m for stretcher and not
for vehicular movement
e. In this case Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
f. Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards orsafe place
Ramps with Gradientsa. Where ramps with gradients are necessary or desired, they shall conform to thefollowing requirements.
b. A ramp when provided should not have a slope greater than 1 in 20 or maximumof 1 in 12 for short distance up to 9 000 mm.
c. A ramp shall have handrails on at least one side, and preferably two sides, thatare 900 mm high, measured from the surface of the ramp, that are smooth, andthat extend 300 mm beyond the top and bottom of the ramp. Where major traffic
is predominantly children, the handrails should be placed 760 mm high.
Notes
i.

Where handrails are specified to be of heights other than 80 cm, it is recommended that two sets ofhandrails be installed to serve all people. Where major traffic is predominantly children,
particularly physically disabled children, extra care should be exercised in the placement ofhandrails, in accordance with the nature of the facility and the age group or groups being serviced
ii. Care should be taken that the extension of the handrails is not in itself a hazard. Extension up to
300 mm may be made on the side of a continuing wall.
iii. A ramp shall have a surface that is non-slip surface and if length is 3 500 mm, the minimum
widthshall be 1 500 mm. greatly assists the challenged persons with semi-ambulatory andambulatory disabilities. Non-slip surfaces are provided by many finishes and materials. The
surfaces of the concrete ramps can be made nonskid by brooming the surface or by finishing withan indenting roller.
iv. A ramp shall have a level platform at the top which is at least 1 800 mm long, if a door swings out
onto the platform or toward the ramp. This platform shall extend at least 300 mm beyond each sideof the doorway.
v. Each ramp shall have at least 1 800 mm of straight clearance at the bottom.
vi. Ramps shall have level platforms at 10 m to 12 m intervals for purposes of rest and safety, andshall have platforms minimum 1.5 m length wherever they turn.
vii. For visually impaired people, ramps may be colour contrasted with landing.
viii. To minimize rise to wheelchair users, ramps should be equipped with herbs approximately 50 mm
high at exposed sides.

4.24.7.2 Doorways
a. Every doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit, on a corridor
or passageway providing continuous and protected means of egress.
b. No exit doorways shall be less than 1m in width except assembly and institutionalbuildings where Doorway shall not be less than 2 m.
c. Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but shall not obstruct
the travel along any exit. No door when opened shall reduce the required width ofstairway or landing to less than 0.90 m Overhead or sliding door shall not be
installed.
Note: In the case of buildings where there is a central corridor, the doors of rooms shall open inwards
to permit smooth flow of traffic in the corridor

Page 62

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

d. Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing equal to atleast, the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. Levelof landings shall be the same as that of the floor, which it serves.
e. Exit doorways shall be openable from the side, which they serve without the use of akey.
f. Revolving doors shall not to be provided as means of fire exit.
g. Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding
the direction of exit.
4.25

Provision of exterior open spaces and height limitation around the building

4.25.1 The open spaces / setbacks covered area, FAR shall be as per Master Plan/Zonal Plan
requirements as given in the development controls of Master Plan. (Building Bye
Laws-Annexure VI)/ NBC, 2005
4.25.2 Every room that is intended for human habitation shall abut on an interior or exterior
open space or on to a verandah open to such interior or exterior open space.
4.25.3 In case of High rise the exterior open spaces around a building as in Building Bye
Laws No. shall be of green or hard surface capable of taking load of fire engine
weighing up to 45 tonnes.
4.25.4 In case, kitchen and toilets do not abut either interior or exterior open spaces,
mechanical ventilation would be accepted.
4.25.5 Up to 25% of the total setback area can be sunk for light, ventilation and access tobasement, provided fire tender movement is not hindered.
4.26

Interior Open Space for Light and Ventilation

4.26.1 The whole or part of one side of one or more rooms intended for human habitation andnot abutting on either the front, rear or side open spaces shall abut on an interior open
space whose minimum width in all directions shall be 3.0 m in case of buildings not
more than 15 m/ 17.5 m (with stilts) in height, and in case of buildings above 15 m/
17.5 m (with stilts) it shall have mandatory mechanical ventilation in addition.
4.26.2 Sunken Courtyard:
Sunken courtyard up to 3mt in depth from the ground level as ‘light well’ withinbuilding envelop shall be permitted for light and ventilation for basement area.
4.26.3 Skylight:
Skylight in interior open space (courtyard) shall be permitted subject to the fact that it
may not act as a covered space on the ground floor and does not violate the maximum/
minimum ground coverage rules.
4.27

Joint Open Air Space

4.27.1 Every interior or exterior or air space, unless the latter is a street, shall be maintained
for the benefit of such building exclusively and shall be entirely within the owner's
own premises.
If such interior or exterior open air space is intended to be used for the benefit of morethan one building belonging to the same owner; then the width of such open air spaceshall be the one specified for the tallest building as specified in clause 4.10.3 and4.10.4 abutting on such open air space.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 63

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

Table 4.4 Provision of Exterior Open Spaces around the Buildings
Sl. No.

Height of the Building(m.)

Exterior open spaces to be left on all sides in m.
(front rear and sides in each plot)
As per prescribed set backs
1
10
3
2
15
5
3
18
6
4
21
7
5
24
8
6
27
9
7
30
10
8
35
11
9
40
12
10
45
13
11
50
14
12
55 and above
16
Note: On sides where no habitable rooms face, a minimum space of 9.0 m. shall be left for heights above 27.0 m.

c) In case of multi storeyed buildings the exterior open space around a building shallbe of hard surface capable to taking load of fire engine weighting upto 45 tonnes.
4.28

Provision of Podium for parking and landscaping
In case the buildings are to be constructed with stilt floor on individual plot forproviding parking space and where basement could not be approached for parking, insuch cases a podium may be constructed on ground floor in continuation of the stilt
floor having access from the front for the parking after leaving minimum 3m setback
from the plot line. The terrace of podium may be used for plantation & landscaping.
For low rise development, the maximum height permitted is 15mts. However where
the stilt floor is to be constructed for parking the height may be increased to 17.5 mtr.

4.29

Exemption to Open Spaces/Covered area
The following exemption to open space shall be permitted.

4.29.1 Projections into Open Spacesa) Every interior or exterior open space shall be kept, free from any erection thereon
and shall be open to the sky. Nothing except cornice, chajja or weather shade (notmore than 0.75 m. wide) shall overhang or project over the said open spaces so as
to reduce the width to less than the minimum required.
Note: Such projections shall not be allowed at a height less than 2.20 m. from the corresponding finishedfloor levelb) A canopy or canopies each not exceeding 4.50 m. in length and 2.40 m. in width in
the form of cantilever or cantilevers, over the main entrance/entrances, providing aminimum clear height of 2.2 m. below the canopy.
In single storeyed residential building, only one such canopy shall be permitted foreach individual detached block. In more than one storeyed residential building, twocanopies shall be permitted over ground floor/higher floor entrances.
In buildings of other occupancies, the permissibility of canopy, canopies shall be
as decided by the Authority on its merits.

Page 64

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4c) In case of residential building only, a balcony or balconies at roof level of a widthof 1.20 m. overhanging in set-backs within one’s own land and courtyards
provided the minimum area required shall not be reduced by more than 30% ofsuch open spaces.
d) The projections (cantilever) of cupboards and shelves shall be permitted and are
exempted from covered area calculations in case of residential buildings only.
Such projection shall be upto 0.75 m. depth provided.
i) That no cupboard shall project in the side set back on the ground floor.
ii) That outer length of cupboard overhanging in the set-backs shall not exceed 2.0
m. per habitable room. In addition to this, cupboard under the above andwindows can be provided.
Note: Cupboard means a space used for storage of household goods/clothes, having
shelves/partitions not more than 1.5 m. apart.

iii) Only one pergola on each floor shall be permitted in a residential building if
constructed in the exterior open spaces or terrace.
Such pergola shall not exceed 3.50 sq m. in area on which 40% shall be void andshall have a clear height 2.20 m.
4.29.1.1 In addition to above, the following shall not be included in covered area for FAR
calculations.
a) Machine room for lift on top floor as required for the lift machine installation (seeAppendix ‘Ll’ and ‘L2’).
Note: The shaft provided for lift shall be taken for covered area calculations only on one floor.

b) Rockery, well and well structures, plant nursery, water pool, swimming pool (ifuncovered), platform round a tree, tank, fountain, bench, chabutara with open top
and / or unenclosed sides by walls, open ramps, compound wall, gate, slide swing
door, uncovered staircase (uncovered and unclosed on three sides except for a 0.90
m. high railing/wall, overhead water tank on top of building/open shafts.
c) A mumty over staircase on top floor.
d) Culvert on Municipal drains.
4.29.2 Height Limit
The Height and number of storeys shall be related to provisions of FAR as given in
Chapter-3 and the provisions of open spaces given in Building Bye-Laws and thefollowing:a) The maximum height of building shall not exceed 1.5 times the width of roadabutting plus the front open spaces.
b) If a building abuts on two or more streets of different width, the building shall bedeemed to face upon the street that has the greater width and the height of thebuilding shall be regulated by the width of that street. Height shall however, notexceed the maximum height as provided in the Master Plan.
c) For buildings in the vicinity of the aerodromes the maximum height of suchbuildings shall be in accordance with regulations of “critical” and “non-critical”
zones as identified by the AAI in its Colour-Coded Zoning Maps (CCZM). The
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 65

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

application for Building plan approval shall be processed by the Authority as per
the CCZM for ‘non-critical’ areas.
Note: The location of slaughter house/butcher house and other areas for activities like depositing of
garbage dumps which would attract high flying birds like eagles/hawks etc. shall not be permitted
within a radius of 10 km. from aerodrome reference point.

4.29.3 Height Exemptions
The following appurtenant structures shall not be included in the height of building
covered under Building Bye-Laws 4.9.7.
Roof tanks and their supports not exceeding 1.0 m. in height,
Ventilating, air conditioning and lift rooms and similar service equipments,
Stair covered with Mumty not exceeding 3.00 m. in height.
Chimneys and parapet wall and architectural features not exceeding 1.50 m. in height,
unless the aggregate area of such structures exceeds 1/3 of the roof area of the buildingon which they are erected. All such appurtenant structures shall be camouflaged toachieve streamlined aesthetics.
4.30

Lighting and ventilation of rooms

4.30.1 Rooms shall have, for the admission of light and air, one or more openings, such as
windows and ventilators, opening directly to the external air or into an open
VERANDAH.
Lighting and ventilation requirements of all types of buildings shall be designed andapproved in accordance with the provisions of the following two IS Codes –i.
ii.

SP 32 (1986): Hand book on Functional Requirements of Industrial Buildings(Lighting and Ventilation) [CED 12:Functional Requirements in Buildings] andSP 41 (1987): Hand book on Functional Requirements of Buildings (Other thanIndustrial Buildings) [CED 12: Functional Requirements in Buildings]

Lighting loads of various spaces of –i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 1, Section 1 of SP 32 (1986)
ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 2, Part 4 of SP 41 (1987)
Thermal comfort levels and design requirement of various spaces of –i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Section 2 of SP 32 (1986)
ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Part 2 of SP 41 (1987)
Minimum Fresh Air requirement for –i. Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 13 of Section 2 of SP 32 (1986)
ii. Non-Industrial buildings shall be determined as per Clause 4 of Part 3 of SP 41 (1987)
4.30.1.1 Notwithstanding the area of openings obtained through the minimum aggregate area(see Notes 1 to 3) of such openings, excluding doors inclusive of frames, shall be notless than:a) one-tenth of the floor area for dry hot climate;b) one-sixth of the floor area for wet hot climate;c) one-eighth of the floor area for intermediate climate; andd) one-twelfth of the floor area for cold climate.
Notes
1.
2.

If a window is partly fixed, the openable area shall be counted.
No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted, if it is more than 7.5 m away from the opening
assumed for lighting that portion.
3. The area of openings as given in (a) to (d) above shall be increased by 25 percent in the case of akitchen.

Page 66

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

All habitable rooms shall have for the admission of light and air, one or more
apertures, such as window, glazed door and fan lights, opening directly to the external
air or into an open verandah not more than 2.40 mt. in width. In case light andventilation to habitable space area are through an internal courtyard, the minimum
dimensions of such courtyard shall not be less than 3.0 m. x 3.0 m. for buildings upto
12.50 m. in height. For buildings with higher heights, the minimum dimensions of theinternal courtyard shall be as given in Building Bye-Laws 4.27
Where the lighting and ventilation requirements are not met through day lighting andnatural ventilation, the same shall be ensured through artificial lighting and mechanicalventilation as given in part-VII building services Section-1 lighting and Ventilation of
National Building Code of India published by the Bureau of Indian Standards. The
latest version of the National Building Code of India shall be taken into account at thetime of enforcement of the Building Bye-Laws.
4.30.1.2 Notwithstanding the above, the minimum aggregate area of openings of habitablerooms and kitchens excluding doors shall be not less than 1/10 of the floor area.
4.30.1.3 No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted if it is more than 7.50 m. from theopening assumed for lighting that portion.
4.30.2 Ventilation Shaft
For ventilating the spaces for water closets and bathrooms, if not opening on the front
side, rear and interior open spaces, shall open on the ventilation shaft, the size, of
which shall not be less than the values given below:
Table 4.5 Size of Ventilation Shaft
Height of Building(m)Upto 10.0
Upto 12.0
Upto 18.0
Upto 24.0
Upto 30.0
Above 30.0

Size of ventilation shaft(sq m)
1.2
2.8
4.0
5.4
8.0
9.0

Minimum size of shaft (m)
0.9
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.4
3.0

Notes:
i. For buildings above 30.0 m. height, mechanical ventilation system shall be installed besides theprovision of minimum ventilation shaft.
ii. For fully air-conditioned residential buildings for lodging purposes, the ventilation shaft neednot be insisted upon, provided the air-conditioning system works in an uninterrupted manner,also, provided there is an alternative source of power supply. However, it is not mandatory incase of buildings where ventilation is mechanized.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 67

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

4.31

Building Services

4.31.1 The Planning design and installation of electrical installations, air conditioning
installation of lifts and escalators can be carried out in accordance with Part-VIII
Building Services, section–2 electrical installation, section–3 air conditioning andheating, section-5 installation of lifts and escalators of National Building Code ofIndia. However deviations from National Building Code may be done as per goodEngineering practices.
4.31.2 The number and type of lifts to be provided in different buildings sha1l be as given in
Appendix-‘D’ & ‘D-1’.
4.31.3 The requirements of electric sub-station are given in Appendix-‘D2’. The provision ofelectric sub-station shall also require approval from Electricity Board concerned.
4.32

Plumbing and Sanitary Services

4.32.1 The planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage andsanitation and gas supply system shall be in accordance with Part-9: Plumbing
Services, Section-l Water supply, Drainage and sanitation (including Solid Waste
Management) and Section-2 Gas supply of NBC, 2005.
4.32.2 Requirement of water supply for various occupancies in buildings shall be as given in
Table 4.6, 4.7, and 4.8.
4.32.3 Requirement of sanitary fittings and installations for different occupancies in buildings
shall be as given in Table 4.9 to 4.22 for calculation of occupancy.
4.32.4 Sewage treatment plant of capacity of treating 100% waste water to be installed. (Ref
Table 14)
4.33

Segregated sanitation for Visitors in Public Buildings

4.33.1 Special requirement of segregated sanitation for Visitors in Public Buildings(Government Buildings, Hospitals, Educational Institutions, Commercial Buildingetc). Provisions and occupancies shall be referred at Table 4.15** This section is provided for Segregated toilet facilities for visitors in Public
Buildings (within the premises of the building, but outside the building block).
Public toilets are meant for floating population, usually located near railway stations,bus stands, market places, government hospitals, religious centers etc. These toilets
have a greater demand for urinals than community toilets.
The key considerations for siting such facilities on the site arei. Size of the toilet block (i.e. number of seats) andii. Location of the toilet block with respect to the main building block.
iii. Convenience of the visitors in accessing and using the facility.

Page 68

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 44.33.2 Surveys conducted by the central government show that people, especially women andaged, are unlikely to use the facility if it beyond 500 meters. The preferable location
shall be within 200-500 mt from the main entry of the building.
4.33.3 The site shall be earmarked on Site Plan or a Layout plan. The Authority shall clearlystate advantages and disadvantages of the location for the owner/ engaged Competent
Professional for building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’) to make an informed
decision on the siting.
4.33.4 It must be accessible to visitors and general public during the operational hours of thebuilding. However, fiscal generation for maintenance may be planned w.r.t user
charges from visitors and general public.
(Experience in sample cities has shown that toilet blocks are more likely to remain
clean if they are centrally located; those on periphery sooner fall into disrepair.)4.33.5 Other factors to be considered:a)Wastewater conveyance/treatment and prevention of contamination-

Since sewers may not be available in many cities, in most cases the toilet blocks will
have on-site sanitation, which would require periodic cleaning of tanks / pits. Location
on site should allow easy and hygienic emptying of the pits / tanks and ensure thatground water table is not contaminated by wastewater percolation.
b) Adequacy in provisionThe size of the block (i.e. on number of seats) must meet visitors’ need. Inadequacy
results in long queues and encourages open urination. Care is to be taken for balancing
problems and other special needs of children and the elderly.
c)Design considerationsi. Adequate Ventilation.
ii. Door Design / Direction of swing of the door (preferred outwards),iii. Adequate Waiting area andiv. Adequate volumes of water storage.

d)

The facilities should include:
i. Separate toilet blocks for men and women with separate entries.
ii. Seats for children to be provided in both sections for men and women.
iii. Waiting / Holding area.
iv. Space for Facility caretaker and maintenance staff – from where they canmonitor and maintain both facilities for men and women.
v. Urinal facilities for men
vi. Waste water disposal systemvii. Janitor / Store room for cleaning material / equipments.

Note: Table 4.17 may be referred for number of seats / urinals for this section.

4.33.6 Norms for differently-abled within segregated toilets:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.

One special W.C. in a set of toilet shall be provided for the use of differently abled
persons, with essential provision of wash basin near the entrance.
Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900 mm. and the door shall swing out.
Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50 mm. clearance fromwall shall be made in the toilet.
The W.C. seat shall be 500 mm. from the floor.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 69

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

4.33.7 Water requirement and facilities:
Water requirement for the facility may be worked out and enough storage for ½ day
operation is to be kept in storage. If municipal water supply is reliable, the toilet blocks
may have underground sump that can store half a day’s requirement and overheadtanks for another half. If municipal water supply is not available, toilet block may haveits own bore well and pump with no underground sump. Alternatively a hand tube well
can be used for storing water in an elevated (not overhead) tank. To minimize thewastage of water, self-closing water taps should be used.
The pans must be of Pour Flush (PF) design i.e. with a steep slope. Traps should be of
a 20 mm water seal. (Use of 50 mm water seal traps will require more water for
flushing.) If toilet is to be linked to city sewer, a master trap has to be provided at thesewer connection.
Urinals may not be fitted with urinal pots as their replacement is expensive.
** The proposed norms are based on Guidelines on Community & Public toilets Government of Odisha
Housing and Guidelines for Community Toilets, 1995; Ministry of Urban Affairs & Employment(However, they shall be further refined, once comments and suggestions are received from the State
Governments after the circulation of Draft Model Building Bye-laws 2014).
Table 4.6 Per Capita water requirement for various Occupancies/Uses
Sl. No.

Type of Occupancy

1.

Residentiala) In living unitsb) Hostelsc) Hotels with lodging accommodation (per bed)d) Hotels (5 star and above)
Educationala) Day schoolsb) Boarding Schools
Institutional (Medical Hospitals)a) No. of beds not exceeding 100b) No. of beds exceeding
100c) Medical quarters and hostels
Assembly- Cinema theatres, auditoria, etc. (per seataccommodation)
Government or Semi public business

2.

3.

4.
5.
6.

Consumption per head perday (in lt.)
135
135
180
340
45
135
340
450
135
15
45

9.

Segregated toilet facilities for Visitors in Public Buildingsa) Each use of toilet (including washing hands and floors)b) Flushing urinals
Mercantile (Commercial)a) Restaurants (per seat)b) Other business building
Industriala) Factories where bath-rooms are to be providedb) Factories where bath-rooms are not to be provided
Storage ( including Warehouses )10.

Hazardous

11.

Intermediate Stations (excluding mail and express stops).

45 (25)*12.

Junction Station

70 (45)*

13.

Terminal Stations

45

14.

International and Domestic Airports

70

7.

8.

Page 70

7
0.20
70
45
45
30
30
30

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4* The values in parenthesis are for such stations, where bathing facilities are not provided.
Note:

The number of persons for Sl. No. 11 to 14 shall be determined by the average number of passenger
handled by the station daily with due consideration given to the staff and workers likely to use thefacilities.

Table 4.7 Flushing Storage Capacities
Sl. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Classification of Building
Storage Capacity
For tenements having common convenience
900 lt. net per w.c. seat
For residential premises other than tenement 270 lt. net for one w.c. seat each and 180
having common conveniences
lt. for each additional seat in the same flat.
For factories and workshops
For cinemas, public assembly hall, etc.

900 lt. per w.c. seat and 180 lt. per urinal.
900 lt. per w.c. seat and 350 lt. per urinal.

Table 4.8 Domestic Storage Capacities
Sl. No. No. of Floors

Storage Capacity
Remarks
For premise occupied tenements with common conveniences:
1. Ground floor
Nil
Provided down take fittings are
installed
2. Floors 2, 3,4, 5 and upper floors
500 litre per tenement
For premises occupied as flats or blocks
1. Ground floor
Nil
Provided down take fittings are
installed
2. Floors 2, 3, 4, 5 and upper floors
500 litre per tenement
Note: 1. If the premises are situated at a place higher than the road level in front of the premises, storage at
ground level shall be provided on the same lines as on floors.
2.

The above storage may be permitted to be installed provided that the total domestic storage
calculated on the above basis is not less than the storage calculated on the number of down take fittings
according to scale given below:
Down take taps
70 l. eachShowers
135 l. each
Bathtubs
200 l. each

Table 4.9 Sanitation requirements for Shops and Commercial Offices
Sl. No.
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
Note:

Sanitary Unit / Fittings
Water closet

For Personnel
One for every 25 persons or part thereof exceeding 15 (including
employees and customers). For female personnel 1 for every 15
persons or part thereof exceeding 10.
Drinking Water Fountain
One for every 100 person with a minimum of one on each floor.
Wash Basin
One for every 25 persons or part thereof.
Urinals
Same as Sl. No. 3 of Table 4.14
Cleaners’ Sink
One per floor minimum, preferably in or adjacent to sanitaryrooms.
Number of customers for the purpose of the above calculation shall be the average number of persons in
the premises for a time interval of one hour during the peak period. For male-female calculation a ratioof 1: 1 may be assumed.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 71

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

Table 4.10 Sanitary Requirements for Hotels
Sl. No.
Sanitary Unit
For Residential
Public staff
1.
Water Closet (W.C.) One per 8 Persons
omitting occupants of
the attached watercloset minimum of 2 if
both sexes are lodged

2.
3.

Ablution Taps
Urinals

4.

Wash Basins

One in each W.C.
Nil

One per 10 persons
omitting each basin
installed in the room /
suite
5.
Baths
One per 10 persons,less occupants of roomwith bath in suite
6.
Cleaner’s Sinks
One per 30 Bed rooms(one per floor
minimum)
7.
Kitchen Sink
One in each Kitchen
Table 4.10 contd: For Public Rooms
Sl.No
1.

Sanitary Unit
Water Closet

2.
3.

Ablution Taps
Urinals

4.
5.
6.
7.
Note:

Page 72

For non residential Staff
For male
For female
1 for 1-15 persons
2 for 1-12 persons
2 for 16-35 persons
4 for 13-25 persons
3 for 36-65 persons
6 for 26-40 persons
4 for 66-100 persons
8 for 41-57 persons
10for 58-77 persons
12for78-100 persons
Add 1 for every 6
persons or part thereof.
One in each W.C.
One in each W.C.
Nil upto 6 persons
Nil
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 40-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
1 for 15 persons
1 for 1-12
2 for 16-35 persons
2 for 13-25
3 for 36-65 persons
3 for 26-40
4 for 66-100 persons
4 for 41-57
Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil

One in each Kitchen

One in each Kitchen

For Male
One per 100 persons upto 400
persons; for over 400 add at therate of one per 250 persons or part
thereof.
One in each W.C.
One for 50 persons or part
thereof.

For Female
Two for 100 persons upto 200 persons;over 200 add at the rate of one per 100
persons or part thereof.

One in each W.C.
Nil, upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
Washbasins
One per WC/Urinal
One per WC
Kitchen Sink
One in each Kitchen
One in each Kitchen
Baths (showers)
One per 10 persons
Cleaner’s Sinks
One per 30 Bed rooms (one per floor minimum)i) It may be assumed that the two-thirds of the number are males and one- third females.
ii) One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereofin the vicinity of water closet and urinals.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

Table 4.11 Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy
Sl. No.

Sanitary Unit

1.

Water Closet (W.C.)

Boarding Institution
For Boys
For Girls

One for 8 boys One for 6 girls oror part thereofpart thereof
2. Ablution TapsOne in each One in each W.C.
W.C.
3. Urinals
One per every-25 pupils or part
thereof
4. Wash Basins
One for every 8 One for every 6
pupils or part pupils or part
thereof
thereof5. Baths
One for every 8 One for every 6
pupils or part pupils or part
thereof
thereof6. Drinking Water
One for every 50 One for every 50
Fountains
pupils or part pupils or part
thereof
thereof7. Cleaner’s Sink
One per Floor One per Floor
minimum
minimum
Table 4.11 Contd: Nursery Schools
Sl. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Note:
1.
2.

Sanitary Unit
Water Closet
Ablution Taps
Urinals
Wash Basins
Baths
Drinking Water Fountains
Cleaner’s Sink

Other Educational Institution
For Boys
For Girls
One for 40 boysor part thereof
One in each W.C.

One for 25 girls orpart thereof
One in each W.C.

One per every 20
pupils or part
thereofOne for every 60
pupils or part
thereof----One for every 40
pupilsor
partthereof--One for every 50
pupils or part
thereof
One per Floor
minimum

One for every 50
pupilsor
partthereof
One per Floor
minimum

Requirement
One for 15 boys, one for 6 girls
One in each W.C.
One for 12 boys
One for every 15 pupils or part thereof
One bath per 40 pupils
One for every 50 pupils or part thereof
One per Floor minimum

One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof, in thevicinity of water closets and urinal.
For teaching staff, the schedule of sanitary units to be provided shall be the same as in case of officebuildings (Table 5.10).

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 73

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

Table 4.12 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy- Hospital
Sl. No.
Sanitary Unit
Hospitals
With Hospitals With outdoor Patient Wards
indoor Patient
Ward For Males &For Males
For Females
females1.
Toilet Suite
Private room upto 4
For upto 4 patients(1WC+1Washbasin+ persons
1shower)2.
Water Closet (W.C.) One for every 8 beds One for every 100 One for every 25 persons
or part thereof
persons or partor part thereof
thereof3.
Ablution taps
One in each W.C.
One in each W.C.
One in each W.C.
4.
Wash Basins
Two upto 30 bed;
One for every 100
One for every 25 persons
add one for every
persons oror part thereof.
additional 30 beds; orpartpart thereof
thereof5.
Baths with Shower
One bath with ---6.

shower for every
8 beds or part
thereof.
Bed pan washing One for each
sink
ward

7.

Cleaner’ Sinks

One for each ward

8.

Kitchen sinks & dishWashers(whereKitchen isprovided)
Urinals

One for each ward

9.

10.

One for 30 beds
(male wards)----

One per floor
minimum--

One per floor minimum--

One for every 50-persons or part
thereofOne for 500 persons or part thereof

Drinking water
One for each ward
fountain
Table 4.12 contd. Administrative Buildings
Sl. No.
Sanitary Unit
For Males
For Females
1.
Toilet Suite
For individual doctor’s/officer’s rooms(1WC+1Washbasin+
1shower)2.
Water Closet (W.C.)
One for every 25 persons or partTwo for every 25 persons orthereofpart thereof
3.
Ablution TapsOne in each W.C.
One in each W.C.
4.
Wash Basins
One for every 25 persons or partOne for every 25 persons orthereofpart thereof
5.
Baths with Shower
One on each floor
One on each floor
6.
Cleaner’s Sink
One per floor minimum
One per floor minimum
7.
Kitchen sinks & dishOne for each floor
One for each floor
Washers (where Kitchen
is provided)
8.
Nil upto 6 persons-1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
From 101 to 200 persons add at
the rate of 3%; for over 200
persons add at the rate of 2.5%.
9.
Drinking water fountain
One for 100 persons or part thereof
Page 74

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

Table 4.13 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy- (staff quarters and Hostels)
Sl. No.

Sanitary Unit

1.

Water Closet

2.
3.

Ablution Taps
Wash Basins

4.

Bath (with shower)

5.

Cleaner’s Sink

6.

Drinking water
fountain

Doctor’s Dormitories
For Male Staff
For female staff
One for 4 persons
One for 2 persons

One in each W.C.
One for every 8
persons or part thereof

One in each W.C.
One for every 8
persons or part
thereofOne for every 4
One for every 4
persons or part thereof persons or part
thereof
One per floor
One per floor
minimum
minimum
One for 100 persons or part thereof

Nurses Hostel
One for 2 persons orpart thereof
Two for 13-25
One in each W.C.
One for every 8
persons or part thereof
One for every 4
persons or part thereof
One per floor
minimum
One for 100 persons
or part thereof

Table 4.14 Sanitation Requirements for Governmental and Public Business Occupancy and Offices
Sl. No.
1.

Sanitary Unit
Water Closet (W.C.)

For Male Personnel
One for 25 persons or part thereof2.
3.

Ablution taps
Urinals

4.

Wash Basins

5.

Drinking water fountains

One in each W.C.
Nil upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
From 101 to 200 add @ 3%;
For over 200 persons add @ 2.5%.
One for every 25 persons or part
thereofOne for every 100 persons with aminimum of one on each floor

6.

Cleaner’s Sinks

7.

Executive Room /Conference Halls

Note:

For female Personnel
Two for 15 persons or part
thereof
One in each W.C.
--

One for every 25 persons
or part thereof
One for every 100 persons
with a minimum of 1 oneach floor--

One per floor minimum; preferably inor adjacent to sanitary rooms.
Toilet Suite (1 WC, 1 washbasin, optional shower for 24 hr usages)

Unit could be common for Male/Female or separate depending on the number of userof each facility

One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided / 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity.

Table 4.15 Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in Public Buildings
S.
Sanitary Unit
For Male Personnel
No
1. Public toilet near Railway Stations (24x7)a) Water Closet(W.C)a) One for 100 usersb) Urinalsb) One unit per 300-500 usersc) Ablution tapsc) One in each W.C.
2. Public Toilet near market place/offices(for working hours)a) Water Closeta) One for 100 usersb) Urinalsb) One unit per 200-300 usersc) Ablution tapsc) One in each W.C.
3. Public toilets near Public Buildingsa) Water Closeta) One for 100 usersb) Urinalsb) One unit per 200-300 usersc) Ablution tapsc) One in each W.C.
Per Capita Volume of Water required may be referred at item 6, Table 4.6
Area and sizes of seats/units may be referred at Table 4.16
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPOFor Female Personnela) One for 50 usersb) -c) One in each W.C.

a) One for 50 usersb) -c) One in each W.C.
a) One for 50 usersb) –c) One in each W.C.

Page 75

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

Table 4.16 The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitors’ toilets
Sl. No.

Description

Optimum (mm)Minimum (mm)*1.

Water Closet enclosures

900x1200

750x900

2.

Urinals (divided by partition walls)

575x675

500x600*In case of space constraint, the minimum sizes may be adopted

Table 4.17 The recommended areas for different facilities at visitors’ toilets
Sl. No.
Sanitary Unit
Dwelling with
Dwelling without individual conveniencesindividual
conveniences1.
Bath Room
One provided
One for every two tenementwith water tap
2.
Water Closet (W.C.) One
One for every two tenement
3.
Sink (or Nahani) in One-the Floor
4.
Water TapOne
One with drainage arrangement in eachtenement
One in common bath rooms and common watercloset.
Note: Where only one water closet is provided in a dwelling, the bath and water closet shall be separately
accommodated.
Table 4.18 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theaters, Auditoria.
Etc.)
Sl. No.
Sanitary Unit
For Public
For Staff
1

Water Closet

2

Ablution Taps

3

Urinals

4

Wash Basins

Male
FemaleOne for 100
Four for 100
persons upto 400 persons upto
persons. For
200 persons.
over 400
For over 200
persons,
persons
add at the rate
add at the rateof 1 per 250
of 1 per 50
persons or part
persons or part
thereof
thereof
One in each One in each
W.C.
W.C.
One for 50-persons or part
thereofOne for every
200 persons orpart thereofMale
One for 15
persons.

FemaleTwo for 1-12
persons.

Two for 16-35
persons

Four for 13-25
persons
add at the rateof 1 per 6
persons or part
thereof
One in eachW.C--

One in eachW.C
Nil upto
6 persons
One for 7-20
persons
Two for 21-45
persons
One for every One for 1-15
200 persons or persons
part thereof
Two for 16-35

One for 1-12
persons
Two for 13-25
persons5

Note:

Drinking Water
One per 100 persons or part thereof
Fountain
6
Cleaner’s sink
One per floor
7
Shower/Bathing
As per trade requirementsi) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in thevicinity of water closets and urinals.
ii) It may be assumed that two thirds of the number is males and one third females.

Page 76

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

Table 4.19 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings (Art, Galleries, Libraries and Museums)
Sl.
No.
1

Sanitary Unit
Water
(W.C.)

ClosetFor PublicMale
One for 200 persons
upto 400 persons.
For over 400 persons,add at the rate of 1
per 250 persons orpart thereof

2

Ablution TapsOne in each W.C.

3

Urinals

One for 50 persons orpart thereof

4

Wash Basins

One for every 200
personsor
part
thereof. For over 400
persons, add at therate of 1 per 250
personsor
part
thereof.

5
6

For Staff

FemaleFour
for100
persons upto 200
persons.
For
over
200
persons, add at therate of 1 per 50
persons or part
thereof
One in each W.C.
--

Male
One for 1-15
persons.

FemaleTwo for 1-12
persons.

Two for 16-35
persons.

Four for 13-25
persons, add at
the rate of 1
per 6 persons.

One in eachW.C
Nil upto
6 persons
One for 7-20
persons
Two for 21-45
persons
One for 1-15
persons
Two for 16-35

One in eachW.C--

One for every 200
persons or part
thereof. For over
200 persons, add at
the rate of 1 per 150
persons or part
thereof
One per floor, minimum
One per 100 persons or part thereof

One for 1-12
persons
Two for 13-25
persons

Cleaner’s Sink
Drinking Water
Fountain
7
Shower/BathAs per trade requirements
Note: It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one third females.
Table 4.20 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants
Sl. No.
Sanitary Unit
For Public
For Staff
Male
FemaleMale
Female1.
Water
Closet One per 50 One per 25 1 for 15 persons.
2 per 1-12 persons.
(W.C.)
seats upto 200 seats upto 200 2for
16-35 4 for 13-25 persons.
seats. For over seats. For over persons.
6 for 26-40 persons.
200 seats, add 200 seats, add 3
for36-65 8 for 41-57 persons.
at the rate of 1 at the rate of 1 persons.
10 for 58-77 persons.
per 100 seats per 50 seats or 4 for 66-100 12
for
78-100or part thereof part thereof
persons.
persons.
2.
Ablution TapsOne in each One in each One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
W.C.
W.C.
3.
Urinals
One for 50-Nil upto 6 persons.
-persons or part
1 for 7-20 persons.
thereof2 for 21-45
persons.
3 for 46-70
persons.
4 for 71-100
persons.
4.
Wash Basins
One for every water closet
5.
Kitchen Sinks &One per each Kitchen
Dish Washer
6.
Service Sink
One in the restaurant
Note:i)
It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one-third females.
ii) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in thevicinity of water closets and urinal.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 77

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

Table 4.21 Sanitation Requirements for Factories
Sl. No.
1.

Sanitary Unit
Water Closet

For Male Personnel
1 for 15 persons
2 for 16-35 persons
3 for 36-65 persons.
4 for 66-100 persons.
For 101 to 200 persons add at
rate of 3%. From over 200
persons, add at the rate of 2.5%.

2.
3.

Ablution Taps
Urinals

4.

Washing Taps withdraining arrangement
Drinking Water
Fountains
Baths Preferably
Showers
Emergency showerand eye wash
fountain

One in each W.C
Nil upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
From 101 to 200 persons add at
the rate of 3%; for over 200
persons add at the rate of 2.5%.
One for every 25 persons or part thereof

5.
6.
7.

For female Personnel
2 for 1-12 persons
4 for 13-25 persons.
6 for 26-40 persons.
8 for 41-57 persons.
10 for 58-77 persons.
12 for 78-100 persons.
For 101 to 200 persons, add at therate of 3%. From over 200 persons
add at the rate of 2%.
One in each W.C.
--

One for every 100 persons with a minimum of one on each floor
As required for particular trade or occupation
1 per every shop floor per 500 person

Note:
i)

For many trades of a dirty or dangerous character, more extensive provisions are required.

ii) One water tap with draining arrangement shall be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in thevicinity of water closet and urinaliii) Creche where provided shall be fitted with water closets (One for 10 persons or part thereof), washbasins (1 for 15 persons or part thereof) and drinking water tap with drinking arrangement for every 50
persons or part thereof

Page 78

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

General Building Requirements and Secrvices 4

Table 4.22 Sanitary Requirements for Large Stations and Airports
Sl. No.
1.

PlaceJunction Stations,Intermediate Stations
and Substations

2.

Terminal Stations and
Bus Terminals

3.

Domestic Airports
Minimum.
For 200 persons
For 400 persons
For 600 persons
For 800 persons
For 1000 persons
International Airports
For 200 persons
For 600 persons
For 1000 persons

4.

W.C. for Males
3 for first 1000
persons, add 1 forsubsequent 1000
persons or part
thereof.
4 for first 1000
persons and 1 for
every
additional
1000 persons or part
thereof.

W.C. for Females
8 for first 1000
persons, add 1 forevery additional 1000
persons or part
thereof.
10 for every 1000
person and 1 for every
additional
1000
personsor
part
thereof.

Urinals for Males only
4 for every 1000 person,
add 1 for every
additional 1000 persons
or part thereof.

2*
5
9
12
16
18

4*
16
30
40
52
58

1 per 40 persons or part
thereof.

6
12
18

20
40
58

6 for every 1000 personand 1 for every
additional 1000 persons
or part thereof.

1 per 40 persons or part
thereof.

Note:
i)

Provision for wash basins, baths including shower stalls, shall be in accordance with part ix
section 2- Drainage and Sanitation of National Building Code of India.
At least one Indian style water closet shall be provided in each toilet. Assume 60 % males and 40% females in any area.
At least 50 % of female WCs may be Indian pan and 50% EWC.

**

Table 4.23 General Standards/Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area
Public Toilet

Signage

Modes
Maintenance/
Cleaning

4.34
1.

2.

3.

On roads and for open areas: At every 1 km, including in parks, plaza, open air theatre,swimming area, car parks, fuel stations. Toilets shall be disabled-friendly and in 50-50 ratio(M/F). Provision may be made as for Public Rooms (Table 4.10 Contd)
Signboards on main streets shall give directions and mention the distance to reach the nearest
public convenience. Toilets shall have multi-lingual signage for the convenience of visitors.
Helpline number shall be pasted on all toilets for complaints/queries.
Pay and use or free. In pay and use toilets entry is allowed on payment to the attendant or byinserting coin and user gets 15 minutes.
The toilet should have both men and women attendants. Alternatively automatic cleaning
cycle covering flush, toilet bowl, seat, hand wash basin, disinfecting of floor and complete
drying after each use can be adopted, which takes 40 seconds.
Public toilet shall be open 24 hours.

Construction Site
At construction job sites, one toilet must be provided per 20 employees. In a workzone with between 21 and 199 employees, a toilet seat and one urinal must be
provided for every 40 employees. For 200 or more workers, regulations call for a toilet
seat and a urinal per 50 workers. The toilet must be located within 200 m or 5 minutewalk.
Job sites that are not equipped with a sanitary sewer must, unless prohibited by local
codes, provide privies, in locations where their use will not contaminate either groundor surface water. Other alternatives to a privy could be chemical toilets, re-circulating
toilets, or combustion toilets.
Toilets should be cleaned regularly and maintained in good order, running water, must
be provided along with soap and individual hand towels.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 79

4

General Building Requirements and Secrvices

4.35

Temporary Camp Toilets
Toilet facilities shall be provided within 60 m of the, site, which shall not be closer
than 15 m of dining area or kitchen. Make sure that toilet area is cleaned at least once
per day, it is sanitary, adequately lighted and is employee safe.

4.36

Special / Contingency Toilets
A) For Special events like open air theater, religious/political gatherings, mela, etc. forwhich there are no permanent toilet facilities, contingency toilets/PSUs shall be
provided. The following considerations shall determine the number of toilets to beprovided for particular event:i)
Duration of the eventii) Type of crowdiii) Weather conditionsiv) Whether finishing times are staggered if the event has multi-functions and thefollowing guidelines shall be applied with minimum 50 percent female toilets.

Table 4.24 Contingency Toilet facilities for Special Events
Sl.No.

Patrons

For Males
For Females
Toilets
Urinals
Sinks
Toilets
Sinks
1.
<500
1
2
2
6
2
2.
<1000
2
4
4
9
4
3.
<2000
4
8
6
12
6
4.
<3000
6
15
10
18
10
5.
<5000
8
25
17
30
17
Source: i) FEMA “Special Events Contingency Planning”, Toilets Page 39ii) Jain. AK, “Spatio Economic Development Record”, Clauses 5.16-5.20iii) “Public Toilets for Women in India”, Volume 18 No 5, September-October, 2011

B) Special Purpose Toilets: Special toilet facilities shall be adequately provided inpublic projects (transport terminals/ healthcare and other public spaces) in million plus
cities for the Third gender with appropriate cleanliness arrangements.
4.37

General guidance for water supply arrangements

1. For new construction: Provision shall be made for underground tank for the storage ofwater, having capacity at 200 l. per person with adequate pumping arrangements to
supply water to upper floors. Filtered water connection will be allowed only for use ofdrinking and bathing needs. For other purposes i.e. flushing and gardening etc., theindividual shall be required to have own arrangements of tube well water within thepremises. While according sanction to Layout Plan, the Authority shall make a special
mention that provision for space shall be kept for the construction of undergroundreservoir of adequate capacity along with booster pumping station.
2. Arrangements as given in 1 above shall also be provided in Group Housing Societies.
3. The plumbing arrangement in case of new constructions shall be made in a way thatthe potable water shall be used for drinking, cooking & bathing only and for rest of theuses, provision for ground water can be made with dual piping system.
4. Low capacity cistern should preferably be provided instead of normal 12.5 L capacity.
5. Provisions for sustainable methods of Water and Wastewater management, and Water
harvesting may be referred from Section 9.2 in the Bye-Laws.

Page 80

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provisions for High-rise Development 5

5.

PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE
DEVELOPMENT

5.1

High Rise
Buildings higher than 15m of height without stilts and above 17.5m of height withstilts shall be considered as high rise building.

Note: These provisions shall be in addition to the Chapter 3 for plan sanction procedure, general building
requirements (low/high) given in Chapter 4 of this document and structural safety given in Chapter 6.

5.1.1

Plot Area
Plots to be used for high rise development should be located in an approved Layout
plan, Comprehensive plans or sub division plans as prepared and approved bycompetent authorities/ as per policy of the Government of India / State Governments.

5.1.2 Means of accessa. A building shall abut on a street or streets or upon spaces directly connected from thestreet by a hard surface approach road, width of approach road is not less than 9
meters,b. If there are any bends or curves on the approach road, a sufficient width shall be
provided at the curve to enable the fire appliances to turn, the turning circle being atleast of 9.0 m radius. Where entry to the plot is through a slip road the gate width
shall not be less than 6 m for entry of the firefighting appliance.
c. The approach road to the building and open spaces on its all sides up to 6 m width
and the layout for the same shall be done in consultation with Chief Fire Officer, Fire
Service and the same shall be reinforced to ensure safety of the fire equipment andcapable of taking the weight of Fire engine, weighing up to 45 tonnes) The said open
space shall be kept free of obstructions and shall be motorable.
d. Main entrances to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to thefire engine and in no case it shall measure less than 6 m. The entrance gate shall foldback against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior access way
within the plot free for movement of fire service vehicles. If archway is provided overthe main entrance the height of the archway shall not be at a height less than 5m.
e. For multistoried group housing schemes on one plot, the approach road to the site
shall be minimum 18 m in width.
5.2

Peripheral Open Spaces including set backs
There shall be a space of 6 m all around up to 40m height and after that a space of 9m
all around should be provided

5.3

Parking Spaces
a. The parking spaces shall be provided as per the provisions of Master Plan or Zonal
plan as prevalent. The location of parking spaces shall be well ventilated.
b. In case of high-rise buildings parking will be permitted at any / all of the following:i. Basements
ii. Stiltsiii. Podium
c. Stacked/ Multi-level/ Automated parking is also permitted.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 815

Provisions for High-rise Development

5.4

Building components

5.4.1

Doorwaysa. Every doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit, on a corridor
or passageway providing continuous and protected means of egress.
b. No exit doorway shall be less than 1m in width. Doorways shall be not less than 2
m in height. Doorways for bathrooms, water closet, stores etc. shall be not less than
0.75m wide.
c. Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is, away from the room but shall not
obstruct the travel along any exit. No door, when opened, shall reduce the required
width of stairway or landing to less than 0.9m, overhead or sliding doors shall not
be installed.
d. Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight or stairs, a landing equal to atleast the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway, levelof landing shall be the same as that of the floor which it serves.
e. Exit doorways shall be openable from the side which they serve without the use of akey.
f. Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding
the direction of exit.

5.4.2

Revolving Doors
Revolving door shall not be provided as a means of fire exit.

5.4.3

Stairways
a. A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft.
b. The staircase shall be ventilated to the atmosphere at each landing and a vent at the
top; the vent openings shall be of 0.5 sq.m in the external wall and the top. If thestaircase cannot be ventilated, because of location or other reasons, a positive
pressure 50 Pa shall be maintained inside. The mechanism for pressurizing thestaircase shall operate automatically with the fire alarm. The roof of the shaft shallbe 1 m above the surrounding roof. Glazing or glass bricks if used in staircase, shallhave fire resistance rating of minimum 2 hour.
c. The minimum width of staircase shall be as table given below:
Table 5.1 Minimum width of staircase for different types of buildings

Types of Building

Width

Residential buildings (dwellings)
Residential hotel buildings
Assembly buildings like auditorium, theatres and cinemas
Educational buildings up to 30 m in height
Institutional buildings like hospitals
All other buildings

1.0m
1.5m
2.0m
1.5m
2.0m
1.5m

d. The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 0.25m for staircase forresidential buildings. In the case of other buildings the minimum tread shall be
0.3m. The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent
slipping. The maximum height of riser shall be 0.19m in the case of residentialbuildings and 0.15m in the case of other buildings and shall be limited to 15 risers
per flight.
e. Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 0.9m from the center of thetread.
f. The minimum headroom in a passage under the lading of a staircase and under the
staircase shall be 2.2m.
Page 82

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provisions for High-rise Development 5

g. Access to main staircase shall be gained through adequate fire resistance rating(clause 11.7.1 of Chapter 11) Automatic closing doors placed in the enclosing wallsof the staircases. It shall be a swing type door opening in the direction of the escape.
h. No living space, store or other fire risk shall open directly into the staircase or
staircases.
i. External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open directly to theopen spaces or can be reached without passing through any door other than a door
provided to form a draught lobby.
j. The exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escape route shall be provided at aheight of 0.5m from the floor level on the wall and shall be illuminated by electric
light connected to corridor circuits. All exit way marking signs should be flushedwith the wall and so designed that no mechanical damage shall occur to them due tomoving of furniture or other heavy equipment’s. Further all landings of floor shallhave floor indication boards indicating the number of floor. The floor indication
board shall be placed on the wall immediately facing the flight of stairs and nearest
to the landing. It shall be of size not less than 0.5x 0.5m and it shall be prominently
on the wall facing the staircase.
k. In case of single staircase it shall terminate at the ground floor level and the accessto the basement shall be by a separate staircase. However, the second staircase maylead to basement levels provided the same is separated at ground level by either aventilated lobby with discharge points at two different ends or through enclosureswith fire resistance rating door (clause 11.7.1 of Chapter 11) or through a fire
protected corridor.
5.4.4

Lifts
General requirements of lifts shall be as follows:a. All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lifts. The lifts provided in thebuildings shall not be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency. In adual line arrangement (lifts opposite to each other) the lobby may be between 1.5
times to 2.5 times the depth of one car. For in-line (single line) arrangements thelobby may be typically half of the above recommendations.
b. Grounding switch, at ground floor level, to enable the fire service to ground the lift
shall also be provided.
c. The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery shall be installed
there in.
d. Walls of lift enclosures and lift lobby shall have fire rating of 2 hour; (Refer Section
11.7.1 of Chapter 11); lifts shall have a vent at the top of area not less than 0.2 sq.me. Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.
f. Lift lobby doors in lift enclosures shall have fire resistance as per Section 11.7.1 ofChapter 11.
g. Collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and shall have solid doors with fire
resistance of at least 1 hour.
h. If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building, a positive pressure between
25 and 30 Pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a positive pressure of 50 Pa shallbe maintained in the lift shaft. The mechanism for pressurization shall act
automatically with the fire alarm; it shall be possible to operate this mechanicallyalso.
i. Lifts if communicating with the basement, the lift lobby of the basements shall bepressurized as suggested in clause 11.9.1(g) and 11.9.1(h) with self-closing door
with fire resistance rating (Refer Section 11.7.1 of Chapter 11). Telephone or othercommunication facilities shall be provided in lift cars and to be connected to fire
control room for the building.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 83

5

Provisions for High-rise Development

j. Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through a self
closing fire door of half an hour fire resistance.
k. Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby shall bemade to prevent water used during firefighting, etc., at any landing from entering
the lift shafts.
l. A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating thatin case of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The sign
shall also contain a plan for each floor showing the locations of the stairways.
Alternate source of power supply shall be provided for all the lifts through amanually operated changeover switch.
m. For Pressurization Specifications of various building components refer NBC
Chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety Clause 4.10 Pressurization of Staircases (Protected
Escape Routes)
5.4.5

Basements
a. Basement shall be permitted within the setback lines subject to clearance from local
bodies/departments concerned, Municipal Corporation and Fire Department. Where
there are no setbacks, basement should be permitted after leaving 2 m and where
there is setback, it should be after leaving required 6 m from plot boundary ( as perprovisions of development control norms of Master Plan of Delhi).
b. Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area
(aggregate) not less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round theperimeter of the basement shall be provided in the form of grills or breakable stallboard lights or pavement lights or by way of shafts. Alternatively, a system of air
inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke outlets at basement
ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with stall board
or pavement lights as before, but ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor
level have to be laid. Stall board and pavement lights should be in positions easily
accessible to the fire brigade and clearly marked ‘SMOKE OUTLET’ or ‘AIR
INLET’ with an indication of area served at or near the opening.
c. The staircase of basements shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance rating(Refer Section 11.7.1 of Chapter 11). The staircase shall be situated at the peripheryof the basement to be entered at ground level only, from outside open air. The
staircase shall communicate with basement through a lobby with self-closing doors
with fire resistance rating as per relevant NBC code mentioned above.
d. For travel distance Table 5.2 given below shall be followed. If travel distance exceeds thatgiven in the table below, additional staircases shall be provided.
Table 5.2 Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction
Sl. NoGroup of Occupancy
Maximum Travel Distance Construction
Type 1 &2
Type 3 & 4i.
Residential(A)
30.0
22.5
ii.
Educational(B)
30.0
22.5
iii.
Institutional
30.0
22.5
iv
Assembly(D)
30.0
30.0
v
Business(E)
30.0
30.0
vi
Mercantile(F)
30.0
30.0
vii
Industrial(G)45.0Construction type 3 and 4 not permitted.
viii
Storage(H)30.0Construction type 3 and 4 not permitted.
ix
Hazardous(J)22.5Construction type 3 and 4 not permitted.
Notes:
1. For fully sprinkled building, the travel distance may be increased by 50% of the values specified above
2. Ramps shall be counted as one of the means of escape wherever permitted in National Building Code 2005.
Page 84

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provisions for High-rise Development 5

e. In multi-story basements, intake ducts may serve all basement levels, but eachbasement level and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct orducts. Ducts so provided shall have the same fire resistance rating as thecompartment itself. Fire rating may be taken as the required smoke extraction time
for smoke extraction ducts.
f. Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shallalso be provided. The system shall be of such design as to operate on actuation ofheat / smoke sensitive detectors or sprinklers, if installed, and shall have aconsiderably superior performance compared to the standard units. It shall also havean arrangement to start it manually.
g. Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that extractors
shall continue to operate and supply fans for HVAC shall stop automatically withthe actuation of fire detectors.
h. Mechanical extractors shall be designated to permit 30 air changes per hour in caseof fire or distress call. However, for normal operation, air changes schedule shall be
as given in Part 8, Building Services, Section 3, Air-conditioning, Heating and
Mechanical Ventilation of National Building Code, 2005.
i. Mechanical extractors shall have an alternative source of supply.
j. Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brickmasonry or reinforced cement concrete and when this duct crosses the transformer
area or electrical switchboard, fire dampers shall be provided.
k. Use of basements for kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted, unless air
conditioned. The basement shall not be permitted below the ward block of a
hospital/nursing home unless it is fully sprinkled. Building services such as
electrical sub-stations, boiler rooms in basements shall comply with the provisionsof the Indian Electricity Act / Rules. Boiler room shall be provided at the first
basement along the periphery wall with fire resistance rating (Refer Section 11.7.1
of Chapter 11) or shall be separated with the blast wall.
l. If cutouts are provided from basements to the upper floors or to the atmospheres, allsides cutout openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler head at close
spacing so as to form a water curtain in the event of a fire.
m. It is essential to make provisions for drainage of any such water on all floors toprevent or minimize water damage of the contents. The drain pipes should be
provided on the external wall for drainage of water from all floors. On large area
floors, several such pipes may be necessary which should be spaced 30 m apart.
Care shall be taken to ensure that the construction of the drain pipe does not allow
spread fire / smoke from floor to floor.
5.4.6

5.4.7

Compartmentation
The building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that fire/smoke remains confinedto the area where fire incident has occurred and does not spread to the remaining partof the building.
Compartmentation and Pressurization method shall be adopted (as per caluse 4.10 ofPart 4 of NBC, 2005) to protect escape routes against ingress of smoke, or toxic gases
into the escape routes will be prevented. Pressurization shall be adopted for high risebuildings and building having mixed occupancy/multiplexes having covered area morethan 500 m2.
Ramps
a. The ramp to basement and parking floors shall not be less than 7.2m wide for two
way traffic and 4 m wide for one way traffic, provided with Gradient of 1:10 for

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 85

5

Provisions for High-rise Developmentcars and 1:15 for heavy vehicles. At curved portions of the ramp or for circular
ramps the slope should not be more than 1:12.
b. Ramp may also be provided in setback area which can be sloped considering
unhindered movement of fire Engine and in no case the gradient shall be less than
1: 10.
c. All structural design/safety aspects as per latest BIS Codes & NBC, 2005 shall becomplied along with consideration of weight of Fire Engine & its maneuverings.
d. The minimum width of the ramps in hospitals shall be 2.4 m for stretcher and not forvehicular movement
e. In this case Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
f. Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards or safe
place.
5.4.8 Corridors
a. Exit corridors and passageways shall be of width not less than the aggregate
required width of exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel to theexterior.
b. The minimum width of a corridor in a residential building shall be 1.0 m for single
loaded and 1.8 m for double loaded and in all other buildings shall be 1.5m.
c. Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways, the height ofcorridors and passageways shall be not less than 2.4 m.
d. All means of exit including staircases lifts lobbies and corridors shall be ventilated.
5.4.9

Glass Façade/ Service Ducts/Shafts/ Refuge Area/ Vents
a. An Opening to the glass façade of min. width 1.5 m and height 1.5m shall be
provided at every floor at a level of 1.2 m from the flooring facing compulsory open
space as well as on road side. Construction that complies with the fire rating of thehorizontal segregation and has any gap packed with a non-combustible material towithstand thermal expansion and structural movement of the walling without theloss of seal against fire and smoke.
b. Mechanism of Opening: The openable glass panel shall be either left or right shallhave manual opening mechanism from inside as well as outside. Such openablepanels shall be marked conspicuously so as to easily identify the openable panel
from outside.
c. Fire seal to be provided at every floor level between the external glazing andbuilding structure.
d. The glazing used for the façade shall be of toughened (tempered) safety glass as per
I.S.2553.
e. To avoid fire propagation vertically from one floor to another floor, a continuous
glass I must be separated internally by a smoke/ fire seal which is of
noncombustible material having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.
f. Service ducts and shafts shall be enclosed by walls and doors with fire resistance
rating (Refer Section 11.7.1 of Chapter 11). All such ducts/shafts shall be properly
sealed and stopped fire ingress at all floor levels.
g. A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided having an area
between one- fourth and one-half of the area of the shaft.
h. The openable vent of minimum 2.5% of the floor area shall be provided. The
openable vent can be pop out type or bottom hinged provided with fusible link
opening mechanism and shall also be integrated with automatic Smoke Detection
System.
orPage 86

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provisions for High-rise Development 5i) Alternate vertical glass panels of the façade shall be openable type with themechanism mentioned above in order to ventilate the smoke.
ii) Refuge areas covered with the glass façade shall have all the panels fully openable(either left or right hinged) both from inside as well as outside.
Glass quality and Practice of use of Glass in buildings shall have to be in conformity with the
BIS codes as given in Table 5.3 below:
Table 5.3 Glass quality and Use of glass in buildings

IS CodeSpecifications

2553 (Part 1):1990
2835:1987
438:1994
5437:1994
14900:2000
16231 Part 1
16231 Part 2
16231 Part 3
16231 Part 4

Specification for safety glass: Part 1 General purpose (third revision)Specification for flat transparent sheet glass (third revision)Specification for silvered glass mirrors for general purposes (second revision)Specification for figured rolled and wired glass (first revision).
Specification for transparent float glass.
General methodology for selection
Energy and Light
Fire and Loading
Safety related to Human Impact

5.5

Building Services

5.5.1

Staircase and Corridor Lighting
a. The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate service and shall be
independently connected so as it could be operated by one switch installation on the
ground floor, easily accessible to firefighting staff at any time irrespective of theposition of the individuate control of the light points, if any.
b. Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate supply fromparallel high-tension supply or to the supply from the stand-by generator.
c. Emergency lights shall be provided in staircase and corridor/ passageway, horizontal
exits, refuge area; and all wires and other accessories used for emergency light shallhave fire retardant property.

5.5.2

Electrical Services
a. The electric distribution cables/wiring shall be laid in separate duct the duct shallbe sealed at every floor with non-combustible materials having the same fire
resistance as that of the duct. Low and medium voltage wiring running in shaft andin false ceiling shall run in separate conduits.
b. Water mains, telephone cables, intercom cables, gas pipes or any other service line
shall not be laid in the duct for electric cables. Use of bus ducts/solid rising mains
instead of cables is preferred.
c. The provision of dedicated telecommunication ducts for all new building proposals
is mandatory for conveyance of telecommunication and other data cables.
d. Separate circuits for water pumps lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and blowers
for pressurizing system shall be provided directly from the main switchgear panel(for detailed specifications refer NBC 2005, chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety).

5.5.3

Alternate Source of Electric Supply
A stand-by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase andcorridor lighting circuits, fire lifts, the stand-by fire pumps, pressurization fans andblowers, smoke extraction and damper system in case of failure of normal electric
supply. The generator shall be capable of taking starting current of all the machines

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 87

5

Provisions for High-rise Development

and circuits stated above simultaneously. If the stand-by pump is driven by diesel
engine, the generator supply need not be connected to the stand-by pump.
5.5.4

Air-conditioning
Air-conditioning shall conform to the following:a. Escape routes like staircases, common corridors, lift lobbies, etc. shall not be used as
return air passage.
b. The ducting shall be constructed of substantial gauge metal in accordance with goodpractice.
c. Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floors, the opening around the ducts
shall be sealed with materials having fire resistance rating of the compartment.
d. Where duct crosses a compartment which is fire rated, the ducts shall be fire rated
for same fire rating. Further depending on services passing around the duct work,
which may get affected in case of fire temperature rising, the ducts shall be insulated.
e. Metallic ducts shall be used even for the return air instead of space above the false
ceiling.
f. Where plenum is used for return air passage, ceiling and its fixtures shall be ofnoncombustible material.
g. The materials used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) shall be ofnoncombustible material; glass wool shall not be wrapped or secured by any materialof combustible nature.
h. Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors, etc. shall not pass through the staircase
enclosure.
i. The air-handling units shall be separate for each floor and air ducts for every floor
shall be separated and in no way inter-connected with the ducting of any other floor.
j. If the air-handling unit serves more than one floor, the recommendations given
above shall be compiled with in addition to the conditions given below:
i. Proper arrangements by way of automatic fire dampers working on smoke detector /or fusible link for isolating all ducting at every floor from the main riser shall be
made.
ii. When the automatic fire alarm operates, the respective air-handling units of the airconditioning system shall automatically be switched off.
iii. The vertical shaft for treated fresh air shall be of masonry construction.
iv. The air filters of the air-handling units shall be of non-combustible materials orfire rated (Refer Section 10.7.1 of Chapter 10)
v. The air-handling unit room shall not be used for storage of any combustible
materials.
vi. Inspection panels shall be provided in the main trunking to facilitate the cleaningof ducts of accumulated dust and to obtain access for maintenance of fire dampers.
vii. No combustible material shall be fixed nearer than 150 mm to any duct unlesssuch duct is properly enclosed and protected with non-combustible material (glass
wool or spyglass with neoprene facing enclosed and wrapped with aluminum
sheeting) at least 3.2 mm thick and which would not readily conduct heat.

5.5.5

Transformers
a. If transformers are housed in the building below the ground level it shall benecessarily in the first basement in separate fire resistance room of 4 hours rating.
Transformer shall be dry type and shall be kept in an enclosure with walls, doors
and cut-outs having fire resistance rating of 4 hour. The room shall necessarily be at
the periphery of the basement having separate and direct access from open area atground floor through a fire escape staircase. The entrance to the room shall be

Page 88

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provisions for High-rise Development 5

provided with a steel door of 2 hours fire rating. A curb of a suitable height shall be
provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil from ruptured,transformer into other parts of the basement. The switchgears shall be housed in a
separate room separated from the transformer bays by a fire-resisting wall with fire
resistance not less than 4 hours.
b. The transformer shall be protected by an automatic foam sprinkler system. Whenhoused at ground floor level it/they shall be cut-off from the other portion ofpremises by Fire Resisting Walls of 4 hours rating.
c. A tank of RCC construction of adequate capacity shall be provided at lower
basement level, to collect the oil from the catch pit in case of emergency. The pipe
connecting the catch-pit to the tank shall be of non-combustible construction andshall be provided with a flame-arrester.
d. The electric sub-station shall be located in a separate building in accordance to I.E.
Rules 68(I) and 64(I) (a).
e. If this is not possible due to site conditions, the sub-station shall be located on the
ground floor. As far as possible sub-station shall not be installed in a basement, forsuch situations special provisions like mechanical ventilation, wherever required,cable ducting, cable trays, top/bottom entry of HV/LV cable, hooks on
Transformer(s) & HV panels, adequate fire detection and fire fighting arrangement,
adequate drainage, effective measures to prevent flooding etc. shall be provided.
Adequate precautions shall also be taken for water proofing to prevent seepage ofwater. A ramp shall also be provided with a slope, not steeper than 1 in 7, for easy
movement of equipments to and from sub-station.
f. Fire regulations – The installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local
regulations and rules there under wherever they are in force. At other places NBC
guidelines shall be followed.
5.5.6

Gas supply
a. Town Gas / L.P. Gas Supply Pipes – Where gas pipes are run in buildings, the same
shall be run in separate shafts exclusively for this purpose and these shall be on
external walls, away from the staircases. There shall be no interconnection of thisshaft with the rest of the floors.
b. LPG distribution pipes shall always be below the false ceiling. The length of thesepipes shall be as short as possible. In the case of kitchen cooking range area, apartfrom providing hood, covering the entire cooking range, the exhaust system should
be designed to take care of 30 cu.m per minute per sq.m of hood protected area. It
should have grease filters using metallic grill to trip oil vapors escaping into thefume hood.
Note: For detailed information on gas pipe installations, reference may be made to Para.9 ‘Plumbing
Services, Section 3 Gas Supply’, of National Building Code of India.

c. For large/commercial kitchens all wiring in fume hoods shall be of fiberglass
insulation. Thermal detectors shall be installed into fume hoods of large kitchens forhotels, hospitals and similar areas located in high rise buildings. Arrangements shallbe made for automatic tripping of the exhaust fan in case of fire.
d. If LPG is used, the same shall be shut off. The voltage shall be of 24 V or 100 V DC
operated with the external rectifier. The valve shall be of the hand re-set type andshall be located in an area segregated from cooking ranges. Valves shall be easily
accessible. The hood shall have manual facility for steam or carbon dioxide gas
injection, depending on duty condition; and Gas meters shall be housed in a suitably
constructed metal cupboard located in a well-ventilated space, keeping in view thefact that LPG is heavier than air and town gas is lighter than air.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 89

5

Provisions for High-rise Development

5.5.7

Boiler Room
Further, the following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of
Boiler/Boiler Room:a. The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement but be allowed in the first
basements away from the escape routes.
b. The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours fire resistance rating,and this room shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch pit shall be
provided at the low level. Entry to this room may be provided with a composite
door of two hour fire resistance.
c. The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhausts directly
to the atmosphere.
d. Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building at the groundfloor level to enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.
e. The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if located in the adjoining room shall beseparated by fire resisting wall of 4 hour rating. Entry to this room shall be provided
with a composite door of 2 hour fire resistance. A curb of suitable height shall be
provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil into the boiler room incase of tank rupture.

5.5.8

Helipad
Buildings above 200 m in height, helipad may be provided.

5.5.9

Disaster Management / Fire Safety
Refer Chapter 11 of this document.

5.5.10 Sustainable Environment and Buildings
Refer Chapter 10 of this document.
5.5.11 Generala. Architectural elements such as louvers, pergolas, other sunshine materials should befree from FAR.
b. Any architectural roof top structures would also be permitted out of FAR if not used
for habitable or commercial purposes.
c. Building elements such as sky bridges and landscape terraces which are meant
for community purposes only shall be permitted free of FAR
d. Services can be permitted on roofs with adequate screening for the same.
e. Service floors shall not be counted in FAR. Service area on habitable floors
may be considered free from FAR.
f. Atrium/ Atria at any floor will be counted only once in the FAR. Atrium may beenclosed by light roofing or R.C.C as per development control norms provided
in the Master Plan of Delhi
g. Scissor staircase would be permitted provided all travel distance and fire norms
are adhered to.
h. Stilts in high-rise will not be restricted to height of 2.4m as long as it is used forparking.
i. Multilevel car parking with car lifts would be permitted with adequate fire
safety.
5.5.12 Structural Safety
As per provisions made for Structural Safety in Chapter 6

Page 90

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provisions for Structural Safety 6

6. PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY
6.1

Structural design and safety
For any building under the jurisdiction of these regulations structural design/
retrofitting shall only be carried out by a Structural Engineer on Record (SER) or
Structural Design Agency on Record (SDAR). Proof checking of various designs/
reports shall be carried out by competent authority as per Table 6.1 whereverapplicable.

6.1.1

Additional provisions in building regulations/ bye-laws for natural hazard prone
areas
Generally, the structural design of foundations, elements of masonry, timber, plain
concrete, reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete and structural steel shall conformto the provisions of Part 6: Structural D–sign Section– 1 Loads, Forces and Effects
Section– 2 Soils and Foundations,
Section– 3 Timber and Bamboo,
Section– 4 Masonry,
Section– 5 Concrete &Section– 6 Steel
Section– 7 Prefabrication Systems, Building and Mixed /Composite Construction of
National Building Code of India (NBC), taking into consideration the Indian Standards
as given below:
For General Structural Safety
1) IS: 456:2000 “Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete.
2)

IS: 800-2007 “Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel.

3)

IS: 801-1975 “Code of Practice for Use of Cold Formal Light Gauge Steel
Structural Members in General Building Construction.

4)

IS 875 (Part 2):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings andstructures Part2 Imposed Loads.
(Reference to Table 4.1- “Occupant Load” may be considered for design load)5)

IS 875 (Part 3):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings
and structures Part 3 Wind Loads.

6)

IS 875 (Part 4):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings andstructures Part 4 Snow Loads.

7)

IS 875 (Part 5):1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings andstructures Part 5 special loads and load combination.

8)

IS: 883:1994 “Code of Practice for Design of Structural Timber in Building.

9)

IS: 1904:1986 (R 2005) “Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings:
Foundation”

10) IS 1905:1987 “Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: MasonryWalls.
11) IS 2911(Part 1): Section 1: 2010 “Code of Practice for Design andModel Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 91

6

Provisions for Structural Safety

Construction of Pile Foundation Section 1

12)
13)

14)

Part 1: Section 2 Bored Cast-in-situ Piles
Part 1: Section 3 Driven Precast Concrete Piles
Part 1: Section 4 Bored Precast Concrete Piles
Part 2: Timber Piles
Part 3: Under Reamed Piles
Part 4: Load Test on Piles
For Cyclone/Wind Storm Protection
IS 875 (3):1987 "Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than Earthquake) for
Buildings and Structures, Part 3, Wind Loads"
Guidelines (Based on IS 875 (3)-1987) for improving the Cyclonic Resistanceof Low rise houses and other building.
For Earthquake Protection
IS: 1893 (Part 1)-2002 "Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures(Fifth Revision)"15)

IS:13920-1993 "Ductile Detailing of Reinforced
subjected to Seismic Forces - Code of Practice"

16)

IS:4326-2013 "Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of Buildings Code of Practice (Second Revision)"17)

IS:13828-1993 "Improving Earthquake
Masonry Buildings - Guidelines"18)

IS:13827:1993 "Improving Earthquake Resistance of Earthen BuildingsGuidelines"

ResistanceConcreteof

Low

Structures

Strength19)

IS:13935-2009 "Seismic Evaluation, Repair and Seismic Strengthening of
Buildings -Guidelines”
For Protection of Landslide Hazard
20)
IS 14458 (Part 1): 1998 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 1
Selection of type of wall.
21)

IS 14458 (Part 2): 1997 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 2
Design of retaining/breast walls

22)

IS 14458 (Part 3): 1998 Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 3
Construction of dry stone walls

23)

IS 14496 (Part 2): 1998 Guidelines for preparation of landslide – Hazard
zonation maps in mountainous terrains: Part 2 Macro-zonation.

Note: Whenever an Indian Standard including those referred in the National Building Code or the
National Building Code is referred, the latest revision of the same shall be followed except
specific criteria, if any, mentioned above against that code.

Page 92

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provisions for Structural Safety 6

6.1.2

Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)
In compliance of the design with the above Indian Standard, the Structural Engineer on
Record will submit a structural design basis report in the Proforma attached herewith
covering the essential safety requirements specified in the Standard.
The “Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)”consists of four parts (FormNo.6,
MHA Expert Committee Report)
Part 1: General Information/ Data
Part 2: Load Bearing Masonry Buildings
Part 3: Reinforced Concrete Buildings
Part 4: Steel Buildingsi) Drawings and Documents to be submitted for approval of appropriate authorities
shall include SDBR as detailed bow:Part 1: Completed
Part 2: (if applicable) – completed
Part 3: (if applicable) – undertaking that completed Part 3 will be submitted
before commencement of construction.
Part 4: (if applicable) – undertaking that completed Part 4 will be submitted
before commencement of construction.
ii) SDBR as detailed below shall be submitted to the appropriate authority as soon
as design of foundation is completed, but not later than one month prior tocommencement of construction.
Part 1: CompletedPart-2, Part-3 or Part-4: (if applicable) Completed

6.1.3

Seismic strengthening/retrofitting
Prior to seismic strengthening/retrofitting of any existing structure, evaluation of theexisting structure as regards structural vulnerability in the specified wind/seismic
hazard zone shall be carried out by a RSE/RSDA. If as per the evaluation of the
RSE/RSDA the seismic resistance is assessed to be less than the specified minimum
seismic resistance as given in the note below, action will be initiated to carry out the
upgrading of the seismic resistance of the building as per applicable standard
guidelines.
Note:
1. For masonry buildings reference shall be made to IS 4326 and IS 13935
2. For concrete buildings and structures reference shall be made to IS15988: 2013 Seismic evaluationand strengthening of existing RCC buildings.

6.1.4

Buildings with Soft Storey
In case buildings with a flexible storeys, such as the ground storey consisting of open
spaces for parking that is “Stilt buildings” or any other storey with open halls, special
arrangements are to be made to increase the lateral strength and stiffness of thesoft/open storey such as Steel bracing / Shear walls / Brick infills between columns.
Dynamic analysis of building is to be carried out including the strength and stiffness
effects of infills and inelastic deformations in the members, particularly, those in thesoft storey, and the structural members are to be designed accordingly.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 93

6

Provisions for Structural Safety

Alternatively, the following design criteria are to be adopted after carrying out theearthquake analysis, neglecting the effect of infill walls in other storeys:a. The columns and beams of the soft storey shall be designed for 2.5 times the storey
shears and moments, calculated under seismic loads specified in the other relevant
clauses; or,b. Besides the columns designed and detailed for the calculated storey shears andmoments, shear walls shall be placed symmetrically in both directions of the building
as far away from the centre of the building as feasible; to be designed exclusively for
1.5 times the lateral storey shear force calculated as before.
For details of design and provisions, IS 1893, Part 1 shall be referred.
6.1.5 Review of structural designi) The Competent Authority shall create a Structural Design Review Panel (SDRP)
consisting of senior SER’s and SDAR’s whose task will be to review and certify thedesign prepared by SER or SDAR whenever referred by the competent authority.
ii) The Reviewing Agency shall submit addendum to the certificate or a new certificate
in case of subsequent changes in structural design.
iii) Table-6.1 gives requirements of SDRP for different seismic zones namely III, IV
and V and for structures of different complexities.
iv) In seismic Zone II, buildings & structures greater than 40m in height will require
proof checking by SDRP as per detail at Sl. no.3 of Table 6.1
Table 6.1 Proof Checking Requirements for Structural Design

Sl.
No.

Type of Structure1.

Load Bearing Buildings upto
three storeys
Buildings upto seven storeys(R.C.C/Steel framed structure)
Building greater than sevenstoreys (R.C.C/Steel framed
structure)

2.
3.

4.

Special Structures

Submission from SER or
SDAR

To be Proof
Checked

SDBR*

Not to be checked

SDBR
Preliminary design
SDBR
Preliminary design
Detailed structural designand structural drawings
SDBR
Preliminary design
Detailed structural designand structural drawings

To be checked
To be checked
To be checked
To be checked
To be checked
To be checked
To be checked
To be checked* SDBR – Structural Design Basis Report
Notes:
1. Table 4.1 may be referred for Occupant Load/Live load for different building types.
2. At the preliminary proposal stage of a project, the objective is to undertake feasibility study/comparison of a numberof possible alternatives of structural schemes and determine the most cost effective one, detailed structural
calculations are not necessary for each alternative scheme. However, it is necessary to determine the member sizes
and reinforcement content in order to determine the cost. By making conservative assumptions it is possible to derive
simplified calculations for both analysis and design. This is called “Preliminary or approximate analysis, anddesign”.
After the most cost effective scheme is selected and signed-off by the Client, the detailed calculations are performed on
the selected scheme to determine the precise structural members and composition (size, dimension and stressbehavior), and this is called the “Detailed structural design”.
In the aforesaid, the design of structural members is typically assumed to account for all the stress loads identified fromsection xx to be applicable in the given project.
3.

Page 94

Special structure means large span structures such as stadium, assembly halls, or tall structures such as watertanks, TV tower, chimney, etc.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provisions for Structural Safety 6

It will be seen from the Table 6.1 above that there is a wide range of structure
typology, and the requirement by the Competent Authority for third party verification
will depend on the type of structure.
6.1.6

Certification regarding structural safety in design
Structural Engineer on Record (SER) or Structural Design Agency on Record (SDAR)
shall give a certificate of structural safety of design as per proforma given in Form-3
and Form 14 (of the MHA Expert Committee Report) at the time of completion.

6.1.7

Constructional safety

6.1.7.1 Supervsion
All construction except load bearing buildings upto 3 storeys shall be carried out under
supervision of the Construction Engineer on Record (CER) or Construction
Management Agency on Record (CMAR) for various seismic zones.
6.1.7.2 Certification of structural safety in constrution
CER/ CMAR shall give a certificate of structural safety of construction as per
proforma given in Form-13 (of the MHA Expert Committee Report) at the time ofcompletion.
6.1.8

Quality control and inspection
All material and workmanship shall be of good quality conforming generally to
accepted standards of Public Works Department and Indian standard specification andcodes as included in Part-V Building Materials and Part-VII Construction practices
and safety of National Building Code of India.

6.1.8.1 Inspection
All the construction for high-rise buildings higher than seven storeys, public buildings
and special structures shall be carried out under quality inspection program preparedand implemented under the Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) or Quality Auditor
Agency on Record (QAAR) in seismic zones IV & V.
6.1.8.2 Certification of safety in quality of construction
Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) or Quality Auditor Agency on Record (QAAR)
shall give a certificate of quality control as per proforma given in Form-15.
Quality Inspection Programme to be carried on the site shall be worked out by QAR/
QAAR in consultation with the owner, builder, CER / CMAR.
Note: Sections 6.1.7 and 6.1.8 shall not be applicable for Government buildings that are designed andconstructed under the supervision of in-house architects/engineers.

6.1.9

Control of signage & outdoor display structures, cellphone towers and telephone
towers.
Following provisions shall apply for telecommunication infrastructurea)

Location: The Telecommunication Infrastructure shall be either placed on thebuilding roof tops or on the ground or open space within the premises subject toother regulations.

b)Type of structurei)

Steel fabricated tower or antennae’s on M.S. pole.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 95

6

Provisions for Structural Safety

c)

d)
6.2

ii)

Pre-fabricated shelters of fibre glass or P.V.C. on the building roof top /terrace for equipment.

iii)

Masonry Structure/ Shelter on the ground for equipment.

iv)

D.G. Set with sound proof cover to reduce the noise level.

Requirement:i)Every applicant has to obtain/ procure the necessary permission from the“Standing Advisory Committee on Radio Frequency Allocation” (SACFA)
issued by Ministry of Telecommunications.

ii)

Every applicant will have to produce the structural safety & stability
certificate for the tower as well as the building from the StructuralEngineer on Record (SER) which shall be the liability of both owner and
SER.

iii)

Applicant has to produce / submit plans of structure to be erected.

Projection: No Pager and/or Telephone Tower shall project beyond the existingbuilding line of the building on which it is erected in any direction.

Structural requirements of low income housing
Notwithstanding anything contained herein, for the structural safety and services fordevelopment of low income housing, the relevant provisions of applicable IS:8888
Part 1 shall be enforced alongwith Annex C of Part 3 NBC, 2005.

6.3

Inspection
The general requirement for inspection of the development shall also include thefollowing regulation.

6.3.1

General Requirements
The building unit intended to be developed shall be in conformity with Regulation onrequirement of site. Generally all development work for which permission is required
shall be subject to inspection by the Competent Authority as deemed fit.
The applicant shall keep a board at site of development mentioning the survey No, city
survey No, Block No, Final Plot No., Sub plot No., etc. name of owner and name ofArchitect on Record, Engineer on Record, Developer, Structural Engineer on Record,
Construction Engineer on Record.

6.3.2

Record of Construction Progressa)Stages for recording progress certificate and checking:i)

Plinth, in case of basement before the casting of basement slab.

ii)

First storey.

iii) Middle storey in case of High-rise building.
iv) Last storey.
b)

Page 96

At each of the above stages, the Owner / Developer / Builder shall submit to thedesignated officer of the Competent Authority a progress certificate in the given

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provisions for Structural Safety 6

formats (Form No. 7-10, of the MHA Expert Committee Report). This progresscertificate shall be signed by the Construction Engineer on Record.
c)d)

The progress certificate shall not be necessary in the following cases:i)

Alteration in Building not involving the structural part of the building.

ii)

Extension of existing residential building on the ground floor upto
maximum 15 sq mt. in area.

Completion Reporti)
It shall be incumbent on every applicant whose plans have been approved,
to submit a completion report in Form No.11 (of the MHA Expert
Committee Report)ii) It shall also be incumbent on every person / agency who is engaged under
this Development Control Regulations to supervise the erection or reerection of the building, to submit the completion report in Form No.12
and 13 (of the MHA Expert Committee Report) prescribed under theseDevelopment Control Regulations.
iii)

e)
6.3.3

6.3.4

No completion report shall be accepted unless completion plan is approvedby the Competent Authority.

The final inspection of the work shall be made by the concerned Competent
Authority within 21 days from the date of receipt of notice of completion report.

Permission for Building Occupancy and Certification
The Authority issuing occupancy certificate before doing so shall ensure that following
are compiled from consideration of safety against natural hazard:i)

Certificate of lift Inspector has been procured & submitted by the owner,
regarding satisfactory erection of Lift.

ii)

The Certificate of Competent Authority and or fire department for completionand or fire requirements as provided in these regulations has been procured andsubmitted by the owner.

iii)

If any project consists of more than one detached or semi detachedbuilding/buildings in a building unit and any building / buildings thereof iscompleted as per provisions of D.C.R. (Such as Parking, Common Plots, InternalRoads, Height of the Building, Infrastructure facilities, lift and fire safetymeasures), the competent authority may issue completion certificate for such one
detached or semi detached building / buildings in a building unit.

iv)

The occupancy certificate shall not be issued unless the information is suppliedby the Owner and the Architect on Record/ Engineer on Record concerned in theschedule as prescribed by the Competent Authority from time to time.

Maintenance of Buildings
In case of building older than fifty years, it shall be the duty of the owner of a building,to get his building inspected by a Registered Structural Engineer (RSE) within a year
from the date of coming into force of these regulations. The Structural Inspection
Report (Form No.16, of the MHA Expert Committee Report) shall be produced by the

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 97

6

Provisions for Structural Safety

Owner to the Appropriate Authority. If any action, for ensuring the structural safety
and stability of the building is to be taken, as recommended by SER, it shall becompleted within five years. For other buildings, the owner shall get his building
inspected after the age of building has crossed forty years. The procedure shall befollowed as per above regulation.
6.3.5

Protective Measures in Natural Hazard Prone areas
In natural hazard prone areas identified under the land use zoning regulations,structures buildings and installations which cannot be avoided, protective measures forsuch construction/development should be properly safeguarded based on thesuggestion given in the Report of the MHA Expert Committee - Volume I.

6.3.6

Registration of Professionals
Presently, the legislation for the profession of architecture is applicable in the country
in the form of Architects Act 1972, an Act of the Parliament of India. Accordingly, thequalifications, competence and service conditions followed in the profession ofarchitecture are in accordance with the provisions of the said Act and the rules madethereunder. For other professions and professionals like engineers, structural
engineers, landscape architects, urban designers, building supervisors, electricalengineers, developers/promoters there is no legislative frame available/applicable.
Therefore, for appropriate qualifications, competence and responsibilities ofprofessional involved in different types of development proposals shall be applicableas per Appendix ‘E’ Registration: Qualifications and Competence of Professionals
and methods of determination of professional fees are suggested in clause 6.3.7.

6.3.7

Professional fees for SER/SDAR and CER/CMAR
Selection of professionals and determination of professional charges shall be done by
the Authority, considering the following:

6.3.8

Page 98i)

Structural safety of a building is the responsibility of the “SER/SDAR” forproper design and the “CER/CMAR” for proper construction, therefore it isimperative that selection and appointment of these professionals is made after
verification of their antecedents.

ii)

The fees to be paid to SER/SDAR for structural design may be specified
keeping in view the size and complexity of the project.

iii)

Similarly, fees for construction management to CER/CMAR may be specified
keeping in view the size and complexity of the project and the duration forwhich construction management services have to be provided on the basis of thetotal cost of the project.

iv)

Proof checking: Fees for Proof checking where carried out may vary based on
the cost of the structural items enumerated in (ii) above.

Appointment of Professionals
The Owner/Developer shall appoint Town Planner on Record (TPR), Architect on
Record (AR), Engineer on Record (ER), Structural Engineer on Record (SER),
Structural Design Agency on Record (SDAR), Geotechnical Engineer on Record(GER), Construction Engineer on Record (CER), (CMAR), and Quality Auditor on
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provisions for Structural Safety 6

Record (QAR) and Quality Audit Agency on Record (QAAR) as required. Details of
qualification and requirement of registration shall be as given in Appendix ‘E’. Proper
written agreement(s), in standard format(s), shall be entered upon with suchprofessional(s) engaged.
6.4

Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests
The provision of the Bye-Laws are not intended to prevent the use of any material or
method of design or construction not specifically prescribed by the bye-law provided
any such alternative has been approved. The building materials approved by B.I.S. or
any statutory body will form part of the approved building material and technology aspart of the Bye-Laws.
The Authority shall promote and encourage use of Pre-fabricated factory madebuilding components for medium to large scale projects that have significant impact.
The use of ready mix concrete (RMC) shall also be encouraged for in-situ concrete
constructions.
Section 10.2.5 may be referred for further aspects of Sustainability and incentivizedpromotion of alternative materials, methods in construction.

Note: MHA Expert Committee Report on Structural Safety, 2005 is available at the NDMA website. URL:
http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/disaster/earthquake/volume4.PDF
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 99

6

Provisions for Structural Safety

Page 100
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Special Requuirement for Occupancy/Land Development and Other 7

7.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
OCCUPANCY/LAND DEVELOPMENT AND
OTHER

7.1

Industrial Buildings (Factories, Workshops, etc.)

1.

The relevant provisions contained in the Factory Act. 1948 shall apply for theconstruction of factory buildings. The minimum internal height of workrooms shall not
be less than 4.5 m. measured from the floor level to the lowest point in the ceilingprovided that this bye-law shall not apply to room intended for storage, godowns andthe like purposes but only in rooms occupied by workers for purposes of manufacture.
In case of small factories, employing less than 50 workers for purposes ofmanufacturing and carrying on a class of manufacturing covered under the flatted
factories and service industries, as given in the Master Plan/Development Plan, theAuthority may allow minimum height upto 3.66 m.

2.

Parking space provisions as provide in development code of Master Plan/Development
Plan.

3.

Requirements of water supply, drainage and sanitary installation shall be as per Table
4.2, 4.3 and 4.17 of Chapter-4, but in no case less than 1 W.C. and one urinal shall bepermitted.

4.

a)

Notwithstanding the provision of exits requirements as per Bye-law No. 11.8
(Chapter-11) each working room shall be provided with adequate number ofexits not less than two in number.

b)

No exit shall be less than 1.2 m. in width and 2.1 m. in height and doors ofsuch exit shall be so arranged that it can be opened easily from inside.

c)

No staircase, lobby corridors or passage shall be less than 1.2 m. in width.

In addition to the requirement in this part, provisions contained in chapter-3 will befollowed.
5.

There shall be provided at all time for each person employed in any room of factory atleast 3.5 sq m. of floor space exclusive to that occupied by the machinery and abreathing space of at least 15 cum. (Further the provision of part VIII section 1
lighting and ventilation of National Building code of India shall be followed).

6.

The effluent from industries (industrial and biological in nature) shall be treated andshall be of quality to the satisfaction of the concerned local bodies before letting out
the same into a watercourse or municipal drain.

7.2

Educational Building (School/Colleges)

1.

No basement or cellar room shall be designed, constructed, altered, converted or used
for the purpose of study or instruction.

2.

Every such building, exceeding two storeys in height shall be constructed of fire
resisting material throughout.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 101

7

Special Requuirement for Occupancy/Land Development and Other

3.

The minimum size of a cellar room, study room or room used for purposes of
instruction shall be 5.5 m. x 4.5 m. and no part of such room shall be distant more than
7.5 m. from an external wall abutting on the requisite open space. Every such room
shall have minimum ventilation to the extent of 1/5th of its floor area.

4.

A minimum of 1.0 sq m. of net floor space per student shall be provided. A central hall
will not be counted in the accommodation, nor will a class room for cookery, laundry,
manual instruction, drawing or science. The number of students in such building shallbe calculated on this basis for the purpose of this clause.

5.

Every assembly room, gymnasium shall have a clear height of 3.6 m. except under agirder which may project 0.6 m. below the required ceiling height.
A clear internal height under balcony or a girder shall not be less than 3.0 m.
A minimum room height for classroom in all schools and other institutions shall not beless than 3.0 m. The minimum head room under beams shall be 2.75 m.

6.

Exit requirements shall conform to bye-law 4.2 (Chapter-4). No door shall be less than
1.2 m. in width and 2.20 m. in height.

7.

Requirement of water supply, drainage and sanitary installation shall conform to Table
4.2, 4.3 and 4.7 of Chapter-4.

8.

A playground shall be provided as per norms.

7.3

Assembly Building (Cinema, Theaters, etc.)

1.

The relevant provisions of the Cinematographic Rules/Acts of the particular States and
IS: 4878 code for construction of Cinema Building shall apply for planning, designand construction of Cinema Building.

2.

Parking spaces wherever not specifically given shall conform to clause 3.3, Table 3.1
in Chapter 3).

3.

Requirements of water supply, drainage and sanitation shall conform to provisions ofTable 4.6, 4.7, 4.18 and 4.19 of Chapter 4.

4.

Buildings for religious worship shall not be erected on a site, which has not beenpreviously approved by the Authority.

7.4

Petrol filling station
The location of the petrol filling stations and its layout shall be approved by the
Authority in consultation with the Commissioner of the Division depending uponwidth of roads and traffic generated location with respect of points of intersections andnearness to occupancies of educational, assembly, storage and hazardous uses.

7.5

Burial and cremation grounds
The Authority shall under the provisions of their Regulations/Acts, regulate thelocation and area limits of the burial and cremation grounds, including cemetery. The
Authority shall permit/prohibit burial and cremation grounds to be located in certain
area layouts, after scrutiny of the proposal with respect to health and well being
surrounding neighbourhood and shall follow the selection criteria given below:a) The proposed development in terms of land use has to be compatible with the ground;b) Compatible landuses have to be planned with regards to prevailing wind direction andPage 102

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Special Requuirement for Occupancy/Land Development and Other 7

beyond the prescribed buffer zone as given in section 4.23.5.The likely direction ofdrift in the event of odour has to be accounted while planning the layout;c) Adequate land area is to be provided to house furnaces, and for internment of crematedremains;d) The site has to have proper accessibility by the local road network.
7.5.1

i.

ii.

7.6

Buffer Zones
The location of such cremation grounds have to provide for buffer zones from thesurrounding landuse to account for environmental impact of the operation:
A buffer zone of the order of 200 mts (depending on the nature of prevailing winds andthe natural topography of the site) between the emission stack and neighbouringresidential zone shall be considered.
In any case any buffer zone shall not be less than 100 mts.
Building in mining area
Building in mining area shall not be constructed to a height more than one storey
without the special prior approval of the Authority.

7.7

Poultry farms (wherever allowed as per Master Plan)

7.7.1

The coverage for poultry farms shall be as allowed in case of farmhouses.

7.7.2

Setback: The setback for farm building from the right of way shall be as under:

Table 7.1 Setback for farm building
Road
National Highway (90 m )Provincial Highway (60 m.)
Major Urban Road (30 m.)
Village Road (18 m.)

7.7.3

Front Setback
60 m.
37 m.
22 m.
13 m.

Space Planninga) There should be a minimum distance of 6.0 mt. between sheds in the farm.
b) The minimum distance of any farm building from the property line should be 4.5 m.
c) The minimum distance of any farm shed or farm building from the dwelling unit
should be 7.5 m.

7.7.4

Farm Sheda) Shed should be constructed on pillars with walls on two longer sides not higher
than 1.2 mt.
b) The remaining height of the farm sheds in respect of two longer sidewalls can becovered with netting or other similar material.
c) The maximum height of the roof of the farm shed shall not exceed 6.0 m.

7.7.5

Dwelling Units as a Farm Housea) The following norms shall be adopted for construction of dwellings in farmhouses:
The maximum coverage for the dwelling unit shall be as per the provision of the
Master Plan / Zonal Plan.
b) The distance of parts of dwelling units from shed shall be as in Building Bye-Laws
7.7.3.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 103

7

Special Requuirement for Occupancy/Land Development and Otherc) The requirements of parts of dwelling shall be as in Building Bye-Laws 4.2 in
Chapter-4.
d) Any other special requirements as specified by the Authority.
7.8

Special buildings not covered
In case of special buildings not covered above, norms will be followed as decided by
the Authority.

7.9

Provisions in the public buildings for handicapped persons
The building to be designed for Handicapped persons need special treatment and theprovisions for site planning, building requirements etc. are given in Appendix- ‘G’.

7.10

Resettlement and Slum insitu upgradation
Regulations pertaining to resettlement and Slum In-situ upgradation are provided for in
Appendix-‘H’.

7.11

Rules for development of land

7.11.1 The provisions of Master Plan/Development Plan and norms formulated by Authority
shall apply regarding sub-division of a large parcel of land into plots, open areas,
roads, spaces for services and community facilities.
7.11.2 Regulations for Low Income Housing. The norms specified for Low-income housing
as per NBC, 2005
7.12

Penal action for violation of Master Plan/Zonal plan regulation/bye- laws

7.12.1 The Authority under the provisions of their respective Acts shall take action forviolation of Master Plan/Zonal Plan/regulations. The Authority may take penal action
under respective Acts, which may include stopping of construction activity,
demolition/ alteration and levying of penalties as given in Appendix-‘F’.
7.12.2 The Authority may also take action as provided under Building Bye-Laws 2.14.6 in
Chapter-2.
7.12.3 In addition, action for discontinuance of services in building may also be taken.
7.13

Signs and outdoor display structures
No advertising signs (including hoarding) on buildings or on land shall be displayed
without the prior approval of the Authority. The standards specified in part X Signs
and outdoor display structures of National Building Code of India published by IndianStandards Institution shall be applicable.

Page 104

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provision for Differently-abled, Elderly and Children 8

8.

PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERNTLY-ABLED,ELDERLY AND CHILDREN

8.1

Applicability
These regulations shall be applicable to all buildings and facilities used by the public
such as educational, institutional, assembly, commercial, business, mercantilebuildings and group housing constructed on plots having an area of more than 2000
sq.m. It shall not apply to private residential buildings.

8.2

Guidelines and Provisions
Provisions in the following guidelines shall apply:
1. “Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Disabledand Elderly Persons”, (1998), Central Public Works Department, GoI 5
2. “Manual on Barrier Free Environment”, (2002), O/o the Chief Commissioner for
Persons with Disabilities, Ministry of Urban Development, GoI.
3. “National Building Code”, (2005), Bureau of Indian Standards,
4. “National Policy for Persons with Disabilities”, (2006), Ministry of Social Justiceand Empowerment, GoI.
5. “Harmonized Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environmentfor Persons with Disabilities and Elderly Persons”, (Draft 2014), Ministry ofurban Development, GoI.6

8.3

Types of buildings to adopt barrier free guidelines as notified by the State
Government

8.3.1

Buildings to be designed for Ambulant Disabled People
Higher Secondary School, Conference Hall, Dance Halls, Youth Centers, Youth Clubs,Sport Centers, Sport Pavilions, Boat Club Houses, Ice Rinks, Bowling Centers,
Swimming Pools, Police Stations, Law Courts, Courts Houses, Sport Stadiums,
Theaters, Concert Halls, Cinemas, Auditoria, Small Offices (the maximum plinth area
1400 sq.mt) Snack Bars, Cafes and banqueting rooms (for capacity above 50 dinners).
Note:a. In sport stadiums provisions shall be made for non-ambulant spectators (small wheel chair)b. @ 1:1000 up to 10,000 spectators and @ 1:2000 for spectators above 10,000.
c. In Theaters, Concert Halls, Cinemas and Auditoria provisions shall be made for non-ambulant
spectators (Small Wheel Chairs) @ 1/250 up to 1000 spectators and 1/500 for spectators above 1000.

56

http://cpwd.gov.in
The finalized Harmonized guidelines published by the Ministry of Urban Development.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 105

8

Provision for Differently-abled, Elderly and Children

8.3.2

Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled People
Schools for differently abled and other buildings as mentioned in Sec 16, Chapter 1
and along with Botanical Gardens, Religious Buildings, Elderly People Clubs, Village
Halls, Day Centers, Junior Training Centers, Post Offices, Banks, Dispensaries,
Railway Stations, Shops, Super Markets, and Departmental Stores.
Note: Large wheel chair criteria shall be applicable on ground floors of the following building, post
offices, banks, dispensaries, railway station, shops, supermarkets, and departmental stores.

8.3.3

Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant People (using small wheel chairs)
Public lavatories in Tourist Sports, Clubs Motels, Professional and Scientific
Institution, Museum, Art Galleries, Public Libraries, Laborites, Universities, College
for further Education, Teachers Training Colleges, Technical College, Exhibition Halls
Dentist Surgeries, Administrative Department of the Hospitals, Service Stations, Car
Parking, Buildings Airports Terminals, Bus Terminals, Factories Employing
differently-abled for sedentary works, Large Offices, (with plinth area abode 1400
sq.mt.), Tax Offices, Passport Offices, Pension Offices, and Labour Offices, Cafes,
Banqueting Rooms and Snack Bars (For capacity above 100 dinners).

8.3.4

Site development
Level of the roads, access paths and parking areas shall be described in the plan alongwith specification of the materials.

8.3.4.1 Access Path / Walk Way
Access path from plot entry and surface parking to building entrance shall beminimum of 1800 mm wide having even surface without any steps. Slope, if any, shallnot have gradient greater than 5%. Selection of floor material shall be made suitably to
attract or to guide visually impaired persons (limited to coloured floor material whose
colour and brightness is conspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor
material or the material that emits different sound to guide visually impaired persons;hereinafter referred “o as "guiding floor material". Finishes shall have a non- slip
surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Kerbs wherever provided should
blend to a common level.
8.3.4.2 Parking
For parking of vehicles of differently-abled people, the following provisions shallapply:a) Surface parking for two car spaces shall be provided near entrance for thephysically differently-abled persons with maximum travel distance of 30.0 m. frombuilding entrance.
b) The width of parking bay shall be minimum 3.6 meter.
c) The information stating that the space is reserved for wheel chair users shall beconspicuously displayed.
d) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or a device, which guides visually
impaired persons with audible signals, or other devices, which serves the same
purpose, shall be provided.

Page 106

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provision for Differently-abled, Elderly and Children 8

8.4

Building requirements
The specified facilities in buildings for differently abled persons shall be as follows:

8.4.1

Approach to plinth level
Every building should have at least one entrance accessible to the differently abled andshall be indicated by proper signage. This entrance shall be approached through a ramp
together with the stepped entry.
a. Ramped Approach: Ramp shall be finished with non-slip material to enter thebuilding. Minimum width of ramp shall be 1800mm with maximum gradient 1:12.
Length of ramp shall not exceed 9.0 meter having 800mm high hand rail on both sides
extending 300mm beyond top and bottom of the ramp. Minimum gap from theadjacent wall to the hand rail shall be 50mm.
b. Stepped Approach: For stepped approach size of tread shall not be less than
300mm and maximum riser shall be 150mm. Provision of 800mm high hand rail on
both sides of the stepped approach similar to the ramped approach.
c. Exit/Entrance Door: Minimum & clear opening of the entrance door shall be
900mm and it shall not be provided with a step that obstructs the passage of a wheel
chair user. Threshold shall not be raised more than 12mm.
d. Entrance Landing: Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with theminimum dimension 1800mm x 2000mm. The entrance landing that adjoins the top
end of a slope shall be provided with floor materials to attract the attention of visually
impaired person's (limited to coloured floor material whose colour and brightness isconspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor material or the material thatemits different sound to guide visually impaired persons. Finishes shall have a non-slip
surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Kerbs wherever provided should
blend to a common level.

8.4.2

Corridor connecting the entrance/ exit for the differently abled
The corridor connecting the entrance / exit for differently abled leading directly
outdoors to a place where information concerning the overall use of the specified
building can be provided to visually impaired persons either by a person or by signs,
shall be provided as follows:a) Guiding floor materials' shall be provided or device that emits sound to guidevisually impaired persons.
b) The minimum width shall be 1500mm.
c) In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with a slope of
1:12.
d) Handrails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways.

8.5

Stair-ways
One of the stair–ways - near the entrance / exit for the differently abled shall have thefollowing provisions:a) The minimum width shall be 1350 mm.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 107

8

Provision for Differently-abled, Elderly and Childrenb) Height of the riser shall not be more than 150 mm and width of the tread 300mm.
The steps shall not have abrupt (square) nosing.
c) Maximum number of risers on a flight shall be limited to 12.
d) Handrails shall be provided on both sides and shall extend 300 mm on the top andbottom of each flight of steps.
8.6

Lifts
Wherever lift is required as per bye-laws, provision of at least one lift shall be madefor the wheel chair user with the following cage dimensions of lift recommended forpassenger lift of 13 person’s capacity of NBC 2005, BIS. Section 4.9.3 Table no1Desirable Lift size
Clear internal width 1100 mm
Clear internal depth 2000 mm
Entrance door width 900 mma) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 1000mm above floor level shall be fixedadjacent to the control panel.
b) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800 mm x 2000 mm or more.
c) The time of an automatically closing door should be minimum 5 seconds and theclosing speed should not exceed 0.25 m/ sec.
d) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly indicates thefloor, the cage has reached indicates that the door of the cage of entrance/exit iseither open or closed.
e) Graphic/Braille signage, as per the Harmonized Guidelines, shall be provided in
the lift lobby.

8.7

Toilets
One special W.C. in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of differently abledwith essential provision of washbasin near the entrance for the differently abled.
a) The minimum size shall be 1500 mm x 1750 mm.
b) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900mm and the door shall swing out.
c) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50mm clearance fromwall shall be made in the toilet.
d) The W.C. seat shall be 500mm from the floor.

8.7.1

Provision of W.Cs in buildings without lift:
Provision of special W.C. shall be made on all floors for buildings designed forambulant disabled persons. For buildings designed for non-ambulant disabled special
W.C. shall be provided at Ground Floor. Size of W.C. shall depend on the type ofwheel chair used by the disabled.

8.7.2

Provisions of W.Cs in buildings with lift
Provision of Special W.C. shall be made on all floors. Size will depend on the categoryof disabled for whom it has been provided.

8.7.3

Toilet Details: For Toilets Designed for Ambulant Disableda) The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1075 x 1650 mm with a minimum depth of1450 mm from entry door 900 mm.

Page 108

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Provision for Differently-abled, Elderly and Children 8b) Long handrail on the side closer to W.C. with a clear width between the handrails
shall be 900 mm and height of handrails shall be 800 mm from floor level.
c) Minimum size of the clear door opening shall be 780 mm.
8.7.4

For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Small Wheel Chair:
The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1350 x 1500 mm with a minimum depth of 1500
mm from entry door. 900 mm long handrail on the side closer to W.C. shall be
provided. To provide movement space for wheel chair, W.C. seat shall be fixed
towards one side to the opposite adjacent wall. The centerline of W.C. from theadjacent wall shall be 400 mm and minimum 950 mm from the other wall. Minimum
size of the clear door opening shall be 780 mm.

8.7.5

For Toilets Designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled Using Large Wheel Chair:
The minimum size of W.C. shall be 1500 X 1750 mm with a minimum depth of 1750
mm for entry door. 900 mm long handrail on the side wall closer to W.C. shall be
provided. To provide movement space for wheel chair, W.C. seat shall be fixed
towards one side of the opposite wall. The centerline of the W.C. from the adjacentwall shall be 400 mm and a minimum of 1100 mm from the other wall. Min. size ofclear door opening shall be 860 mm.

8.8

Designing for Children
In the buildings meant for the pre-dominant use of the children, it will be necessary tosuitably alter the height of the handrail and other fittings & fixtures etc.
Note: Guiding / Warning Floor Material: The floor material to guide or to warn thevisually impaired persons with a change of colour or material texture and easily
distinguishable from the rest of the surrounding floor materials. The material withdifferent texture gives audible signals with sensory warning when a person moves on
this surface with walking stick. The guiding/warning floor material is meant to givethe directional effect or warn a person at critical places. It should be provided in thefollowing areas:a. The access path to the building and to the parking area.
b. The landing lobby towards the information board, reception, lifts, staircases andtoiletsc. Immediately at the beginning/end of walkway where there is a vehicular traffic.
d. At the location abruptly changing in level or beginning/end of a ramp.
e. Immediately in front of an entrance/exit and the landing.

8.9

Drinking Water:
Suitable provision of drinking water shall be made for the differently abled near the
special toilet provided for them.

8.10

RefugeAn alternative to immediate evacuation of a building via staircases and/ or lifts is the
movement of disabled persons to areas of safety within a building. If possible, they
could remain there until the fire is controlled and extinguished or until rescued by thefire fighters.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 109

8

Provision for Differently-abled, Elderly and Childrena) It is useful to have the provisions of a refuge area, usually at the fire protected stairlanding on each floor that can safely hold one or two wheelchairs.
b) Hand Doorways with clear opening width of 900 mm and regular compliancec) Have an alarm switch installed between 900 mm and 1200 mm from floor level.
8.11

Proper signagea) Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for the differently
abled persons should be done with proper signals.
b) Visually impaired persons make use of other senses such as hearing and touch tocompensate for the lack of vision, whereas visual signals benefit those with hearing
disabilities. Signs should be designed and located so that they are easily legible byusing suitable letter size (not less than 20 mm high).
c) For visually impaired persons, information board in brail should be installed on thewall at a suitable height and it should be possible to approach them closely.
d) To ensure safe walking, there should not be any protruding sign which creates
obstruction in walking.
e) Public Address System may also be provided in busy public areas.
f) The symbols/information should be in contrasting colour and properly illuminatedbecause people with limited vision may be able to differentiate amongst primarycolours.
g) International Symbol Mark for wheel chair be installed in a lift, toilet, staircase,parking areas, etc., that have been provided for the differently abled.

8.12

Public Building regulations
In case of design regulations in Public buildings (excluding domestic buildings),
provisions for differently-abled shall be adopted as per Appendix ‘G’ of the bye-laws
and according to the Annex “D” of Part 3, NBC 2005.

Page 110

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Rainwater Harvesting 9

9.

RAINWATER HARVESTING

9.1

The RWH system
The harvesting of rainwater simply involves the collection of water from surfaces on
which rain falls, and subsequently storing this water for use. The rainwater collected
can be stored for direct use or can be recharged into the underground aquifers. In
scientific terms water harvesting (broadly) refers to collection and storage of rainwaterfrom the rooftops. This also restricts evaporation and seepage into building
foundations. All buildings having a plot size of 100 sq.m. or more, while submitting thebuilding plans for sanction, shall mandatorily include the complete proposal ofrainwater harvesting.
A rainwater harvesting system consists of:i. Roof catchment
ii. Guttersiii. Down pipes
iv. Rain water/ Storm water drains
v. Filter Chamber
vi. Storage Tanks/ Pits/ Sumps.
vii. Ground Water recharge structures like pit, trench, tube well or combination ofabove structure.
Rainwater Harvesting is a way to capture the rain runoff, store that water above groundor charge the underground aquifers and use it later. This happens naturally in open
rural areas. But in congested, over-paved metropolitan cities, there is a need to devise
methods to capture the rain water. The rainwater that is incident on the surface/ roof
top is guided to bore wells or pits or new/old/ abandoned wells through small diameter
pipes to recharge the underground water which can be used later whenever required.
Rainwater can be harvested to the extent of 55,000 liters per 100sq. meters area peryear from rooftops.

9.2

Rainwater harvesting techniques:
There are two main techniques of rain water harvestings.
a. Storage of rainwater on surface for future use.
b. Recharge to ground water.
The technical aspects and options of Rainwater harvesting from which the city
authorities can assess and choose to adopt are placed at Annexure III to the bye-laws.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 111

9

Rainwater Harvesting

9.3

Harvesting provisions in various Building categories:
All buildings in a city contribute to the rainwater runoff during the monsoon and hencesuch runoff can be harvested for water reuse/recharge.
The indicative provisions of rainwater harvesting in various buildings types are:Table 9.1 Provisions for Rainwater harvesting by building types

Area of Plot(sq.m.)
Residential Plotted Houses
Category / Use

New Proposals

Provisions to be madeOther conditions

100 and above

Construction of Rain Water Harvesting
Structure.

Shall have emphasis on both storage andreuse.

All plot sizes

i. Construction
of
Rain
Water
Harvesting Structure.
ii. Concrete paving to be avoided andpermeable materials are to be used
for all open parking spaces.

Should indicate the system of Strom
Water Drainage, Rain Water Harvesting
Structure and Recharging Welli. Shall have Rain Water Harvesting
Structure and storageii. Shall have Recharge pits

Shall have emphasis on both storage andreuse.

Group Housing
New Proposals

Public and semi public buildings
All Proposals

All plot sizes

Commercial / Mixed use

All Proposals

All plot sizes

i. Construction
of
Rain
Water
Harvesting Structure.
ii. Soft landscape provisions and open
spaces with Percolation pits.
iii. Common treatment plant to be madepart of the integrated development,
funded by sale of commercial space.

Should indicate the system of Strom
Water Drainage, Rain Water Harvesting
Structure and Recharging Well
Shall have emphasis on both storage andreuse.

Industrial

All proposals

All plot sizes

Other proposals

All plot sizes

i. Construction
of
Rain
Water
Harvesting Structure.
ii. Soft landscape provisions and open
spaces with Percolation pits.
iii. Use of abandoned bore wells forrecharging of ground water.
iv. Common treatment plant to be madepart of the integrated development
funded by sale of commercial space.

Should indicate the system of Strom
Water Drainage, Rain Water Harvesting
Structure and Recharging Well.
Provision should be made not to injectcontaminated water into recharge
structures in industrial areas and care is
to be taken to keep such structures awayfrom sewer lines, septic tanks, soak pits,
landfillandothersourcesofcontamination.

Similar as above

Similar as above

Note: The number of recharge bores to be provided in different plot sizes shall be accordance to Sl No 2 of Table
Nos. 14.1 - 14.3 of Chapter 14.

9.4

Rain Water Harvesting Provisions for Open spaces in cities
The open spaces/recreational land use generally constitute regional parks, district
parks, play ground and stadium, sports complex, monument zones, public parking,Plaza and other public open space. This may be as high as 30% to 50% of the city’sgeographic area. All such public open spaces above the size of 500 sq.m. shall havearrangements for complete utilization and capture of storm water with scientific rainwater harvesting arrangements.

Page 112

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Rainwater Harvesting 9

Following ideas may also be included:i. Well cum Channel cum Percolation pits.
ii. Use of abandoned bore wells for recharging of ground wateriii. Artificial or natural Storage of storm water runoff from larger sites.
9.5

Ground Water Recharge
Recharging of ground water should be made mandatory not only for residentialbuildings but for all types of buildings, including Group Housing Societies having aplot area more than 500 sq.m. and above.
The Ground Water Recharge should also be mandatory for open spaces like parks,
parking, plazas and playgrounds. The harvesting and recharge structures could beconstructed by the Authority with the involvement of community based organizations
like Resident Welfare Associations.

9.6

Enforcement and Monitoringa. The Authority shall constitute a Rainwater Harvesting Cell which will be
responsible for enforcement and monitoring of the provisions of Rainwater
Harvesting. The cell shall employ qualified persons who are well versed with theinterpretation of Building Bye Laws and responsible for enforcement as well as
monitoring the functioning of the Rainwater Harvesting System.
b. The Authority shall include inspection of Rainwater Harvesting Structures before
issuing Completion Certificates or NOCs for service connections to the property.
c. Set an example in the city by ensuring that Rainwater is harvested in theproperties /assets owned by them including public buildings, markets, community
centers, parking spaces, roads and parks etc.
d. The Authority shall also establish a mechanism to monitor 100% of RWH
provisions in all the buildings above 1000 sq.m. with annual physical verification,
while buildings less than 1000 sq.m. can be monitored on the basis of 10%
random survey by competent authority.
e. With regard to open public spaces viz., Parks, playgrounds etc. theimplementation of provision rainwater harvesting may be done with the help ofResidents Welfare Associations, Community Building Organization and NonGovernmental Organizations.
f. The Authority shall ensure earmarking budgetary provision for the creation andmaintenance of rainwater harvesting structures in public spaces owned andmaintained by them, like parking spaces, parks, plazas etc.
g. The practice of incentives and penalties to promote rain water harvesting shall be
formulated by the local authority based on best practices. Authority shall design
its own incentive and penalty systems, considering the water level and scarcity.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 113

9

Rainwater Harvesting

Page 114

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Green Buildings and Sustainability Provisions 10

10. GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITYPROVISIONS
Modern buildings consume about 25 to 30 % of total energy, and up to 30 % of fresh
potable water, and generate approximately 40 % of total waste. Sustainable buildings
have demonstrated reduction in energy and water consumption to less than half of thepresent consumption in conventional buildings, and complete elimination of theconstruction and operational waste through recycling.
Thus, all buildings on various plot sizes above 100 sq.m. shall comply with the green
norms and conform to the requirements mandatory for sanction as mentioned in thischapter.
These provisions are not specific to any rating system and are not intended to provide asingle metric indication of overall building performance. These provisions allows thepractitioners to easily exercise their engineering judgment in holistically andobjectively applying the underlying principles of sustainability to a development orbuilding facility, considering its functionality and required comfort level.
10.1

Provisions and Applicability
The green building provisions on various plot sizes are indicated in the table below:

Table 10.1 Provisions and applicability for various plot sizes (Residential and Non-Residential)
Plot
Category
I
II

III

Applicable plot
area (sq.m)
Up to 100
100 to 500
500 to 1,000
1,000 to 3,000
Above 3,000

Provisions for Residential

Provisions for Non- Residential

Nil1(a), 2(a), 2(b), 4(a)1(a), 1(c), 2(b), 3(c), 4(a)1(a), 1(c), 1(d), 2(a), 2(b), 3(b), 3(c),4(a)1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 2(a), 2(b), 3(a),3(b), 3(c), 4(a), 4(b)Nil
1(a), 2(b), 4(a)1(a), 1(c), 2(a), 2(b), 3(c), 4(a)1(a), 1(c), 1(d), 2(a), 2(b), 3(b), 3(c),4(a)1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 2(a), 2(b), 3(a),3(b), 3(c), 4(a), 4(b)*Note: provisions marked 1(a), 2(b) etc are as per section 10.2.
The schemes/ projects formulated on the basis of provisions given in Master plan/ Zonal Development
Plan will require approval as indicated:
EIA/ ECC (as per MoEF), NBC (latest), ECBC 2007 or latest, BEE Star rating/ LEED of IGBC/ GRIHA of TERI
Certification}
EIA- Environmental Impact Assessment Study Report,
ECC- Environmental Clearance Certificate,
MoEF – Ministry of Environment and Forest,
NBC – National Building Code,ECBC – Energy Conservation Building Code,
BEE – Bureau of Energy Efficiency,
LEED – Leadership in Energy and Environment Design,
IGBC –Indian Green Building Council,
GRIHA – Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment,
TERI – The Energy and Resources Institute.
The prevailing provisions of the above shall be applicable. However if there are any modification in the same, themodified provisions shall become automatically applicable.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 115

10

Green Buildings and Sustainability Provisions

10.2

Provisions for Sanction
1. Water Conservation and Managementa) Rain Water Harvestingb) Low Water Consumption Plumbing Fixturesc) Waste Water Recycle and Reused) Reduction of Hardscape
2. Solar Energy Utilizationa) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic Panels (detailed at section 10.2.3 below)b) Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems
3. Energy Efficiency (Concept of passive solar design of buildings) (Ref. Table 14.1-3)a) Low Energy Consumption Lighting Fixtures (Electrical Appliances – BEE Starand Energy Efficient Appliances)b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems.
c) Lighting of Common areas by Solar energy/ LED devices.
4. Waste Managementa) Segregation of Wasteb) Organic Waste Management
In case owners of properties desire to procure green building ratings from one or more
rating bodies, they may suitably incorporate any other provisions if required andadditional incentive FAR as per Master Plan may be availed.

10.2.1 Provisions for City and Site level greening
In alignment with National Sustainable Habitat Mission, the Authority shallencourage augmentation of green cover in the city/plot, by following:
The Urban Greening Guidelines, 2014 and other provisions as given below i. Provision of minimum 1 tree / every 80sqmt of plot area for plot sizes > 100sqmt
and planted within the setback of the plot.
ii. Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted tress in the ratio 1:3 within thepremises under consideration.
iii. Choice of species for plantation in site and abutting the road to be adopted as per
Section 8 of the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.
iv. The unpaved area shall be more than or equal to 20% of the recreational open
spaces.
10.2.2 Water Re-use and Recycling
All building having a minimum discharge of 10,000 l. and above per day shallincorporate waste water recycling system. The recycled water should be used for
horticultural purposes.
10.2.3 Roof Top Solar Energy Installations
Rooftop photovoltaic power station, or rooftop PV system, is a photovoltaic
system that has its electricity-generating solar panels mounted on the rooftop of
residential or commercial buildings. The various components of such a system
include photovoltaic modules, mounting systems, cables, solar inverters and other
Page 116

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Green Buildings and Sustainability Provisions 10

electrical accessories. Rooftop PV systems are faster than other types of renewable
power plants. They’re clean, quiet, and visually unobtrusive. Table 10.2 below
stipulates the Norms for Roof Top Solar PV InstallationTable 10.2 Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation and generation

S.No. Category of buildings/area
1

2

3
4
5
6
7
8

Residential
Plotted Housing

Area standards

Generation requirement *For HIG Plots and above

Minimum 5% of connected loador 20W/sqft for “available roof
space”**, whichever is less.
All proposals, as per Group Housing Minimum 5% of connected load
Group Housing
or 20W/sqft for “available roof
Norms
space”, whichever is less.
All other buildings (Government or Private, defined as per clause 1.16 b to g)(mandatory for buildings having shadow free rooftop area > 50 sqmt)
Plot size of 500 sqmt and above
Minimum 5% of connected load
Educationalor 20W/sqft for “available roof
Institutional
space”, whichever is less.
Commercial
Industrial
Mercantile
Recreational* Area provisions on roof top shall be @12 sqmt per 1KWp, as suggested by Ministry of New and Renewable Energy.
** “available rood area” = 70% of the total roof size, considering 30% area reserved for residents’ amenities.

10.2.4 Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating System in Buildings
I. No new building in the following categories in which there is a system of
installation for supplying hot water shall be built unless the system of theinstallation is also having an auxiliary solar assisted water heating system:a)

Hospitals and Nursing Home.

b)Hotels, Lodges, Guest Houses, Group Housing with a plot area of 4000 sq m.

c)Hostels of Schools, Colleges and Training Centres with more than 100
Students.

d)

Barracks of armed forces, paramilitary forces and police.

e)

Individual residential buildings having more than 150 sq m. plinth area.

f)

Functional Buildings of Railway Stations and Air Ports like waiting rooms,
retiring rooms, rest rooms, inspection bungalows and catering units.

g)Community Centres, Banquet Halls, Barat Ghars, Mangal Karyalayas andbuildings for similar use.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 117

10

Green Buildings and Sustainability Provisions

II. Definitionsi)“Solar Assisted Water Heating
System”ii) “Auxiliary back-up”

III.

iii)

“New Building”

iv)“Existing building”

A device to heat water using solar energy
as heat source.
Electricity operated or fuel fired
boilers/systems to heat water coming out
from solar water heating system to meet
continuous requirement of hot water.
Such buildings of above said categories forwhich construction plans have been
submitted to the Authority for clearance.
Such buildings, which are licensed toperform their respective business.

Installation of Solar Water Heating Systema) New Buildings: Clearance of plan for the construction of new buildings ofthe aforesaid categories shall only be given if they have a provision in thebuilding design itself for an insulated pipeline from the rooftop in thebuilding to various distribution points where hot water is required. The
building must have a provision for continuous water supply to the solar water
heating system. The building should also have open space on the rooftop,
which receives direct sun light. The load bearing capacity of the roof shouldat least be 50 kg. per sq m. All new buildings of above said categories mustcomplete installation of solar water heating systems before obtaining
necessary license to commence their business.

IV.

b) Existing Buildings: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems in
the existing building shall be made mandatory at the time of change of use to
above said category provided there is a system or installation for supplying
hot water.
Capacity: The capacity of solar water heating system to be installed on thebuilding of different categories shall be decided in consultation with the local
bodies. The recommended minimum capacity shall not be less than 25 litres per
day for each bathroom and kitchen subject to the condition that maximum of
50% of the total roof area is provided with the system.

V.

Specifications: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems shallconform to BIS specification IS 12933. The solar collectors used in the systemshall have the BIS certification mark.

VI.

Auxiliary System: Wherever hot water requirement is continuous, auxiliary
heating arrangement either with electric elements or oil of adequate capacity canbe provided.

Page 118

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Green Buildings and Sustainability Provisions 10

10.2.5 Sustainable Waste Management
Zero Waste is a concept of waste management and planning approaches thatemphasize waste prevention as opposed to end waste management. This means
restructuring production and distribution systems, designing and managing products
and processes to systematically follow the 3R rule of Reduce, Re-use and Re-cycle thevolume of waste, to conserve and recover all used resources, and therefore eliminating
all discharges to landfills, and prevent air, water and land pollution.
Zero Waste/ land-fill can be achieved by adopting systematic approach of segregation
at source by planning, by collection facilitation and most importantly by creating
public awareness.
The green waste can be converted into fuel cakes, kitchen waste into manure,construction & demolition waste into bricks, plastic waste into oil, paper, glass andsteel back into the same and all residual inert materials can also be converted into
bricks. Achieving zero land-fill is more conveniently possible, ifa) The collection is made from house to house and some segregation is done athousehold level andb) Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground level.
c) The recycling is done at decentralized, say, ward or even lower levels.
10.2.6 Sustainability of Building Materials
Sustainability of natural resources for building materials shall be ensured throughconservation of available natural resources and use of supplementary materials such asindustrial/agricultural by-products, renewable resources, factory made building
components and recycled construction and demolition waste.
Supplementary building materials (derived or processed waste) shall be suitably usedin combination with conventional resources offers dual advantages in purview ofhealth & environmental benefits.
Use of Factory made pre-fab/pre-cast and recycled components with Green benefits:a) Panels, hollow slabs, hollow blocks–etc. - conservation of materials, less waterrequirement.
b) Fly Ash bricks, Portland Pozzolana cement, Fly ash concrete, phosphogypsum
based walling & roofing panels, particle wood – recycled use of industrial/
agricultural by-products. (Ref. Table 14)c) Fly ash/ AAC (Autoclaved aerated light weight concrete) panels/ CLC (Cellular
light weight concrete) panels- ensures thermal comfort (significant reduction in air
conditioning requirement)d) Use of bamboo & rapidly growing plantation timbers- environmental benefits.
Local materials are generally suitable for prevailing geo-climatic conditions & haveadvantage of low transportation cost & time. Sustainable use of building materials
shall be encouraged which may combine certain mandatory provisions and incentives.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 11910

Green Buildings and Sustainability Provisions

10.3

Various Guidelines for Green Rating systems
The respective State Governments may prepare their separate Green Rating systems
for buildings by selectively combining/adopting/amending the provisions between thefollowing guidelines:
1. IGBC guidelines by the Confederation of Indian Industries.
2. GRIHA guidelines by the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy. GoI.
In pursuance of the National Sustainable Habitat Mission on Energy Efficiency in
Buildings, the Authority shall encourage the provisions of the following Energy
efficiency guidelines by certain mandatory provisions and incentives3. ECBC guidelines prepared by Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Ministry of Power. GoI
4. Model Energy Efficiency guidelines. (NSMH Sub report by Bureau of Energy
Efficiency)

Page 120

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 11

11. FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETYREQUIREMENTS
11.1

Scope
This part covers the requirements of the fire protection for the multi-storeyed buildings(high rise buildings) and the buildings, which are of 15 m. and above in height andlow occupancies of categories such as Assembly, Institutional, Educational (more than
two storeyed and built-up area exceeds 1000 sq m.), Business (where plot area exceeds
500 sq m.), Mercantile (where aggregate covered area exceeds 750 sq m.), Hotel,
Hospital, Nursing Homes, Underground Complexes, Industrial Storage,
Meeting/Banquet Halls, Hazardous Occupancies.

11.2

Procedure for clearance from fire service

11.2.1 The concerned Authority shall refer the building plans to the Chief Fire Officer for
obtaining clearance in respect of building identified in clause 2.17.4 of these ByeLaws.
11.2.2 The Authority shall furnish three sets of complete building plans along with prescribed
fee to the Chief Fire Officer, after ensuring that the proposals are in line with Master
Plan/Zonal Plan of the area.
11.2.3 The plans shall be clearly marked and indicate the complete fire protection
arrangements and the means of access/escape for the proposed building with suitablelegend along with standard signs and symbols on the drawings. The same shall be duly
signed/certified by a licensed Fire Consultant/Architect. The information regarding fire
safety measures shall be furnished as per Annexure ‘D’ along with details.
11.2.4 The Chief Fire Officer shall examine these plans to ensure that they are in accordancewith the provisions of fire safety and means of escape as per these bye-laws and shallforward two sets of plans duly signed for implementation to the building sanctioning
Authority.
11.2.5 After completion of fire fighting installations as approved and duly tested and certified
by the licensed Fire Consultant/Architect, the Owner/ Builder of the building shallapproach the Chief Fire Officer through the concerned Authority for obtaining
clearance from fire safety and means of escape point of view. The concerned Authority
shall ensure that clearance from Chief Fire Officer has been obtained for the building
identified in clause 11.1 before granting the completion certificate.
11.2.6 On receipt of the above request, the Chief Fire Officer shall issue the No Objection
Certificate from fire safety and means of escape point of view after satisfying himselfthat the entire fire protection measures are implemented and functional as per
approved plans.
11.2.7 Any deficiencies observed during the course of inspection shall be communicated to
the Authority for rectification and a copy of the same shall be forwarded to theconcerned building owner /builder.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 121

11

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements

11.3

Renewal of fire clearance
On the basis of undertaking given by the Fire Consultant / Architect, the Chief Fire
Officer shall renew the fire clearance in respect of the following buildings onannual basis:1) Public entertainment and assembly2) Hospitals
3) Hotels4) Underground shopping complex

11.4

Fee
For augmentation of fire service facilities for effecting rescue/fire fighting operation inhigh rise building, fee payable to Chief Fire Officer by the applicant(s) along with setsof plans for obtaining the No Objection Certificate shall be as prescribed by the
Authority.

11.5

Fire Consultant
The engaged Competent Professional for building plan design (as per Appendix ‘E’) of
the project shall be responsible for making provisions for fire protection and firefighting measure as provided in this Chapter and for that she / he may consult anexpert in this field, as in case of other professionals for structural, sanitary and others.

11.6

Terminology
For the purpose of this Chapter all the technical terms shall have the meaning as
defined in National Building Code of India, Part-IV, Fire Protection as amended fromtime to time but for the terms which are defined otherwise in these bye-Laws.

11.7

GeneralThe Chief Fire Officer may insist on suitable provisions in the building from fire
safety and means of escape point of view depending on the occupancy, height or on
account of new developments creating special fire hazard, in addition to the provisionof these building bye laws and part IV (Fire Protection) of National Building Code ofIndia

11.7.1 Fire Resistance of Types of Constructions / Building Components
The fire resistance ratings for various types of construction for structural and nonstructural members shall be as given in Table 1 of Part IV of the NBC, 2005.
Building elements/components such as walls, columns, beams and floors shall have therequisite fire resistance rating in accordance with the accepted standards at Tables 2 to
18 of Part IV of the NBC.
11.7.2 The following Sections MEANS OF ACCESSAs provided in Building Bye-Laws, Clause 4.24
Provisions of Exterior Open Spaces around the Building:
As provided in building bye laws 4.25

Page 122

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 11

11.7.3 EXIT REQUIREMENT
As provided in Section 4.2 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Type of Exits: As provided in Section 4.2.1 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Number of Size of Exits: As provided in Section 4.6 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Arrangements of Exits: As provided in Section 4.5 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Occupant Load: As provided in Section 4.3 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Capacity of Exit: As provided in Section 4.4 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Staircase Requirements: As provided in Section 4.9 of Part 4, NBC 2005.
Minimum Width Provision for Stairways: As provided in Section 4.9.6 of Part 4,
NBC 2005
Minimum Width Provision for Passageway/Corridors: As provided in Section 4.8 ofPart 4, NBC 2005
Doorways: As provided in Section 4.7 of Part 4, NBC 2005
Stairways: As provided in Section 4.9 of Part 4, NBC 2005
11.8

Fire Escapes or External Stairs:a) Fire escape shall not be taken into account while calculating the number ofstaircases for a building.
b) All fire escapes shall be directly connected to the ground.
c) Entrance to the fire escape shall be separate and remote from internal staircase.
d) The route to fire escape shall be free of obstructions at all times except the
doorway leading to the fire escape which shall have the required fire resistance.
e) Fire escape shall be constructed of non-combustible materials.
f) Fire escape stairs shall have straight flight not less than 125 cm wide with 25 cm
treads and risers not more than 19 cm.
g) Handrails shall be at a height not less than 100 cm.
h) Fire escape staircase in the mercantile, business, assembly, hotel buildings above
24 m. height shall be a fire tower and in such a case width of the same shall not beless than the width of the main staircase. No combustible material shall be allowedin the fire tower.

11.8.1 Spiral Stairsa) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a buildingheight 9 m.
b) A spiral stair shall not be less than 150 cm in diameter and shall be designed togive the adequate headroom.
11.8.2 Staircase Enclosuresa) The external enclosing walls of the staircase shall be of the brick or the R.C.C.
construction having fire resistance of not less than two hours. All enclosed
staircases shall have access through self-closing door of one-hour fire resistance.
These shall be single swing doors opening in the direction of the escape. The door
shall be fitted with the check action door closers.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 123

11

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirementsb) The staircase enclosures on the external wall of the building shall be ventilated tothe atmosphere at each landing.
c) Permanent vent at the top equal to the 5% of the cross sectional area of theenclosure and openable sashes at each floor level with area equal to 1 to 15% of
the cross sectional area of the enclosure on external shall be provided. The roof ofthe shaft shall be at least 1 m. above the surrounding roof. There shall be no
glazing or the glass bricks in any internal closing wall of staircase. If the staircase
is in the core of the building and cannot be ventilated at each landing, a positive of
5-mm. e.g. by electrically operated blower/blowers shall be maintained.
d) The mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shaft shall be so installed that thesame shall operate automatically on fire alarm system/sprinkler system and be
provided with manual operation facilities.
11.8.3 Rampsa) Ramps of slope of not more than 1 in 10 may be substituted for and shall comply
with all the applicable requirements of all required stairways as to enclosure
capacity and limiting dimensions. Larger slopes shall be provided for special uses
but in no case greater than 1 in 8. For all slopes exceeding 1 in 10 and where theuse is such as to involve danger of slipping, the ramp shall be surfaced withapproved non-slipping material.
b) The minimum width of the ramps in the Hospitals shall be 2.4 m. and in thebasement using car parking shall be 6.0 m.
c) Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
d) Ramp shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards of safe
place.
e) For building above 24.0 m. in height, access to ramps from any floor of thebuilding shall be through smoke fire check door.
f) In case of nursing homes, hospitals etc. area exceeding 300 sq m. at each floor oneof the exit facility shall be a ramp of not less than 2.4 m. in width.
11.9

Provision of liftsa) Provision of the lifts shall be made for all multi-storeyed building having a heightof 15.0 m. and above.
b) All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hrs. by the lift. The lift provided in thebuildings shall not be considered as a means of escape in case of emergency.
c) Grounding switch at ground floor level to enable the fire service to ground the lift
car in case of emergency shall also be provided.
d) The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery be installed in it.

Page 124

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 11

11.9.1 Lift Enclosure/lift
General requirements shall be as followsa) Walls of lift enclosures shall have a fire rating of two hours. Lift shafts shall havea vent at the top of area not less than 0.2 sq m.
b) Lift motor room shall be located preferably on top of the shaft and separated fromthe shaft by the floor of the room.
c) Landing door in lift enclosures shall have a fire resistance of not less than onehour.
d) The number of lifts in one lift bank shall not exceed four. A wall of two hours fire
rating shall separate individual shafts in a bank.
e) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.
f) For buildings 15.0 m. and above in height, collapsible gates shall not be permitted
for lifts and solid doors with fire resistance of at least one hour shall be provided.
g) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building a positive pressure between
25 and 30 pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a possible pressure of 50 pa shallbe maintained in the lift shaft. The mechanism for the pressurization shall act
automatically with the fire alarm/sprinkler system and it shall be possible tooperate this mechanically also.
h) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through aself-closing fire smoke check door of one-hour fire resistance.
i) Lift shall not normally communicate with the basement. If however, lifts are incommunication, the lift lobby of the basement shall be pressurized as in (g) withself closing door as in (h).
j) Grounding switch(es), at ground floor level shall be provided to enable the fireservice to ground the lifts.
k) Telephone/talk back communication facilities may be provided in lift cars forcommunication system and lifts shall be connected to the fire control room of thebuilding.
l) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of the lift lobby shall bemade to prevent water used during fire fighting, etc at any landing from entering
the lift shafts.
m) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicatingthat in case of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The
sign shall also contain a plan for each floor showing the location of the stairways.
Floor marking shall be done at each floor on the wall in front of the lift-landing
door.
n) Alternate power supply shall be provided in all the lifts.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 125

11Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements

11.9.2 Fire Lift
Following details shall apply for a fire lift in addition to above requirements:a)

To enable fire service personnel to reach the upper floors with the minimum
delay, one or more of the lifts shall be so designed so as to be available for the
exclusive use of the fireman in an emergency and be directly accessible to every
dwelling/lettable floor space on each floor.

b)

The lift shall have a floor area of not less than 1.4 sq.mt. It shall have a loading
capacity of not less than 545 kg. (8 persons lift) with automatic closing doors.

c)

The electric supply shall be on a separate service from electric supply mains in abuilding and the cables run in a route safe from fire, that is within a lift shaft.
Lights and fans in the elevator having wooden paneling or sheet steel construction
shall be operated on 24-volt supply.

d)

In case of failure of normal electric supply, it shall automatically switch over tothe alternate supply. For apartment houses, this changeover of supply could bedone through manually operated changeover switch. Alternatively, the lift should
be so wired that in case of power failure, it comes down at the ground level andcomes to stand still with door open.

e)

The operation of a fire lift shall by a single toggle of two-button switch situated ina glass-fronted box adjacent to the lift at the entrance level. When the switch is on
landing; call points will become inoperative and the lift will be on car control only
or on a priority control device. When the switch is off, the lift will return tonormal working. This lift can be used by the occupants in normal times.

f)

The words 'F1RE LIFT' shall be conspicuously displayed in fluorescent paint on
the lift landing doors at each floor level.

g)

The speed of the fire lift shall be such that it can reach to the top floor fromground level within one minute.

11.10 Basement
As provided in Chapter- 4 and Building Bye-Laws.
11.10.1Requirementsi)
The access to the basement shall be either from the main or alternate staircase
providing access and exit from higher floors. Where the staircase is continue thesame shall be enclosed type serving as a fire separation from the basement floor
and higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they are constructed within
the building line subject to the provision of the (iv).
ii)

In case of basement for office, sufficient number of exit ways and access ways
shall be provided with a travel distance not more than 15.0 m. The travel distancein case of dead-end shall be 7.5 m.

iii)

The basement shall be partitioned and in no case compartment shall be more than
500 sq m. and less than 50 sq m. area except parking. Each compartment shallhave ventilation standards as laid down in Bye-Laws separately andPage 126

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 11

independently. The partition shall be made in consultation with Chief Fire
Officer.
iv)

The first basement (immediately below ground level) can be used forservices/parking/other permissible services. Lower basement, if provided, shallexclusively be used for car parking only.

v)

Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area
(aggregate) not less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round theperimeter of the basement shall be provided in the form of grills or breakablestarboard lights or pavement lights or by way of shafts. Alternatively a system of
air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke outlets at basement
ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with starboard
or pavement lights as before. But ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor
level have to be laid. Starboard and pavement lights should be in positions easily
accessible to the firemen and clearly marked "SMOKE OUTLET" or “AIRINLET" with an indication of area served at or near the opening.

vi)

The staircase of basement shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance of notless than two hours and shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to beentered at ground level only from the open air and in such positions that smokefrom any fire in the basement shall not obstruct any exit serving the ground andupper stories of the building and shall communicate with basement through alobby provided with fire resisting self closing door of one hour rating. In case of
basement being used as car parking only, the travel distance shall be 45 m.

vii) In multi-storeyed basements, intake duct may serve all basements levels, buteach basement and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct
or ducts. Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basementlevels shall also be provided. The system shall be of such design as to operate on
actuation of smoke, heat sensitive detectors/sprinklers, if installed, and shall havea considerably superior performance compared to the standard units. It shall also
have an arrangement to start it manually.
viii) Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement so thatextractors shall continue to operate and supply fans shall stop automatically withthe actuation of fire detectors. Mechanical extractors shall be designed to permit
30 air changes per hour in case of fire or distress call. However, for normal
operation, only 30 air changes or any other convenient factor can be maintained.
ix)

Mechanical extractors shall have an alternate source of power supply.

x)

Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brickmasonry or RCC as far as possible and when this duct crosses the transformer
area of electrical switchboard, fire dampers shall be provided.
Kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted in basement/sub-basement.

xi)xii) If cutouts are provided from basement to the upper floors or to the atmosphere,
all side cutout openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler heads at
closed spacing so as to form a water curtain in the event of a fire.
xiii) Dewatering pump shall be provided in all basements.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 127

11

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements

11.11 Provision of helipad
All high-rise buildings of height 200 m. and above shall have provision for a Helipad
as per clause no 5.5.8 of the Bye-Laws. The same shall be approved by the Authority.
11.12 Service ducts/refuge chutea) Service duct shall be enclosed by walls and door, if any, of 2 hours fire rating. If ducts
are larger than 10 sq m. the floor should seal them, but provide suitable opening for thepipes to pass through, with the gaps sealed.
b) A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided between one-fourth andone-half of the area of the shaft. Refuge chutes shall have an outlet at least of wall of
non-combustible material with fire resistance of not less than two hours. They shall not
be located within the staircase enclosure or service shafts or air-conditioning shafts.
Inspection panel and door shall be tight fitting with 1 hour fire resistance; the chutes
should be as far away as possible form exits.
c) Refuge chutes shall not be provided in staircase walls and A/C shafts etc.
11.13 Electrical services
Electrical Services shall conform to the following:a) The electric distribution cables/wiring shall be laid in a separate duct shall be sealed atevery floor with non-combustible material having the same fire resistance as that of theduct. Low and medium voltage wiring running in shaft and in false ceiling shall run inseparate conduits.
b) Water mains, telephone wires, inter-com lines, gas pipes or any other service lines shallnot be laid in ducts for electric cables.
c) Separate conduits for water pumps, lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and blowers forpressuring system shall be directly from the main switch panel and these circuits shall belaid in separate conduit pipes, so that fire in one circuit will not affect the others. Masterswitches controlling essential service circuits shall be clearly labeled.
d) The inspection panel doors and any other opening in the shaft shall be provided with
airtight fire doors having fire resistance of not less then 1 hour.
e) Medium and low voltage wiring running in shafts, and within false ceiling shall run inmetal conduits. Any 230 voltage wiring for lighting or other services, above false ceilingshould have 660V grade insulation. The false ceiling including all fixtures used for its
suspension shall be of non-combustible material.
f) An independent and well-ventilated service room shall be provided on the ground floor
with direct access from outside or from the corridor for the purpose of termination ofelectrical supply from the licenses service and alternative supply cables. The doors
provided for the service room shall have fire resistance of not less than 1 hour.
g) Miniature circuit breakers(MCB) and Earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) shall be
provided for electrical circuit.

Page 128

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 11

11.14 Staircase and corridor lights
The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate circuits and shall be
independently connected so that it could be operated by one switch installation on the
ground floor easily accessible to fire fighting staff at any time irrespective of theposition of the individual control of the light points, if any. It should be of miniature
circuit breaker type of switch so as to avoid replacement of fuse in case of crisis.
a) Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate source of power
supply.
b) Suitable arrangement shall be made by installing double throw switches to ensurethat the lighting installed in the staircase and the corridor does not get connected totwo sources of supply simultaneously. Double throw switch shall be installed in theservice room for terminating the stand by supply.
c) Emergency lights shall be provided in the staircase and corridor.
11.15 Air-conditioninga) Air- conditioning system should be installed and maintained so as to minimize thedanger of spread of fire, smoke or fumes thereby from one floor of fire area toanother or from outside into any occupied building or structure.–b) Air -Conditioning systems circulating air to more than one floor area should be
provided with dampers designed to close automatically in case of fire and thereby
prevent spread of fire or smoke. Such a system should also be provided with
automatic controls to stop fans in case of fire, unless arranged to remove smokefrom a fire, in which case these should be designed to remain in operation.
c) Air- conditioning system serving large places of assembly (over one thousand
persons), large departmental stores, or hostels with over 100 rooms in a single
block should be provided with effective means for preventing circulation of smoke
through the system in the case of fire in air filters or from other sources drawn into
the system even though there is insufficient heat to actuate heat smoke sensitive
devices controlling fans or dampers. Such means shall consist of approved
effective smoke sensitive controls.
11.15.1Air- Conditioning should conform to the following:a) Escape routes like staircase, common corridors, lift lobbies; etc should not be used
as return air passage.
b) The ducting should be constructed of metal in accordance with BIS 655:1963c) Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floor, the opening around the ducts
should be sealed with fire resisting material of same rating as of walls/floors.
d) Metallic ducts should be used even for the return air instead of space above thefalse ceiling.
e) The material used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) should be offlame resistant (IS 4355: 1977) and non- conductor of heat.
f) Area more than 750 sq m. on individual floor should be segregated by a firewall
and automatic fire dampers for isolation should be provided.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 129

11

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirementsg) In case of more than one floor, arrangement by way of automatic fire dampers for
isolating the ducting at every floor from the floor should be made. Where plenums
used for return air passage, ceiling and its features and air filters of the air handlingunits, these should be flame resistant. Inspection panels should be provided in themain trenching. No combustible material should be fixed nearer than 15 cm. to any
duct unless such ducting is properly enclosed and protected with flame resistantmaterialh) In case of buildings more than 24 m. in height, in non-ventilated lobbies, corridors,
smoke extraction shaft should be provided.
11.15.2 Fire Dampersa) These shall be located in air ducts and return air ducts/passages at the following
points:i) At the fire separation wall.
ii) Where ducts/passages enter the central vertical shaft.
iii) Where the ducts pass through floors.
iv) At the inlet of supply air duct and the return air duct of each compartment on
every floor.
b) The dampers shall operate automatically and shall simultaneously switch off theair- handling fans. Manual operation facilities shall also be provided.
Note: For blowers, where extraction system and dust accumulators are used, dampers shall be
provided.

c) Fire/smoke dampers (for smoke extraction shafts) for building more than 24 m. inheight.
For apartment houses in non-ventilated lobbies/corridor operated by detection
system and manual control sprinkler system.
For other buildings on operation of smoke/heat detection system and manualcontrol/sprinkler system.
d) Automatic fire dampers shall be so arranged so as to close by gravity in the
direction of air movement and to remain tightly closed on operation of a fusiblelink.
11.16 Boiler Room
Provisions of boiler and boiler rooms shall conform to Indian Boiler Act, 2007.
Further, the following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location ofboiler/ boiler room a) The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement, but may be allowed in thebasement away from the escape routes.
b) The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours fire resistance
rating, and this room shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch pits
shall be provided at the low level.
c) Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2 hours fire
resistance.
Page 130

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 11d) The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhaust directly
to the atmosphere.
e) The furnace oil tank for the boiler if located in the adjoining room shall beseparated by fire resisting wall of 4 hours rating. The entrance to this room shall be
provided with double composite doors. A curb of suitable height shall be provided
at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil into boiler room in case of tankrupture.
f) Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building near the groundlevel to enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.
11.17 Alternate source of electric supply
A stand by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase andcorridor lighting circuits, lifts detection system, fire pumps, pressurization fans andbowlers, Public Addressal (PA) system, exit sign, smoke extraction system, in case of
failure of normal electric supply. The generator shall be capable of taking starting
current of all the machines and circuits stated above simultaneously.
If the standby pump is driven by diesel engine, the generator supply need not be
connected to the standby pump. The generator shall be automatic in operation.
11.18 Safety measures in electric sub-station
1)

Clear independent approach to the sub-station from outside the building shall bemade available round the clock2)

The approaches/corridors to the sub-station area shall be kept clear for movementof men and material at all times.

3)

The sub-station space is required to be provided with proper internal lighting
arrangements.

4)

In addition to natural ventilation proper ventilation to the sub-station area is to beprovided by grill shutters and exhaust fans at suitable places so as to discharge allsmoke from the sub-station without delay in case of fire so that sub-station
operations can be carried out expeditiously.

5)

Cable trenches of 0.6 m. X 0.6 m. dummy floor of 0.6 mt. depth shall be
provided to facilitate laying of cable inside the building for connecting to theequipment.

6)

Steel shutters of 8’X 8’ with suitable grills shall be provided for transformers andsub-station room.

7)

The floor of the sub-station should be capable of carrying 10 tons of transformer
weight on wheels.

8)

Built up substation space is to be provided free of cost.

9)

Sub-station space should be clear from any water, sewer, air conditioning, andgas pipe or telephone services. No other service should pass through the sub
station space or the cable trenches.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 131

11

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements

10) Proper ramp with suitable slope may be provided for loading and unloading of
the equipment and proper approach will be provided.
11) RCC pipes at suitable places as required will be provided for the cable entries tothe sub station space and making suitable arrangement for non-ingress of water
through these pipes.
12) The sub station space is to be provided in the approved/sanctioned covered areaof the building.
13) Any other alteration /modification required while erection of the equipment will
be made by the Owner / builder at site as per requirement.
14) Adequate arrangement for fixing chain pulley block above the fixing be available
for load of 15 tons.
15) Provision shall be kept for the sumps so as to accommodate complete volume oftransformer oil, which can spillover in the event of explosion of the transformer
in the basement of the building. Sufficient arrangement should exist to avoid firein the sub-station building from spread of the oil from the sumps.
16) Arrangement should be made for the provision of fire retardant cables so as to
avoid chances of spread of fire in the sub-station building.
17) Sufficient pumping arrangement should exist for pumping the water out, in caseof fire so as to ensure minimum loss to the switchgear and transformer.
18) No combustible material should be stacked inside the substation premises or in
the vicinity to avoid chances of fire.
19) It should be made mandatory that the promoters of the multi-storeyed building
should get substation premises inspected once a year to get their license
revalidated for the provision of electric supply from Electricity Board so thatsuitable action can be taken against the Owner / Builder in case of nonimplementation of Bye-Laws.
20) The sub-station must not be located below the 1st basement and above the groundfloor.
21) The sub-station space should be totally segregated from the other areas of thebasement by fire resisting wall. The ramp should have a slope of 1:10 with entry
from ground level. The entire Sub-station space including the entrance at groundfloor be handed over to the licensee of electricity free of cost and rent.
22) The sub-station area shall have a clear height of 15 feet (4.5 m.) below beams.
Further the Sub-station area will have level above the rest of basement level by 2
feet.
23) It is to be ensured that the Sub-station area is free of seepage / leakage of water.
24) The licensee of electricity will have the power to disconnect the supply of thebuilding in case of violation of any of the above points. However, provision of
emergency lights has to be made in the sub-station for emergency operations.
25) Electric sub-station enclosure must be completely segregated with 4-hours fire
rating wall from remaining part of basement.

Page 132

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 1126) The sub-station should be located on periphery /sub basement and (not above
ground floor).
27) Additional exit shall be provided if travel distance from farthest corner to ramp is
more than l5 m.
28) Perfect independent vent system 30 air changes per hour linked with detection as
well as automatic high velocity water spray system shall be provided.
29) All the transformers shall be protected with Nitrogen Injection System Carbon
Dioxide total flooding system in case of oil filled transformer. In addition to this,manual control of auto high velocity spray system for individual transformers
shall be located outside the building at ground floor.
30) Suitable arrangement for pump house, water storage tanks with main electricalpump and a diesel-operated pump shall be made if no such arrangement isprovided in the building. In case the water pumping facilities are existing in thebuilding for sprinkler system, the same should however be utilized for highvelocity water spray system. Alternatively automatic CO2 total flooding systemshall be provided with manual controls outside the electric sub-station.
31) System shall have facility to give an audio alarm in the basement as well as at thecontrol room.
32) Fire control room shall be manned round the clock.
33) The electric sub station shall have electric supply from alternate source for
operation of vent System lighting arrangements.
34) Cable trenches shall be filled with sand.
35) Partition walls shall be provided between two transformers as per the rules.
36) Electric control panels shall be segregated.
37) Exits from basement electric substation shall have self-closing fire smoke checkdoors of 2-hours fire rating near entry to ramp.
38) All openings to lower basement or to ground floor shall be sealed properly.
39) Yearly inspection shall be carried out by electrical load sanctioning Authority.
40) Ramp to be designed in a manner that in case of fire no smoke should enter themain building.
41) Electric sub-station transformer shall have clearance on all sides as per
BBL/relevant electric rules.
42) Other facility will be as per Building Bye-Laws and relevant electric rules.
43) Rising electrical mains shall consist of metal bus bars suitably protected fromsafety point of view.
44) Oil less transformer shall be preferred. If the sub-station is located in basement /ground floor of the main building, the transformers shall be essentially of dry
type. In case of dry type transformer room with wall enclosure is not essential.
Note: The sub-station installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local fire
regulations and rules there under wherever they are in force. At other places NBC
guidelines shall be followed.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 133

11

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements

11.19 Fire protection requirements
Buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure fire safety and thissha1l be done in accordance with part IV Fire Protection of NBC, 2005 of India, unlessotherwise specified in these Bye-Laws. In the case of buildings (identified in ByeLaws No. 2.17.4) the building schemes shall also be cleared by the Chief Fire Officer.
11.19.1 First Aid /Fixed Fire Fighting /Fire Detection Systems and other Facilities
Provision of fire safety arrangement for different occupancy from. Sl.No. 1 to 23 asindicated below shall be as per Annexure ‘B-I’ ‘B-II’ & ‘B-III’.
1.
Access2.
Wet Riser
3.
Down Comer
4.
Hose Reel
5.
Automatic Sprinkler System
6.
Yard Hydrant
7.
U.G. Tank with Draw off Connection
8.
Terrace Tanks
9.
Fire Pump
10.
Terrace Pump
11.
First Aid Fire Fighting Appliances
12.
Auto Detection System
13.
Manual operated Electrical Fire Alarm System
14.
P.A System with talk back facility
15.
Emergency Light
16.
Auto D.G. Set
17.
Illuminated Exit Sign
18.
Means of Escape
19.
Compartmentation
20.
MCB /ELCB
21.
Fire Man Switch in Lift
22.
Hose Boxes with Delivery Hoses and Branch
23.
Pipes Refuge Area
11.19.1.1
1.

2.
3.

4.

Page 134

Note for Annexure 'B-I' 'B-II' & ‘B-III'
Where more than one riser is required because of large floor area, the quantityof water and pump capacity recommended in these Annexure should be
finalized in consultation with Chief Fire Officer.
The above quantities of water shall be exclusively for fire fighting and shall not
be utilized for domestic or other use.
A facility to boost up water pressure in the riser directly from the mobile pumpshall be provided in the wet riser, down comer system with suitable fire service
inlets (collecting head) with 2 to 4 numbers of 63 mm inlets for 100-200 mm
dia main, with check valve and a gate valve.
Internal diameter of rubber hose for reel shall be minimum 20 mm. A shut off
branch with nozzle of 5 mm. size shall be provided.
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 11

5.

Fire pumps shall have positive suctions. The pump house shall be adequately
ventilated by using normal/mechanical means. A clear space of 1.0 m. shall be
kept in between the pumps and enclosure for easy movement/maintenance.
Proper testing facilities and control panel etc. shall be provided.
Unless otherwise specified in Bye-Laws, the fire fighting equipments/
installation shall conform to relevant Indian Standard Specification.
In case of mixed occupancy, the fire fighting arrangement shall be made as per
the highest class of occupancy.
Requirement of water based first aid fire extinguishers shall be reduced to half
if hose reel is provided in the Building.

6.
7.
8.

11.20 Static water storage tanka)A satisfactory supply of water exclusively for the purpose of fire fighting shallalways be available in the form of underground static storage tank withcapacity specified in Annexure-‘A’ with arrangements of replenishment b’
town's main or alternative source of supply @ 1000 liters per minute. The static
storage water supply required for the above mentioned purpose should entirely
be accessible to the fire tenders of the local fire service. Provision of suitable
number of manholes shall be made available for inspection repairs andinsertion of suction hose etc. The covering slab shall be able to withstand thevehicular load of 45 tonnes in case of high rise and 22 tonnes in case of low
rise buildings. A draw off connection shall be provided. The slab need notstrengthened if the static tank is not located in mandatory set- back area.

b)

To prevent stagnation of water in the static water tank the suction tank of thedomestic water supply shall be fed only through an over flow arrangement tomaintain the level therein at the minimum specified capacity.

c)

The static water storage tank shall be provided with a fire brigade collecting
branching with 4 Nos. 63mm dia instantaneous male inlets arranged in a valve
box with a suitable fixed pipe not less than 15 cm dia to discharge water into
the tank. This arrangement is not required where down comer is provided.

11.21 Automatic sprinklers
Automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in the following buildings:a)All buildings of 24 m. and above in height, except group housing and 45 m.
and above in case of apartment /group housing society building.

b)Hotels below 15 m. in height and above 1000 sq m. built up area at each floor
and or if basement is existing.

c)

All hotels, mercantile, and institutional buildings of 15 m. and above.

d)

Mercantile buildings having basement more than one floor but below 15 m.
(floor area not exceeding 750 sq m.)e)

Underground Shopping Complex.

f)Underground car / scooter parking /enclosed car parking.

g)Basement area 200 sq m. and above.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 135

11

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirementsh)Any special hazards where the Chief Fire Officer considers it necessary.
i) For buildings up to 24 m. in height where automatic sprinkler system is notmandatory as per these Bye-Laws, if provided with sprinkler installation
following relaxation may be considered.
ii) Automatic heat/smoke detection system and M.C.P. need not be insisted
upon.
iii) The number of Fire Extinguisher required shall be reduced by half.

11.22 Fixed Carbon di-oxide /Foam/DCO water spray extinguishing system
Fixed extinguishing installations shall be provided as per the relevant specifications in
the premises where use of above extinguishing media is considered necessary by the
Chief Fire Officer.
11.23 Fire alarm system
All buildings of 15 m. and above in height shall be equipped with fire alarm system,
and also residential buildings (Dwelling House, Boarding House and Hostels) above
24 m. height.
a)

All residential buildings like dwelling houses (including flats) boarding houses
and hostels shall be equipped with manually operated electrical fire alarm systemwith one or more call boxes located at each floor. The location of the call boxes
shall be decided after taking into consideration their floor without having to travel
more than 22.5 m.

b)

The call boxes shall be of the break glass type without any moving parts, where
the call is transmitted automatically to the control room without any other action
on the part of the person operating the call boxes.

c)

All call boxes shall be wired in a closed circuit to a control panel in a control
room, located as per Bye-Laws so that the floor number from where the call box
is actuated is clearly indicated on the control panel. The circuit shall also include
one or more batteries with a capacity of 48 hours normal working at full load. The
battery shall be arranged to be a continuously trickle charged from the electricmains.

d)

The call boxes shall be arranged to sound one or more sounders so as to ensurethat all occupants of the floor shall be warned whenever any call box is actuated.

e)

The call boxes shall be so installed that they do not obstruct the exit ways and yet
their location can easily be noticed from either direction. The base of the call box
shall be at a height of 1.5 m. from the floor level.

f)

All buildings other than as indicated above shall, in addition to the manuallyoperated electrical fire alarm system, be equipped with an automatic fire alarmsystem.

g)

Automatic detection system shall be installed in accordance with the relevant
standard specifications. In buildings where automatic sprinkler system isprovided, the automatic detection system may not be insisted upon unless decided
otherwise by the Chief Fire Officer.

Page 136

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 11

Note: The installation of Fire Alarm Systems shall be carried out in conformity with the local fire regulations
and rules, there under whenever they are in force and the provisions in local bye-laws, if any.
Several type of fire detectors are available in the market but the application of each type is limited andhas to be carefully considered in relation to the type of risk and the structural features of the building
where they are to be installed.

11.24 Control Room
There shall be a control room on the entrance floor of the building with
communication system (suitable public address system) to all floors and facilities forreceiving the message from different floors. Details of all floor plans along with thedetails of fire fighting equipment and installation shall be maintained in the Control
Room. The Control Room shall also have facility to detect the fire on any floor
through indicator boards connecting fire detection and alarm system on all floors. The
staff in charge of the Control Room shall be responsible for the maintenance of thevarious services and fire fighting equipment and installation. The Control Room shallbe manned round the clock by trained fire fighting staff.
11.25 Fire drills and fire orders
The guidelines for fire drill and evacuation etc. for high-rise building may be seen in
Appendix (B) of NBC 2005 part IV. All such buildings shall prepare the fire orders
duly approved by the Chief Fire Officer.
A qualified fire officer and trained staff shall be appointed for the following buildings:a) All high rise buildings above 30 m. in height where covered area of one floor
exceeds 1000 sq m. except apartments / group housing.
b) All hotels, identified under classification 3 star and above category by
Tourism Department and all hotels above 15 m. in height with 150 beds capacity or
more without star category.
c) All hospital building of 15 m. and above or having number of beds exceeding 100.
d) Underground shopping complex where covered area exceeds 1000 sq m.
e) All high hazard industries.
f) Any other risk which Chief Fire Officer considers necessary.
The lightening protection warning light (red) for high-rise buildings shall be provided
in accordance with the relevant standard. The same shall be checked by electricaldepartment.
11.26 Material used for construction of buildinga) The combustible/flammable material shall not be used for partitioning, wall
paneling, false ceiling etc. Any material giving out toxic gases/smoke if involvedin the fire shall not be used for partitioning of a floor or wall paneling or a false
ceiling etc. The surface frames spread of the lining material shall conform to classI of the standard specification. The framework of the entire false ceiling would be
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 137

11

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements

provided with metallic sections and no wooden framework shall be allowed forpaneling/false ceiling.
b) Construction features/elements of structures shall conform to National Building
Code and BIS code
11.27 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
The use of LPG shall not be permitted in the high-rise building except
residential/hotel/hostel/kitchen/pantry (if any) and shall be located at the periphery of
the building on the ground level.
11.28 House keeping
A high standard of house keeping must be insisted upon by all concerned. There must
be no laxity in this respect. It must be borne in mind that fire safety is dependent to alarge extent upon good housekeeping.
11.28.1 Good House-Keeping includes the following:a)

Maintaining the entire premises in neat and clean condition.

b)

Ensuring that rubbish and combustible material are not thrown about or allowed
to accumulate, even in small quantity, in any portion of the building. Particularattention must be paid to corners and places hidden from view.

c)

Providing metal receptacles/waste paper basket (of non-combustible material) at
suitable locations for disposal of waste. Separate receptacles must be provided for
disposal of cotton rags/waste, wherever it is generated, these must under nocircumstances be left lying around in any portion of the building.

d)Ensuring that receptacles for waste are emptied at regular intervals and the waste
removed immediately for safe disposal outside the building.

e)Ensuring that all doors/fixtures are maintained in good repairs, particular attention
must be paid to self-closing fire smoke check doors and automatic
fire/doors/rolling shutters.

f)Ensuring that self-closing fire/smoke check doors close properly and that thedoors are not wedged open.

g)Ensuring that the entire structure of the building is maintained in good repairs.

h)Ensuring that all electrical and mechanical service equipments are maintained ingood working condition at all times.

i)

Ensuring that Cars /Scooters etc. are parked systematically in neat rows. It isadvisable to mark parking lines on the ground in the parking areas near thebuilding and in the parking area on ground floor and in basement(s); asapplicable, inside the building. A parking attendant must ensure that vehicles areparked in an orderly manner and that the vehicles do not encroach upon the open
space surrounding the building.

11.28.2 Smoking Restrictionsa)Page 138

Smoking shall be prohibited throughout the basement(s) and in all areas where
there is a profusion of combustible materials. Easily readable "NO SMOKING"
Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 11

signs must be conspicuously posted at locations where they can catch the eye.
Each sign must also include a pictograph. The sign may also be illuminated.
b)

In all places where smoking is permitted ashtrays, half filled with water, must beplaced on each table/at each other suitable locations for safe disposal of spentsmoking material. The design of the ashtrays must be such that they cannot easily
topple over. If, for any reason, this is not practicable a minimum of one metal
bucket or other non-combustible container half filled with water must be provided
in each compartment for disposal of spent smoking materials.

11.28.3 Limiting the Occupant Load in Parking and Other Areas of Basement(s)Where parking facility is provided in the basement(s) no person other than the floorparking attendant may be allowed to enter and remain in the parking areas except forparking and removal of Cars/Scooters. Regular offices must not be maintained in thestorage/parking area in the basement(s). The stores/godowns must be opened for thelimited purpose of keeping or removing stores.
No person other than those on duty may be permitted in the air-conditioning plantroom(s), HT/LT switch room, transformer compartment, control room pump-house,
generator room, stores and records etc.
11.29 Fire prevention
In addition to the measures recommended above, the following fire prevention
measures must be implemented when the building is in occupation.
a) Storage of flammable substances, such as diesel oil, gasoline, motor oils, etc mustnot be allowed anywhere within the building. The only exception to this rule maybe:i) Storage of diesel oil in a properly installed tank in a fire-resisting
compartment in the generator room;
b)
c)

d)

ii) Diesel oil, gasoline, motor oil etc, filled in the vehicle tanks.
Preparation of tea and warming of food must be prohibited throughout thebuilding.
Where heaters are used during winters, the following precautions must be taken.
i) All heaters, except convector heaters, must be fitted with guards.
ii) Heaters must not be placed in direct contact with or too close to any
combustible material.
iii) Heaters must be kept away from curtains to ensure that the latter do not blow
over the heater accidentally.
iv) Heaters must not be left unattended while they are switched on.
v) Defective heaters must be immediately removed from service until they havebeen repaired and tested for satisfactory performance.
vi) Use of heaters must be prohibited in the entire basement, fire control room andin all weather maker rooms throughout the building. Also in all places where
there is profusion of combustible flammable materials.
Use of candles or other naked light flame must be forbidden throughout thebuilding, except in the offices (for sealing letters only) and kitchen. When

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 139

11

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements

candles/ spirit lamps are used for sealing letters/packets, extreme care must be
taken to ensure that paper do not come in direct contact with the naked flame andthe candle/spirit lamp does not topple over accidentally while still lighted. All
candles/spirit lamps kitchen fires must be extinguished when no longer required.
e) Fluorescent lights must not be directly above the open file racks in offices/record
rooms. Where this is unavoidable, such lights must be switched on only for as
long as they are needed.
f) Filling up of old furniture and other combustible materials such as scrap paper,rags, etc. must not be permitted anywhere in the building. These must be promptly
removed from the building.
g) More than one portable electrical appliance must not be connected to any single
electrical outlet.
h) Used stencils, ink smeared combustible materials and empty ink tubes must not beallowed to accumulate in rooms/compartments where cyclostyling is done. These
must be removed and disposed off regularly.
i) All shutters/doors of main switch panels and compartments/shafts for electricalcables must be kept locked.
j) Aisles in record rooms and stores must have a clear uniform width of not less than
1.0 m. Racks must not be placed directly against the wall/partition.
k) In record rooms, offices and stores, a clear space of not less than 30 cm. must be
maintained between the top-most stack of stores/records and the or lighting
fittings whichever is lower.
l) A similar clearance, and at (k) above must be maintained from fire detectors.
m) Fire detectors must not be painted under any circumstances and must also be kept
free from lime/distemper.
n) Records must not be piled/dumped on the floor.
o) Welding or use of blow torch shall not be permitted inside the building, except
when it is done under strict supervision and in full conformity with therequirements laid down in IS: 3016-1966 code of practice for fire precautions in
welding and cutting operation.
p) Printing ink/oil must not be allowed to remain on the floor, the floor must be
maintained in a clean condition at all times.

Page 140

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements 1111.30 Occupancy restrictionsa)

The premises leased to any party shall be used strictly for the purpose for which
they are leased.

b)

No dangerous trade/practices (including experimenting with dangerous chemicals)
shall be carried on in the leased premises.

c)

No dangerous goods shall be stored within the leased premises.

d)

The common/public corridor shall be maintained free of obstructions, and thelessee shall not put up any fixtures that may obstruct the passage in the corridor
and/or shall not keep any wares, furniture or other articles in the corridor.

e)

The penalty for contravention of the condition laid down below must be
immediate termination of lease and removal of all offending materials.

f)Regular inspection and checks must be carried out at frequent intervals to ensurecompliance with conditions above.

Note: For any further details / clarification NBC, Part 4 shall be referred. Norms and standards in Part 4
of NBC 2005 shall be overriding in any instance of variance of standards.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 14111

Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements

Page 142

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Conservation of Heritage Sites 12

12. CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITESINCLUDING HERITAGE BUILDINGS,HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURALFEATURE AREAS
Conservation of heritage sites shall include buildings, artifacts, structures, areas andprecincts of historic, aesthetic, architectural, cultural or environmentally significant
nature (heritage buildings and heritage precincts), natural feature areas ofenvironmental significance or sites of scenic beauty.
12.1

Applicability
These regulations shall apply to heritage sites which shall include those buildings,
artifacts, structures, streets, areas and precincts of historic, architectural, aesthetic,
cultural or environmental value (hereinafter referred to as Listed Heritage
Buildings/Listed Heritage Precincts) and those natural feature areas of environmental
significance or of scenic beauty including, but not restricted to, sacred groves, hills,
hillocks, water bodies (and the areas adjoining the same), open areas, wooded areas,
points, walks, rides, bridle paths (hereinafter referred to as ‘listed natural featureareas’) which shall be listed in notification(s) to be issued by the State Government /identified in Master Plan.
The provisions in this chapter are beyond the regulations applicable on the Prohibitedand Regulated areas as defined by Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites andRemains (AMASR) Act 2010, where site specific Heritage Bye-Laws prepared andnotified by the Competent Authority (National Monuments Authority) under the
AMASR Act shall be applicable. NOC shall have to be obtained by submission ofrequired documents as may be necessary, including “Heritage Impact Assessment”
report, if so necessitated by the NMA.

12.1.1 Definitionsa) “Heritage building” means and includes any building of one or more premises
or any part thereof and/or structure and/or artifact which requires conservation
and/or preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or artisanry and/or
aesthetic and/or cultural and/or environmental and/or ecological purpose andincludes such portion of land adjoining such building or part thereof as may berequired for fencing or covering or in any manner preserving the historical and/or
architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural value of such building.
b)“Heritage Precincts” means and includes any space that requires conservation
and/or preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or
cultural and/or environmental and/or ecological purpose. Walls or otherboundaries of a particular area or place or building or may enclose such space byan imaginary line drawn around it.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 14312

Conservation of Heritage Sites

12.2

c)

“Conservation” means all the processes of looking after a place so as to retain its
historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural significance andincludes maintenance, preservation, restoration, reconstruction and adoption or a
combination of more than one of these.

d)“Preservation” means and includes maintaining the fabric of a place in its
existing state and retarding deterioratione)“Restoration” means and includes returning the existing fabric of a place to a
known earlier state by removing accretions or by reassembling existing
components without introducing new materials.

f)“Reconstruction” means and includes returning a place as nearly as possible to a
known earlier state and distinguished by the introduction of materials (new orold) into the fabric. This shall not include either recreation or conjectural
reconstruction.

Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings
It shall be the duty of the owners of heritage buildings and buildings in heritage
precincts or in heritage streets to carry out regular repairs and maintenance of thebuildings. The State Government, the Municipal Corporation or the Local Bodies andAuthorities concerned shall not be responsible for such repair and maintenance except
for the buildings owned by the Government, the Municipal Corporation or the otherlocal bodies.

12.3

Restrictions on development / re-development / repairs etc.
No development or redevelopment or engineering operation or additions / alterations,repairs, renovations including painting of the building, replacement of special featuresor plastering or demolition of any part thereof of the said listed buildings or listed
precincts or listed natural feature areas shall be allowed except with the priorpermission of Commissioner, Municipal Corporation /Vice Chairman, Development
Authority. Before granting such permission, the agency concerned shall consult the
Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by the State Government and shallact in according with the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
i)

Provided that, before granting any permission for demolition or major alterations/ additions to listed buildings (or buildings within listed streets or precincts), or
construction at any listed natural features, or alteration of boundaries of any
listed natural feature areas, objections and suggestions from the public shall be
invited and shall be considered by the Heritage Conservation Committee.
ii) Provided that, only in exceptional cases, for reasons to be recorded in writing, theCommissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice Chairman, Development Authority
may refer the matter back to the Heritage Conservation Committee forreconsideration.
However, the decision of the Heritage Conservation Committee after suchreconsideration shall be final and binding.
Page 144

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Conservation of Heritage Sites 1212.4

Penalties
Violation of the regulations shall be punishable under the provisions regarding
unauthorized development. In case of proved deliberate neglect of and/or damage to
Heritage Buildings and Heritage Precincts, or if the building is allowed to be damaged
or destroyed due to neglect or any other reason, in addition to penal action provided
under the concerned Act, no permission to construct any new building shall be grantedon the site if a Heritage Building or Building in a Heritage Precinct is damaged orpulled down without appropriate permission from Commissioner, Municipal
Corporation/ Vice Chairman, Development Authority.
It shall be open to the Heritage Conservation Committee to consider a request for rebuilding/reconstruction of a Heritage Building that was unauthorizedly demolished ordamaged, provided that the total built-up area in all floors put together in such new
construction is not in excess of the total built-up area in all floors put together in theoriginal Heritage Building in the same form and style in addition to other controls that
may be specified.

12.5

Preparation of list of heritage sites including heritage buildings, heritage
precincts and listed natural feature areas
The list of heritage sites including Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts and listed
Natural Features Areas is to be prepared and supplemented by the Commissioner,
Municipal Corporation / Vice- Chairman, Development Authority on the advice of the
Heritage Conservation Committee. Before being finalized, objections and suggestionsof the public are to be invited and considered. The said list to which the regulation
applies shall not form part of this regulation for the purpose of Building Bye-laws.
The list may be supplemented from time to time by Government on receipt of proposal
from the agency concerned or by Government suo-moto provided that before the list is
supplemented, objections and suggestions from the public be invited and duly
considered by the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/Vice- Chairman
Development Authority/and/or State Government and / or the Heritage Conservation
Committee.
When a building or group of buildings or natural feature areas are listed it would
automatically mean (unless otherwise indicated) that the entire property including its
entire compound / plot boundary along with all the subsidiary structures and artifacts,
etc. within the compound/plot boundary, etc. shall form part of list.

12.6

Alteration / modification / relaxation in development norms
On the advice of the said Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by theGovernment and for reasons to be recorded in writing, the Commissioner, Municipal
Corporation / Vice Chairman, Development Authority shall follow the procedure as
per Development Authority Act, to alter, modify or relax the Development Control
Norms prescribed in the Master Plan, if required, for the conservation or preservation
or retention of historic or aesthetic or cultural or architectural or environmental qualityof any heritage site.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 145

12

Conservation of Heritage Sites

12.7

Heritage precincts / Natural feature areas
In cases of streets, precincts, areas and (where deemed necessary by the Heritage
Conservation Committee) natural feature areas notified, development permissions shallbe granted in accordance with the special separate regulation prescribed for respective
streets, precincts / natural feature areas which shall be framed by the Commissioner
Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman, Development Authority on the advice of the
Heritage Conservation Committee.
Before finalizing the special separate regulations for precincts, streets, natural features,
areas, the draft of the same shall be published in the official gazette and in leading
newspapers for the purpose of inviting objections and suggestions from the public. All
objections and suggestions received within a period of 30 days from the date of
publication in the official gazette shall be considered by the Commissioner, Municipal
Corporation / Vice- Chairman, Development Authority / Heritage Conservation
Committee.
After consideration of the above suggestions and objections, the agency concerned,
acting on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee shall modify (ifnecessary) the aforesaid draft separate regulations for streets, precincts, areas andnatural features and forward the same to Government for notification.

12.8

Road widening
Widening of the existing roads under the Master Plan of the City or Town / Zonal
Development Plan or in the Layout Plan shall be carried out considering the existing
heritage buildings (even if they are not included in a Heritage Precinct) or which may
affect listed natural features areas.

12.9

Incentive uses for heritage buildings
In cases of buildings located in non-commercial use zones included in the Heritage
Conservation List, if the owner / owners agree to maintain the listed heritage building
as it is in the existing state and to preserve its heritage state with due repairs and theowner / owners / lessees give a written undertaking to that effect, the owner / owners /lessees may be allowed with the approval of the Heritage Conservation Committee
within permissible use zone to convert part or whole thereof of the non-commercial
area within such a heritage building to commercial/office use/hotel. Provided that if
the heritage building is not maintained suitably or if the heritage value of the buildingis spoiled in any manner, the commercial / office / hotel use shall be disallowed.

12.10 Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony
After the guidelines are framed, buildings within heritage precincts or in the vicinity ofheritage sites shall maintain the skyline in the precinct and follow the architectural
style (without any high-rise or multi-storeyed development) as may be existing in thesurrounding area, so as not to diminish or destroy the value and beauty of or the view
from the said heritage sites. The development within the precinct or in the vicinity ofPage 146

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Conservation of Heritage Sites 12

heritage sites shall be in accordance with the guidelines framed by the Commissioner,
Municipal Corporation / Vice- Chairman, Development Authority on the advice of the
Heritage Conservation Committee or separate regulations / guidelines, if any,prescribed for respective zones by Municipal Corporation / Development Authority.
12.11 Restrictive covenants
Restrictions existing as imposed under covenants, terms and conditions on theleasehold plots either by the State Government or by Municipal Corporation of thecity/town or by Development Authority shall continue to be imposed in addition to
Development Control Regulations. However, in case of any conflict with the heritage
preservation interest/environmental conservation, this Heritage Regulation shallprevail.
12.12 Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts
Listed Heritage Buildings / Listed Heritage Precincts may be graded into three
categories. The definition of these and basic guidelines for development permissions
are as follows:
Listing does not prevent change of ownership or usage. However, change of use ofsuch Listed Heritage Building / Listed Precincts is not permitted without the priorapproval of the Heritage Conservation Committee. Use should be in harmony with thesaid listed heritage site.
Table 12.1 Grading of Listed heritage
Grade-I(A) Definition
Heritage Grade-I comprises
buildings and precincts ofnational or historic importance,embodyingexcellenceinarchitectural style, design,technology and material usage
and/or aesthetics; they may be
associated with a great historic
event, personality, movement
or institution. They have been
and are the prime landmarks of
the region.
All natural sites shall fallwithin Grade-I.
(B) Objective:
Heritage
Grade-Irichlydeserves careful preservation.

Grade-II

Grade-III

Heritage Grade-II (A&B) comprises ofbuildings and precincts of regional or
local importance possessing special
architectural or aesthetic merit, or
cultural or historical significancethough of a lower scale than Heritage
Grade-I. They are local landmarks,
which contribute to the image andidentity of the region. They may be thework of master craftsmen or may bemodelsofproportion
andornamentation or designed to suit aparticular climate.

Heritage Grade-III comprises
building
andprecincts
ofimportance for townscape; thatevoke architectural, aesthetic, or
sociological interest through not asmuch as in Heritage Grade-II.
These contribute to determine thecharacter of the locality and can be
representative of lifestyle of aparticular community or region
and may also be distinguished by
setting, or special character of the
façade and uniformity of height,
width and scale

Heritage Grade-II deserves intelligent
conservation.

Heritage
Grade-IIdeserves
intelligent conservation (though on
a lesser scale than Grade-II andspecial protection to uniquefeatures and attributes)

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 147

12

Conservation of Heritage Sites

Grade-I(C) Scope for Changes:
No interventions be permitted
either on exterior or interior of
the heritage building or naturalfeatures unless it is necessary
in the interest of strengthening
and prolonging the life of thebuildings/or precincts or any
part or features thereof. For
thispurpose,absolutely
essential
andminimumchanges would be allowed andthey must be in conformity
with the original.

(D) Procedure:Development permission forthe changes would be given on
the advice of the Heritage
Conservation Committee.
(E) Vistas / Surrounding
Development:
All development in areas
surrounding Heritage Grade-I
shallberegulated
andcontrolled, ensuring that it does
not mar the grandeur of, orview from Heritage Grade-I.

Grade-II

Grade-III

Grade-II(A): Internal changes andadaptive re-use may by and large beallowed but subject to strict scrutiny.
Care would be taken to ensure theconservation of all special aspects forwhich it is included in Heritage GradeII.
Grade-II(B): In addition to the above,
extension or additional building in thesame plot or compound could in certain
circumstances, be allowed provided
that the extension / additional building
is in harmony with (and does notdetract from) the existing heritagebuilding(s) or precincts especially interms of height and façade.

Internal changes and adaptive reuse may by and large be allowed.
Changes can include extensions
and additional buildings in thesame plot or compound. However,any changes should be such thatthey are in harmony with andshould be such that they do not
detract from the existing heritagebuilding/precinct.

Development permission for thechanges would be given on the adviceoftheHeritage
Conservation
Committee.

Development
permission
forchanges would be given on theadviceoftheHeritage
Conservation Committee.

All development in areas surrounding
Heritage Grade-II shall be regulated
and controlled, ensuring that it does not
mar the grandeur of, or view from
Heritage Grade-II.

Alldevelopmentinareas
surrounding Heritage Grade-III
shall be regulated and controlled,ensuring that it does not mar the
grandeur of, or view from Heritage
Grade-III.

12.13 Opinion of the Heritage Conservation Committee
Nothing mentioned above should be deemed to confer a right on the owner / occupierof the plot to demolish or reconstruct or make alterations to his heritage building /buildings in a heritage precinct or on a natural heritage site if in the opinion of the
Heritage Conservation Committee, such demolition / reconstruction /alteration isundesirable.
12.14 Approval to preserve the beauty of the area
The Heritage Conservation Committee shall have the power to direct, especially inareas designated by them, that the exterior design and height of buildings should havetheir approval to preserve the beauty of the area.
12.15 Signs and outdoor display structures / including street furniture on heritage sites
Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman, Development Authority on
the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee shall frame regulations orPage 148

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Conservation of Heritage Sites 12

guidelines to regulate signs, outdoor display structures and street furniture on heritage
sites.
12.16 Composition of heritage conservation committee
The Heritage Conservation Committee shall be appointed by the State Government
comprising of:
(i)

(ii)

Secretary (UD)

Chairman(i)

In charge Architecture, State PWD

Member(iii)

Structural Engineer having experience of 10 years in thefield and membership of the Institution of Engineers, India

MemberA)

Architect having 10 years experience

MemberB)

Urban Designer

MemberC)

Conservation Architect

MemberEnvironmentalist having in-depth knowledge and experience

Memberof 10 years of the subject .
(iii)

Historian having knowledge of the region having 10 years

Memberexperience in the field(vi)

Natural historian having 10 years experience in the field

Member(vii)

Chief Town Planner, Municipal Corporation

Member(viii) Chief Town Planner, Development Authority

Member(ix)

Chief Architect, Development Authority

Member(x)

Representative of State Archeological Department

Member(xi)

Chief Town Planner, State Town & Country Planning
Department

Member-Secretary(a)

The Committee shall have the powers to co-opt upto three additional members who
may have related experience.
(b) The tenure of the Chairman and Members of other than Government Department /Local Bodies shall be three years.
The terms of reference of the Committee shall inter alia be:(i)

To advice the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman,
Development Authority whether development permission is to be granted under
Building Bye-Laws No. 12.3 and the conditions of permission.

(ii)

to prepare a supplementary list of heritage sites, which include buildings artifacts,
structures, streets, areas, precincts of historic, aesthetic, architectural, cultural, or
environmental significance and a supplementary list of natural feature areas ofenvironmental significance, scenic beauty including but not restricted to sacredgroves, hills, hillocks, water bodies (and the areas adjoining the same), open areas,
wooded areas, points, walks, rides, bridle paths etc. to which this Building ByeLaw would apply.

(iii)

To advise whether any relaxation, modification, alteration, or variance of any of
the Building Bye-laws;

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 149

12

Conservation of Heritage Sites(iv)

To frame special regulations / guidelines for precincts and if necessary for naturalfeature areas to advise the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman,
Development Authority regarding the same;(v)

To advise whether to allow commercial / office/ hotel use in the (name the areas)
and when to terminate the same.

(vi)

To advise the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman,
Development Authority in the operation of this Building Bye-law to regulate or
eliminate/erection of outside advertisements/bill boards/street furniture;(vii)

To recommend to the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman
Development Authority guidelines to be adopted by those private parties or public/ government agencies who sponsor beautification schemes at heritage sites;(viii) To prepare special designs and guidelines / publications for listed buildings,
control of height and essential façade characteristics such as maintenance ofspecial types of balconies and other heritage items of the buildings and to suggest
suitable designs adopting appropriate materials for replacement keeping the oldform intact to the extent possible.
(ix)

To prepare guidelines relating to design elements and conservation principles to beadhered to and to prepare other guidelines for the purposes of this Regulation;(x)

To advise the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation / Vice- Chairman,
Development Authority/ on any other issues as may be required from time to time
during course of scrutiny of development permissions and in overall interest ofheritage / conservation;(xi)

To appear before the Government either independently or through or on behalf of
the Commissioner, Municipal Corporation / Vice-Chairman, Development
Authority in cases of Appeals under Development Authority/Municipal
Corporation Act in cases of listed buildings / heritage buildings and listed precincts/ heritage precincts and listed natural feature areas.

12.17 Implications of listing as heritage buildings
The Regulations do not amount to any blanket prevention of demolition or of changes
to Heritage Buildings. The only requirement is to obtain clearance from
Commissioner, Municipal Corporation/ Vice- Chairman Development, Authority andHeritage Conservation Committee from heritage point of view.
12.18 Ownership not affected
Sale and purchase of Heritage Buildings does not require any permission from
Municipal Corporation of the city/town/ Development Authority/or Heritage
Conservation Committee. The Regulations do not affect the ownership or usage.
However, such usage should be in harmony with the said listed precincts / buildings.
Care will be taken to ensure that the development permission relating to thesebuildings is given within 60 days.

Page 150

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPOStreamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals 13

13. STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN
APPROVALS
13.1

Streamlining the building approval/sanction procedure (Ease of Doing Business)
Typically for any urban infrastructure development project, a number of clearances are
required. As per World Bank‘s Report Doing Business, 2014 India is ranked 183, outof 189 countries in terms of dealing with construction permits and on an average there
are 37 procedures involved and 162 days are spent before obtaining permission forundertaking construction. It clearly signifies that the procedure for obtaining
clearances is time consuming and projects often get stalled due to delay in obtaining
clearances from various agencies.
In order to attract investments into the country, efforts are being made to improve‘Ease of Doing Business’. In this direction, the limit of Built-up Area (BUA) for
Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) has been reduced from 50,000 sqm to 20,000 sqm.
The local bodies have been directed to get the entire building approval process madeonline so that the building plan applications are submitted online alongwith building
fees and other charges, and after due scrutiny, the approvals are also to be conveyed
online.
Further, external bodies like Urban Art Commission (UAC), National Monuments
Authority (NMA), Airports Authority of India (AAI), Metro Rail Corporation (MRC),
Heritage Conservation Committee (HCC), etc. grant No Objection Certificate (NOC)/
approvals on the proposed building plans to the local bodies. All such external bodies
are mandated to prepare online NOC systems compatible to and integrated with that of
the local bodies and the desired information is to be sent to the concerned externalbodies and their comments/ NOC/ approval are to be received online so that there is noneed for building proponents to pursue matter with local bodies or external agencies.
The specific requirements of the external bodies are to be added in the Common
Application Form (CAF) of the local body so that building proponent has to file all
information at a single customized online application. The objective is to make thewhole process simplified and streamlined to ensure ease in getting the approvals forbuilding permit within stipulated time.
Further, a procedure has been laid down in clause 2.14.1 d of the MBBL for sanctionof building plans of small residential plots measuring up to 105 sqm based on standardor other designs. The process is to facilitate building proponents of such small sizedplots to either adopt standard plans or get their building plans prepared by a competentprofessional, and submit to the concerned local bodies along with fees, other charges,
drawings and documents before commencement of the construction where thesubmission itself shall be deemed sanction. Hence, such persons may not have to wait
for processes of approval from the local bodies to commence construction.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 151

13

Streamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals

13.2

Clearances at Master Plan level
Individual construction proposals should not generally require separate clearancesfrom various authorities each time. Such clearances should be integrated into the DCRof the Master/Development Plan of the concerned city. The areas unaffected by any of
the restrictions should be clearly marked out and mapped, preferably on a GIS
platform. Area zones of differential control regulations (within the city) by any ofthese agencies may also be mapped accordingly. This will result in a composite map of
the city with various control regulations as per the various agencies clearly marked on
the map. Thus, the sites which are located outside these restricted/regulated areas
would not require availing clearance from the respective authorities, thereby reducing
the clearance process significantly.
Following are the clearances which should be integrated into the city Master Plan-

Table 13.1 Clearances from various agencies proposed to be integrated in Master Plans
Sl No. Name of Agency

Type of Clearance

1

National Monuments Authority
Ancient Monument approvalthrough Competent Authority

2

Ministry of Environment

Environment Clearance(EC)

3

Central Ground Water
Authority

Borewell Registration
Certificate

5

Ministry of Civil Aviation

AAI Height NoC

6

Ministry of Defense

Defense Clearance

7

Coastal Zone Management
Authority

NOC (if near sea/coastal
areas)

8

NHAI/PWD

Road access

9

Ministry of Railways

Area clearance

Area of Influence
As prescribed in the AMASAR (Amendment
and Validation) Act, 2010 for protection ofmonuments
As prescribed in the statutory provisions for
EIA and clearance based on the size of the
project in accordance with Environment
protection Act,1986
As per Guidelines/criteria for evaluation of
proposals/ requests for ground water
abstraction, 2012
Critical and non-critical area as identified by
AAI
Areas in and around Defense Establishments
as identified by MoD.
Areas under the CRZ regulations.
Buffer zones as prescribed by NHAI along
National Highways.
Buffer zones as prescribed by Railways along
the Rail tracks/depots/yards etc.

Efforts are on at the Government of India level to coordinate with all the central ministries andtheir organizations so that they streamline their own internal processes to issue no objection
etc. where ever required by law. The efforts are mainly focused on delegating the powers at
appropriate levels, establishing an online application process for time bound delivery, creating
public awareness about their requirements, reviewing the restrictions and reducing them,sharing the data and norms with local authorities to be incorporated in DCR etc.
Recognizing the concern for streamlining the procedures for clearances to be obtained fromvarious departments in least possible number of procedures and number of days, the following
model is given which suggests that the entire process of Pre and Post-Construction approvals
should be completed within one month:Page 152

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPOStreamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals 13

Table 13.2 Timelines of clearances from various agencies
S.l No.

Type of approval

Approving Authority

Normal Reduced
Duration Duration(Days)(Days)

Activity
Sequence

D

Intimation of Disapproval(IoD)
Site & Building Layout
approval
NOC (if near sea/coastal
areas)
Road access

E

Ancient Monument approval

F

Environment Clearance

Ministry of Environment

Pre construction

180

Only forlarge project

Following B

Borewell Registration
Certificate
Fire Fighting Scheme
Approval
AAI Height NoC
Defence Clearance
Building Permit Issue(All NOCs)
Sub total
Electric Substation NoC(substation /transformers inthe building)Damp Proof Certificate(On Site)Central Ground Water
Authority

Pre construction

15

5

Following B

Fire Department

Pre construction30

15

Following B

Civil Aviation Department
Ministry of Defence
Development Authority/
Municipality

Pre construction
Pre construction

30-60
180

10
10

Following B
Following B
Max of After
C-J

A
B
C

G
H
I
J
K

L
M
N

Pollution ClearanceØConstruction Complete
Building completion
Certificate
Service Plan Clearance andService Connections

O
P
Q

Occupancy Certificate
Sub total

Development Authority/
Municipality
Development Authority/
Municipality
Coastal Zone Management
Authority
NHAI/PWD
Archaeological Survey ofIndia (ASI)

Stage of projectPre construction

30

5

Start
Activity

Pre construction

30-60

5

Following A

Pre construction

30-60

10

Following B

Pre construction30

10

Following B

Pre construction30

10

Following B

Pre construction

1
26 (Max)

Electricity Distribution
Authority

Duringconstruction

15

5

After K

Development Authority

Duringconstruction

7

3

After K

State Pollution control
During
30-60
5
Board
construction
Construction Time depends on the project Scale and Size
Development Authority/
Post construction 30-60
5Municipality
Service Departments/
Post construction30
10Parastatals
Development Authority/
Post construction
15
2
Municipality
17 (Max)

After L

After ØAfter O
After P

Explanatory Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

The above Table and Chart indicates that the processes after the applicant applies for building approval with clear land title
and possession of land. Hence, clearances related to CLU and Land Title has not been considered.
The table illustrates the duration of clearances obtained in Normal course and suggests the reduced duration of 26 days (PreConstruction) if the Approving Authority adopts online sanctions.
Clearances indicated at S Nos. C-J are concurrent with applications at the pre-construction stages, wherein their process ofapproval can be taken up simultaneously.
Clearances indicated at S Nos. L-N are concurrent with applications during-construction stage, wherein their process ofapproval can be taken up simultaneously.
S No. P has to be linked with S No. O, once applicant receives the Completion Certificate, service plan clearances andconnections would be deemed to be sanctioned.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 153

13

Streamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals

13.3

Clearances at the Local Authorities
The Urban Local Bodies and Urban Development Authorities shall ensure clearancesin minimum possible time. Clearances indicated at Sl. No. A,B,H,K,L,M,N,O,P, and Q
have to be obtained at the local level and all efforts have to be made to sanction thebuilding plan using online application procedures.

13.4

Options for reducing the timelines for approvals:
The above suggested model is only indicative, however, there is scope for streamlining
the procedures for clearances to be obtained from various departments in the least
possible number of procedures and number of days. The model should serve as a guide
to Urban Local Bodies and Development Authorities for adoption. Since the number ofprocedures and duration varies from state to state, as per the local conditions, themodel would require modifications to suit a specific city. Some of the options which
can reduce the time taken for various procedures are:(a) Online sanctions: Some of the ULBs/Development Authorities like Pune Municipal
Corporation and West Bengal Housing and Industrial Development Corporation haveintroduced online sanction for issuing building plan and completion certificate. This
process reduces the time taken to a large extent. The example of Pune and West
Bengal may be considered in other States.
The process involves use of software tools for scrutiny of building plans. All the
documents are required to be submitted electronically using a portal. In case thebuilding plans do not confirm to the DCR the deviations are listed out in form of areport and intimated to the applicant/engaged Competent Professional for building
plan design, vide an online ID in his account.
(b) Empowering Professionals: Empowering Competent Professionals (as per Appendix‘E’) for building plan design will facilitate to streamline the procedure for obtaining
approvals. The Authority shall empanel such professionals based on their track record.
The empowered professionals can, also on behalf of Developers/builders submit the
documents required at the time of various clearances.
Signing authority of Architects and Town planners for different size and type of layout
shall be followed as per section 2.10.
Further to the Standard Building Layouts as specified in section 2.14.1 (d), anybuilding proposed with a ceiling limit of 105 sq mt of built-up area on plots of any
size, conforming to the standard approved layout by the Authority shall be treated as
deemed approved for construction. No formal sanction would be required for theowner/proponent who can submit a simple one page form alongwith other documents
to the local body and can immediately take up construction work.
Commencement of construction work on site shall be undertaken as per clause 2.15.1of the bye-laws. The process of obtaining “Completion Certificate” can also be
initiated by the owner by submitting “as-built drawings”.

Page 154

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPOStreamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals 13(c) Outsourcing procedures: Countries like USA, Australia and New Zealand haveoutsourced work pertaining to clearances and have appointed firms /companies toundertake the work on behalf of Authorities. This has been working very successfully
and the procedure for obtaining clearances is free of any hassles and the same has
become transparent and streamlined. The example of Passport office is a good case to
study to build confidence in favor of outsourcing non discretionary activities in orderto support limitations of capacity and manpower at the Authority.
(d) Creating a Cell in ULB/Development Authorities: There is a need for creating a
specialized cell in Authority which is manned by qualified personnel conversant withthe procedures and the interpretation of development regulations. The Cell should beheaded by a qualified Town Planner who should lead a team of Architects, Engineers,
Environment Specialist and Legal Experts among others. The cell should have thededicated provision for online submissions and conveying the on line approvals as
well. This will require robust software and hardware system capable of handling large
digital files.
(e) Single Window System: This is a requirement that is growing popularity among the
Authorities. All agencies involved in the process need to be integrated in a single
electronic facility with proper coordination and monitoring of timelines. The Authority
needs to constitute teams comprising of experts from various agencies to be formed
under the overall supervision of a Town Planner designated to assist developers/builders with complex projects and to constantly improve the sanction process by
cutting down delays.
(f) Integration of agencies outside the ULBs for online clearances: Various agencies
like AAI, NMA, SUAC, Fire Services, Department of Industries, Ministry of Defense,
Metro Rail etc grant NOC clearance to the building plans in certain specific cases. Thismay be streamlines in the spirit of Ease of Doing Business by following 2 directions
as given below i. Building permission for specific areas /sizes are to be examined by the external
agencies. These areas should be plotted on GIS based colour-coded map which
may be made available in the public domain on the agency’s website, with clearly
identified co-ordinates so that building falling only in these areas need toapproach the concerned agencies for obtaining clearances. These maps may also
be made available on the website of the concerned Local Bodies.
ii. The external agencies also need to develop online clearance/NOC application
systems which should suitably be integrated with the online building approvalsystems of the Local bodies.
The two systems should be so compatible that the building plans submitted to the local
bodies may after scrutinizing with colour-coded zoning maps shall be e-transmitted tothe external agencies. The agency concerned should give clearance within a period of
maximum of 10 days with no requirement of applicant to physically visit the offices of
the agencies. The NOC may again be e-transmitted to the concerned local body on thebuilding permission system so that the ULB shall use those for final approval.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 155

13

Streamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals

13.5

Risk Based Classification of building proposals
There is a need to make provisions for fast-tracking building permission procedures
for all non-automatic approvals. Therefore, in the spirit of ‘Ease of Doing Business’,
the buildings have been classified further on the basis of risk parameters/ risk basedclassification to clear the building permits on fast track system. This kind ofclassification shall be used for fast tracking the sanction of building plans, which shall
facilitate regulated and faster construction permits, and also aid in improving the ratingof the country in World Bank’s assessment in ‘Ease of Doing Business’.
Further, the ULB in consultation with all parastatal bodies involved, shall identify risk
based classification of industrial, commercial and institutional buildings and preparerisk based matrix, in-line with those proposed in MBBL for residential and storage
buildings/ warehouses/ godowns and accordingly prescribe the fast tracking approvalsystem. This exercise shall be done within a period of 3 months from the date of
publication of the Local Building Bye-laws.
On the basis of above-mentioned risk matrix prepared by each of the agencies involved
in approving building plans, State Government shall design and notify necessary legal
instructions to implement risk based mechanism with a view to fast track building
permissions based on their risk classification. These instruments may include, but are
not limited to, delegation of powers, out-sourcing, empowering architects, selfcertifications, etc. These notifications shall be done within 3 months from the date of
notification of risk matrix by each competent authority / agency as mentioned above.

13.5.1 Residential Buildings
For approval of the residential plotted and group housing buildings, risk basedclassification shall be as per Table 13.3 Table 13.3 Risk Matrix for different Residential buildings

Risks
Criteria

Very Low

Low

ModerateHigh

Above 500 m2
Below 15 m
Residential
PlottedAll sizes ii
15 m and above
Group Housing

Parameters

Size of the Plot
Square Meters
Below 105 m2 105 - 500 m2
Height of building Meters
Below 15 m Below 15 m
Use of the premise Various Categories Residential
Residential
PlottedPlotted
Note:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.

Considering no other issue like Monuments, Metro, DUAC, Airports etc. are involved. In case the property lies within theregulated zone of metro rail, airport etc. the online clearance from the local body concerned shall be taken
Group Housing area is minimum 2000 sq mt (may vary between States)
The Urban Local Body/ Urban Development Authority shall empanel professionals as per “Appendix E-1”.
The Urban Local Body/ Urban Development Authority shall work out and prescribe fees for submitting the building plans
The fees shall be derived by an automated built-in calculator in the online system of submission.

Suggested Fast Tracking Tools:
For Very Low Risk Buildings:
The process prescribed in clause 2.14.1 d) shall be followed.

For Low Risk Buildings:
A Competent professional (qualification & competence as per Annexure-E) shall be empowered toissue the building permit, but only after submitting the plan along with requisite documents and fees tothe concerned local body. If the owner/ professional desires to get the building plan sanctioned by the
local body, building plans prepared by a qualified architect/ engineer will have to be submitted to theconcerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents and the local body shall grant
the building permit within 10 days

Page 156

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPOStreamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals 13

For Moderate risk Buildings:
Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the building plans will have tobe submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The local
body shall grant the building permit within 20 days.

For High risk Buildings:
Clearance from Fire department and other necessary clearances from AAI, NMA and other agencies
have to be obtained. Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and thebuilding plans will have to be submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and otherrequisite documents. The local body shall grant the building permit within 20 days.

13.5.2 Storage/Warehouse Buildings
For approval of the buildings meant for use as storage buildings/ warehouses/
godowns, risk based classification shall be as per Table 13.4 Table 13.4 Risk Matrix for Storage/Warehouses

Risks
Very Low
Up to 250 m2

Covered Area on all
floors/ Built-up area
Below 15 m
Height of building
Abutting Road width Min. 12 m
Category A
Type of Material
storage

Low
Above 250 m2 andup to 2000 m2
Below 15 m
Min. 12 m
Category A

Moderate
Up to 2000 m2

High
Above 2000 m2

Below 15 m
Below 15 m
Min. 12 m
Min. 12 m
Category B
Category B (Stacking(Stacking height - Medium) height -High)

Note:
i. The level of Risk is classified according to the material stored in the warehouse/storehouse. Material shall be classified
according to the Categories defined in Appendix “I”.
ii. Building application of buildings listed under sections 3.6.8, Section 4.9 and Item 2 of Table 3.14 of the MBBL shall be
dealt in accordance with this table for building plan approvals.
iii. The Urban Local Body/ Urban Development Authority shall empanel professionals as per “Appendix E-1”.
iv. The building application processing fees shall be derived by an automated built-in calculator in the online system.

Suggested modes of Fast Tracking:
For Very Low Risk Buildings:
A competent professional (qualification & competence as per Annexure-E) shall be empowered toissue the building permit, but only after submitting the plan along with requisite documents and fees tothe concerned local body. If the owner/ architect/ engineer desires to get the building plan sanctionedby the local body, he shall apply online to the local body and the local body shall grant the building
permit within 10 days.

For Low Risk Buildings:
Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the building plans will have tobe submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The local
body shall grant the building permit within 20 days.

For Moderate Risk Buildings:
Building plans will have to be prepared by a competent professional and the building plans will have tobe submitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The local
body shall grant the building permit within 20 days.

For High Risk Buildings:
Building plans will have to be prepared by a qualified architect and the building plans will have to besubmitted to the concerned local body along with the fees and other requisite documents. The local
body shall grant the building permit within 30 days.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 157

13

Streamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals

13.5.3 Industrial Buildings
For approval of the buildings meant for use as storage buildings/ warehouses/
godowns, risk based classification shall be as per Table 13.5
Table 13.5 Risk Matrix for Industries

Risks
Criteria

Low

ModerateHigh

Above 350 m2
Less than 15 m
Min. 12 m

All sizes
15 m and above
Min. 12 m

Parameters

Size of the Plot
Square Meters upto 350 m2
Height of building
MetersLess than 15 m
Abutting Road width Meters
Min. 12 m
Note:i. The level of Risk is classified according the size and height of the industrial building proposed.
ii. The Urban Local Body/ Urban Development Authority shall empanel professionals as per “Appendix E-1”..
iii. The building application processing fees shall be derived by an automated built-in calculator in the online system.

Suggested modes of Fast Tracking:
For Low Risk Buildings:
1. Deemed Approval with Self-Certification
2. Plans to be submitted along with Structural drawings which does not require sanction

For Moderate Risk Buildings:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Plans to be submitted to the empanelled professional.
Fire/Structural safety certification by Fire Services/ Structural Engineers
Approval to be granted within 10 working days by the empanelled professional.
Approved plan to be submitted to ULB/DA.

For High Risk Buildings:
1.
2.
3.
4.

13.6

Online application
Immediate acknowledgement by software
Fire/Structural safety certification by Fire Services/ Structural Engineers
Approval by ULB/DA within 20 working days.

Other Suggestions to enhance ease of doing business:
Some other suggestions, regarding Fast-Track construction permits are:13.6.1 Citizens’ Charter
A Citizens’ charter lists out the timelines and upper limits of time for the delivery of
citizen services of the organization. The objective of issuing the charter is to improve
the quality of public service in terms of timely delivery. Such charters should be
brought out by all municipalities to maintain high standards of accountability andtransparency. The standards of service to be provided, the maximum number of days
required for building approvals and the standards procedures should be listed out in the
citizens’ charter. Some states have gone a step further and introduced a citizen service
delivery guarantee act whereby the time lines prescribed by a citizen charter are
made statutory and binding on officials.
13.6.2 Capacity building
Capacity building measures are to be adopted for such functionaries to identify
Training Needs (TNA) and other technical requirement of duties that they are required
to discharge. Fresh recruitments commensurate to the technical qualification/
experience are to be made by the State Government, if there is complete absence of thetechnical expertise needed for the said services.
Page 158

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPOStreamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals 13

13.6.3 Empowered Committees
The Authorities may also consider constituting ‘Empowered Committees’ or ‘Peer
Expert Groups’ for undertaking scrutiny and approval. This committee can be manned
as per the requirement and area of more than one municipality can be put under its
jurisdiction.
13.6.4 Simplification of bye-laws
The building Bye-Laws need to be simplified for easy comprehension of lay person as
well as professionals involved in developmental activities. The simplification process
should also include the process of application, the filling up of forms and streamlining
the process of application.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 159

13

Streamlining of Buidling Plan Approvals

Page 160

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPOClimate Resilient Construction- Environmental Clearances 14

14. CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION –INTEGRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL
CLEARANCE WITH SANCTION
Land, Air, Noise, Water, Energy, biological/ socio-economic/ solid / other waste
management are the main facets considered in relation to Pre, During and Post
Building Construction for Sustainable Environment Management. Therefore, it isnecessary for the building process to ensure compliance to various conditions laid
down by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.
The building construction sector is a major contributor towards carbon footprints
which affects climate change. India is committed towards mitigating the effects ofclimate change and moving towards internationally accepted norms for environmental
friendly building construction. Currently this objective of environmental safeguard isachieved through obtaining a specific environmental clearance (EC) for any
construction project having a size of more than 20,000 sq mts. This is administeredunder notification of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.
With rapid urbanisation and growth of Indian economy, it is anticipated that theconstruction activity will experience a proportionate growth. Government is also
committed towards streamlining of clearances for buildings and real estate sector andempowering the urban local bodies with an objective of Ease of Doing Business.
14.1

Environmental conditions for compliance during Building approvals
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change has now decided to integrate
the environmental concerns into building plan approval process and empowering theconcerned local body/development authority to approve and certify compliance of
stipulated requirements. The new building construction proposals are classified in thefollowing 3 categories:1) Conditions for Category ‘A’ Buildings: Built-up Area 5000 sqmt – 20000 sqmt
2) Conditions for Category ‘B’ Buildings: Built-up Area 20000 sqmt – 50000 sqmt
3) Conditions for Category ‘C’ Buildings: Built-up Area 50000sqmt – 150000 sqmt
A local Authority, i.e. ULB/DA/any other body authorized to sanction building plans
shall approve the building plans by ensuring the stipulated conditions in Table 14.1,
14.2 and 14.3 for the respective categories of buildings.
These environmental conditions may be suitably integrated in the building permission
conditions so that their effective implementation could be ensured by the local
authority while sanctioning building plans in their respective urban areas.
However, in order to empower the Local Authority, the State/UT Governments will be
required to amend their building by-laws to incorporate a specific set of conditions as

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 161

14

Climate Resilient Construction- Environmental Clearances

given in the Tables 14.1, 14.2 and 14.3. Once these conditions are incorporated
through due process adopted by States/UTs into the Building Bye-Laws and madeapplicable and enforceable by their local authority, States / UTs will be required toapproach M/o Environment, Forest and Climate Change alongwith the Draft
notification for seeking clearance that the requirements have been met and after getting
the clearance from M/o EFCC, State/UT shall issue notification of Building Bye-laws
alongwith stipulated conditions. Copy of the notification shall be forwarded to
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change so that they may notify theparticular State or part thereof for which conditions have been suitably integrated todelegate the powers to the Local Authority. Thereafter, for such notified area noseparate prior Environmental clearance will be required. However, for thoseStates/UTs or part of the States/UTs where these conditions have not been
incorporated in the Building Bye-Laws, the existing arrangement of mandatory prior
Environment clearance by State Environment Impact Assessment Authority shallcontinue to hold.
States are, therefore, advised to amend their building by-laws by incorporating the setof conditions for each category A, B and C as mentioned above either for the entire
State/UT or clearly identified part thereof, where they would like to integrate theenvironmental clearance conditions with building permissions and empower the local
authority to examine, stipulate and ensure compliance of conditions required toaddress environmental concerns. The State/UT should submit such proposal/
notification at draft stage as well as a copy of the final notification to the M/oEnvironment, Forest and Climate Change.
i. For building plans with a total built-up area between 5,000 sqm and 1,50,000 sqm,
environment clearance will be required to be synchronized with the bye-laws.
ii. The concerned Urban local body, authorized to sanction building plans, shallensure at the time of sanctioning a building plan that the environmental
requirements stipulated in Table 14.1 (for above 5,000 sqm and up to 20,000 sqm),
Table 14.2 (for above 20,000 sqm and up to 50,000 sqm) and Table 14.3 (for above
50,000 sqm and up to 1,50,000 sqm), as the case may be, are complied with.

Page 162

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPOClimate Resilient Construction- Environmental Clearances 14

Table 14.1: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction(Category “A”: 5000 sqmt - 20000 sqmt)

Sl.
No.
1

MediumNatural Drainage

Environmental conditions

The inlet and outlet point of natural drain system should bemaintained with adequate size of channel for ensuring
unrestricted flow of water.
2
Water conservations – A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where
Rain Water Harvesting the recharge bores (minimum one per 5000 sqm of built-up
and Ground Water
area) shall be provided. The rain water harvested should be
Recharge
stored in a tank for reuse in household through a provisionof separate water tank and pipeline to avoid mixing withpotable municipal water supply. The excess rain water
harvested be linked to the tube well bore in the premisethrough a pipeline after filtration in the installed filters.
2(a)The unpaved area shall be more than or equal to 20% of therecreational open spaces.
3
Solid Waste
Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the groundManagementlevel for facilitating segregation of waste.
4
EnergyIn common areas, LED/ solar lights must be provided.
5
Air Quality and Noise Dust, smoke and debris prevention measures such as
screens, barricading shall be installed at the site during
construction. Plastic/ tarpaulin sheet covers must be used
for trucks bringing in sand and material at the site.
5 (a)The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if installed, must be
minimum 10m away from the building. In case it is lessthan 10m away, the exhaust pipe shall be taken up to 3m
above the building.
6
Green cover
A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sqm of land shall beplanted and maintained. The existing trees will be counted
for this purpose. Preference should be given to planting
native species.
6(a)Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in
the ratio of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree thatis cut) shall be done with the obligation to provide
continued maintenance for such plantations.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

MBBL
Ref. Clause-

Table 9.1

10.2.1 (iv)10.2.5 (b)10.2 3c)--10.2.1 (i)10.2.1 (ii)Page 163

14

Climate Resilient Construction- Environmental Clearances

Table 14.2: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction(Category “B”: 20000 sqmt - 50000 sqmt)
Sl. Medium
No.
1 Natural Drainage

2

2(a)
3
4
4(a)

4(b)

4(c)

5

5(a)

6

6(a)

Environmental conditions

The inlet and outlet point of natural drain system should bemaintained with adequate size of channel for ensuring
unrestricted flow of water.
Water conservations – A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where theRain Water Harvesting recharge bores (minimum one per 5000 sqm of built-up area)
and Ground Water
shall be provided. The rain water harvested should be stored
Recharge
in a tank for reuse in household through a provision of
separate water tank and pipeline to avoid mixing with potablemunicipal water supply. The excess rain water harvested belinked to the tube well bore in the premise through a pipeline
after filtration in the installed filters.
The unpaved area shall be more than or equal to 20% of therecreational open spaces.
Solid Waste
Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the groundManagementlevel for facilitating segregation of waste.
EnergyIn common areas, LED/ solar lights must be provided.
At least 1% of connected applied load generated fromrenewable energy source such as photovoltaic cells or wind
mills or hybrid should be provided.
As per the provisions of the Ministry of New and Renewableenergy solar water heater of minimum capacity 10 litres/4
persons (2.5 litres per capita) shall be installed.
Use of flyash bricks: Fly ash should be used as building
material in the construction as per the provisions of Fly Ash
Notification of September, 1999 and as amended from time totime.
Air Quality and Noise Dust, smoke and debris prevention measures such as screens,barricading shall be installed at the site during construction.
Plastic/ tarpaulin sheet covers must be used for trucks
bringing in sand and material at the site.
The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if installed, must be minimum
10m away from the building. In case it is less than 10m away,
the exhaust pipe shall be taken up to 3m above the building.
Green cover
A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sqm of land shall beplanted and maintained. The existing trees will be counted forthis purpose. Preference should be given to planting native
species.
Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in theratio of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut)
shall be done with the obligation to provide continued
maintenance for such plantations.

Page 164

MBBL
Ref. Clause
Table 9.1

10.2.1 (iv)10.2.5 (b)10.2 3c)10.2

1–.2.4 - IV

10.2.6 (b)-10.2.1 (i)10.2.1 (ii)

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPOClimate Resilient Construction- Environmental Clearances 14

Table 14.3: Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction(Category “C”: 50000 sqmt - 150000 sqmt)
Sl.
No.
1

Medium2

Water conservations– Rain Water
Harvesting and
Ground Water
Recharge

Natural Drainage

2(a)
2(b)
2(c)
2(d)
2(e)
3

Solid Waste
Management

3(a)

3(b)

4
4(a)

Energy

4(b)

4( c)

4(d)

4(e)

5

Air Quality and Noise

Environmental conditions
The inlet and outlet point of natural drain system should bemaintained with adequate size of channel for ensuring unrestrictedflow of water.
A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where therecharge bores (minimum one per 5000 sqm of built-up area) shallbe provided. The rain water harvested should be stored in a tank forreuse in household through a provision of separate water tank andpipeline to avoid mixing with potable municipal water supply. The
excess rain water harvested is to be linked to the tube well bore in
the premise through a pipeline after filtration in the installed filters.
The unpaved area shall be more than or equal to 20% of therecreational open spaces.
The ground water shall not be withdrawn without approval from thecompetent authority
Use of potable water in construction should be minimized.
Low flow fixtures and sensors must be used to promote water
conservation.
Separation of grey and black water should be done by the use of dual
plumbing system.
Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground level for
facilitating segregation of waste.
All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to authorized
recyclers for which a written tie-up must be done with the authorized
recyclers.
Organic waste composter/ vermiculture pit with a minimum capacityof 0.3 Kg/tenement/day must be installed wherein the STP sludge
may be used to be converted to manure which could be used at thesite or handed over to authorized recyclers for which a written tie-up
must be done with the authorized recyclers.
In common areas, LED/ solar lights must be provided.
At least 1% of connected applied load generated from renewableenergy source such as photovoltaic cells or wind mills or hybridshould be provided.
As per the provisions of the Ministry of New and Renewable energy
solar water heater of minimum capacity 10 litres/4 persons (2.5 litres
per capita) shall be installed.
Use of flyash bricks: Fly ash should be used as building material in
the construction as per the provisions of Fly Ash Notification of
September, 1999 and as amended from time to time.
Use of concept of passive solar design of buildings usingarchitectural design approaches that minimize energy consumption
in buildings by integrating conventional energy-efficient devices,such as mechanical and electric pumps, fans, lighting fixtures andother equipment, with the passive design elements, such as building
orientation, landscaping, efficient building envelope, appropriate
fenestration, increased day lighting design and thermal mass.
Optimize use of energy systems in buildings that should maintain aspecific indoor environment conducive to the functional
requirements of the building by following mandatory compliancemeasures (for all applicable buildings) as recommended in the
Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) 2007 of the Bureau ofEnergy Efficiency, Government of India.
Dust, smoke and debris prevention measures such as screens,barricading shall be installed at the site during construction. Plastic/
tarpaulin sheet covers must be used for trucks bringing in sand andmaterial at the site.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

MBBL
Ref. Clause
Table 9.1

10.2.1 (iv)10.2.5 (b)10.2 3c)10.2

10.2.4 - IV

10.2.6 (b)10.2 (3)10.2 (3)-Page 165

14

Climate Resilient Construction- Environmental Clearances

Sl. Medium
No.
5 (a)

6

Green cover

6 (a)

7

Sewage Treatment
Plant

8

Environment
Management Plan

Environmental conditions
The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if installed, must be minimum 10m
away from the building. In case it is less than 10m away, the exhaust
pipe shall be taken up to 3m above the building.
A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sqm of land shall be planted andmaintained. The existing trees will be counted for this purpose.
Preference should be given to planting native species.
Where the trees need to be cut, compensatory plantation in the ratioof 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that is cut) shall bedone with the obligation to provide continued maintenance for suchplantations.
Sewage treatment plant with capacity of treating 100% waste watershall be installed. Treated water must be recycled for gardening andflushing.
The environment infrastructure like Sewage Treatment Plant,
Landscaping, Rain Water Harvesting, Power backup forenvironment, Infrastructure, Environment Monitoring, Solid Waste
Management and Solar and Energy conservation, should be kept
operational through Environment Monitoring Committee withdefined functions and responsibility.

MBBL
Ref. Clause
10.2.1 (i)10.2.1 (ii)4.32.4--------------------------------------------------****-------------------------------------------------------

Page 166

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPOClimate Resilient Construction- Environmental Clearances 14

REFERENCES:
The following listed documents and guidelines have been extensively referred in preparation,compilation and finalization of the Model Building Bye-Laws 2016
1. National Building Code, 2005, Bureau of Indian Standards.
2. Draft Unified Building Bye Laws for Delhi 2015, Delhi Urban Arts Commission.
3. Proposed Amendment in Town and Country Planning Legislations,
Regulations for Land Use Zoning,
Additional Provisions in Development Control Regulations for Safety
Additional Provisions in Building Regulations / Byelaws for Structural Safety- in Natural
Hazard Zones of India
by Committee of Experts, Ministry of Home Affairs, GoI.
4. DC Regulations Greater Mumbai- 1991, Government of Maharashtra.
5. Kerala Municipal Building Rules – 1999, Government of Kerala.
6. Draft Harmonized Guidelines on the Norms and Standards for Barrier Free Environment
for persons with disability and elderly persons, 2014
7. Energy Conservation Building Code, 2007, by Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Ministry ofPower.
8. Indian Green Building Council, 2001, by Confederation of Indian Industries.
9. Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment (GRIHA) Guidelines, MNRE
10. CE 335 Design project preliminary design of structural members by R. Clarke
11. Building Bye-Laws notified by various State Governments of India

Model Building Bye-Law, 2016, TCPO

Page 167Annexure and Appendices

Annexure “A”
Occupancy Categorization of Buildings for Water and Other Requirement for FireFighting
Zone-IGROUP “A”: RESIDENTIAL
A1
A2
A3
A4

Zone-IIIGROUP “A”: RESIDENTIAL

Lodging and Rooming A5 Hotels
HousesOne or two family private
dwelling
Dormitories
Apartment Houses

GROUP “B” EDUCATIONAL
B1

Zone-IIGROUP “A”: RESIDENTIAL
F2 Shops and stores, etc. above
500 sq.mt. floor area
F3 Underground shopping
centers

GROUP “C” INSTITUTIONALGROUP “G” INDUSTRIAL

Schools up to higher C1 Hospitals and Sanitoria (More G3
secondary level
than 100 beds)

GROUP “C” INSTITUTIONAL

GROUP
“D”
BUILDINGSHigh hazard Industries

ASSEMBLY GROUP“H”
BUILDINGSSTORAGEC1 Hospital & Sanitoria (upto
100 beds)
D1 For more than 1000 persons
C2 Custodial Institutions
with permanent stage and fixed
C3 Penal & mental Institutions
seats
D2 For less than 1000 persons
with permanent stage andfixed seats
GROUP
“D”
BUILDINGSASSEMBLY GROUP“E”
BUILDINGS

BUSINESS GROUP“J”
BUILDINGS

HAZARDOUS

D3 Upto 300 persons without E1 Offices, Banks, etc.
permanent stage and fixed E2 Laboratories, Libraries, etc.
seats
E3 Telephone Exchanges
D4 Above 300 persons without
permanent stage & fixedseats
GROUP “E” BUSINESSGROUP “F” MERCANTILE

E3
E5

F1

Computer Installations
Broadcasting stations

GROUP “G” INDUSTRIAL

Shops, Stores, etc. upto 500
m2 floor area

GROUP “G” INDUSTRIAL

G1 Low hazard Industries

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 167Annexure and Appendices

Annexure “B-I”
Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-I Category
Sl. Measures
No.

Group-A:
Residential Group-B:
A1, A2, A3, A4
Educational

Group-C:
Institutional

O

I

II

III

I

II

III

I

II

III

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

X

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back Facility

X

X

X

X

X

P

P

P

P

P

8

Moefa

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

P2

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10 Hose Reel

P3

P

P

P

P3

P

P

P

P

P

11 Yard Hydrant

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

X

P

P

12 Down Comer

X

X

X

P

X

P

X

P4

X

X

13 Wet Riser

X

X

P

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

14 Fire Detection System

X

X

X

X

X

P6

X

P2

P

P

15 Automatic Sprinkler System

S

S

S

S

S

S

FS

S

S

FS

16 Under Ground Tank

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

P2

P

P

17 Over Head Tank

P13

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

18 Fire Pumps

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

19 Booster Pumps

P3

P

P

P

P

P3

P

P

X

P

20 Auto D.G. Set

P3

X

P

P

P3

P

P

P

P

P

21 MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22 Hose Boxes

X

X

X

P

X

P

P

P4

P

P

23 Fireman’s Grounding Switch

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Page 168

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Annexure “B-I” (Contd.)
Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-I Category
Sl. Measures
No.

Group-D:Group-E:
Group-G: Industrial G1
Assembly D3, D4 Business E3, E5
I

II

III

I

II

III

IV

V

VI

VII VIII1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back Facility

P1

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P

8

Moefa

P1

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P2

P

P

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

P

P

12

Down Comer

X

X

P

P2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

P5

P

14

Fire Detection System

P7

P

P

P2

P8

P9

X

X

X

P

P

15

Automatic Sprinkler System

S7

FS

FS

S

S

FS

S

S

S

S

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

P7

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

P10 P11P

17Over Head Tank

P2

P

P

P

P

P

P5

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

P11

P

P

X

P

P

X

X

X

P5

P

19

Booster Pumps

X

X

X

P

X

X

P12

P

P

P

P

20

Auto D.G. Set

P7

P

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

P

P

P

P2

P

P

X

X

X

P5

P

23

Fireman’s Grounding Switch

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

LegendO

Guest Houses/Lodging having up to 20 rooms or 40 beds and below

I

Height less than 15 mt.

IIHeight 15 mt. and above up to 24 mt.

III

Height above 24 mt

IV

Height less than 15 mt. and plot area less than 250 sq.mt.

V

Height less than 15 mt. and plot area 251 sq.mt. and above up to 500 sq.mt.

VI

Height less than 15 mt. and plot area 501 sq.mt. and above up to 1000 sq.mt.

VII

Height less than 15 mt. and plot area more than 1001 sq.mt.

VIII

Height above 15 mt. and up to 18 mt.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 169

Annexure and AppendicesP

To be Provided.

X

Not to be provided.

S

Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 sq.mt. or more.

FS

Fully Sprinklered.
1.

To be provided if seating capacity exceed 750.

2.

To be provided if building is more than ground floor, first floor and total
covered area exceed 1500 sq. mt.

3.

To be provided in building where total covered area exceeds 1000 sq. mt.
orBuilding is more than ground floor except group housing.

4.

To be provided if building is ground floor, first floor and total covered area
exceeds 300 mt.

5.

To be provided if building is more ground floor.

6.

To be provided in building except educational buildings.

7.

In case seating capacity is 1000 persons minimum or covered area above
1500 sq.mt. or basement area 200 sq.mt. and more (other than places orworships).

8.

To be provided fore E-4 and E-5 buildings but not required if building isfully sprinklered.

9.

To be provided for E-4 and E-5 buildings.

10.

25,000 lt. capacity under ground water storage tank to be provided.

11.

50,000 lt. capacity under ground water storage tank to be provided.

12.

To be provided where ever sprinklers are not installed.

13.

Terrace tank of 5,000 lt. capacity to be provided, if sprinklers andinstalled. The capacity shall be accordingly increased.

Page 170

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Annexure “B-II”
Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-II Category
Sl. Measures
No.

Group-A: Residential
A5 : Hotels

Group-C:
C2: HospitalGroup-D:
Assembly
D1, D2, D5

I

II

III

IV

V

VI

V

VI

1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means Of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

7

PA System With Talk Back Facility

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

8

Moefa

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

X

P

P

X

P

X

P

12

Down Comer

X

P2

X

X

X

X

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

X

P2

X

P4

P

P5

P

14

Fire Detection System

X

P

P

P

P3

P

P

P

15

Automatic Sprinkler System

S

S

FS

F S7

S

FS

S8

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

X

X

P

P

P3

P

P8

P

17

Over Head Tank

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

X

X

P

P

P4

P

P8

P

19

Booster Pumps

P

P

P

X

P

X

P

X

20

Auto D.G. Set

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

X

P

P

P

P4

P

P

P

23

Fireman’s Grounding Switch

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 171

Annexure and Appendices

Annexure “B-II” (Contd.)
Fire Protection Requirements for Buildings in Zone-II Category
Sl. Measures
No.

Group-E: Business Group-F: Group-G. Industrial G2
E1, E2, E4
Mercantile
VII VIII

IX

X

XI

XII XIII XIV

XV

1Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

7

PA System with Talk Back Facility

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

X

P

8

Moefa

X

P

P

X

X

X

P

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10

Hose Reel

P

P

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

11

Yard Hydrant

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P

P

12

Down Comer

P3

X

X

X

X

X

P4

X

X

13

Wet Riser

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P6

P

14

Fire Detection System

P3

P

P

X

X

X

X

X

P

15

Automatic Sprinkler System

S

S

FS

S

S

S

S

FS

FS

16

Under Ground Tank

X

P

P

X

X

P9X

P10

P

P

17

Over Head Tank

P

P

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

18

Fire Pumps

X

P

P

X

X

X

X

P

P

19

Booster Pumps

P

P

P

P1

P

P

P

P

P

20

Auto D.G. Set

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P

P

21

MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22

Hose Boxes

P3

P

P

X

X

X

P

P

P

23

Fireman’s Grounding Switch

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Legend for Appendix “B-II”
I

Height less than 15 mt. and area up to 300 sq. mt. on each floor.

II
Height less than 15 mt. and area above 300 sq. mt. up to 1000 sq. mt. on eachfloor.
III

Height less than 15 mt. and area above 1000 sq. mt. on each floor.

IV

Height 15 mt. and above.

V

Height less than 15 mt.

VI

Height 15 mt. and above up to 30 mt.

VII

Height less 15 mt.

VIII

Height 15 mt. and above up to 24 mt.

Page 172

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

IX

Height more than 24 mt.

X

Height less than 15 mt. and plot area up to 750 sq. mt.

XI

Height less than 15 mt. and plot area less than 250 sq.mt.

XII

Height less than 15 mt. and plot area 251 m2 and above up to 500 sq. mt.

XIII

Height less than 15 mt. and plot area 501 m2 and above up to 1000 sq.mt.

XIV

Height less than 15 mt. and plot area more than 1001 sq. mt..

XV

Height above 15 mt. and up to 18 mt.

P

to be ProvidedX

not to be provided

S

Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 m2 or more

FS

Fully Sprinklered.
1.

To be provided if building is more than one floor.

2.

To be provided in buildings above two floors.

3.

To be provided if the building is more than ground floor, first floor andcovered area exceeds 1500 sq. mt.

4.

To be provided if building is more than first floor and the covered area
exceeds 300 sq. mt.

5.

To be provided for more than storeyed buildings and above.

6.

To be provided if building is ground floor, first floor and above.

7.

Buildings to be fully sprinklered if height exceeds 15 mt.

8.

To be provided if seating capacity exceeds 1000 persons.

9.

25,000 lt. capacity under ground tank to be provided.

10.

50,000 lt. capacity a ground tank to be provided if riser is not provided.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 173Annexure and Appendices

Annexure “B-III”
Fire Protection Requirements for buildings in Zone-III Category
Sl. Measures
No.

Group F mercantile(F2,F3)

Group G
Industrial (G3)Group H
StorageGroup J
Hazardous

H<15m H>15 m UGS
A>750M2I

II

III IV H<15m H<15m H<15 m H<15m
Single MoreSingle MoreStorey than one Storey thanStoreyone
Storey1

Access

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

2

Means of Escape

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3

Compartmentation

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

4

Refuge Area

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

5

Emergency Lights

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

6

Exit Signs

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

X

P

P

P

7

PA System withtalk back facility

P1

P

P

X

X

X

X

X

X

P

P

8

Moefa

P1

P

P

X

X

X

P

X

X

P

P

9

Extinguishers

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

10 Hose Reel

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

11 Yard Hydrant

P

P

P

X

X

P

P

P2

P2

P

P

12 Down Comer

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

13 Wet Riser

P1

P

P

X

X

P3 P1

X

P3

X

X

X

P

14

Fire Detection
System

X

P

P

X

P

X

X

P

P

15

Automatic
Sprinkler System

FS

FS

FS

FS FS FS FS

FS4

FS

FS

FS

16

Under Ground
Tank

P

P

P

P5 P6 P7

P

P6

P

P

P

17 Over Head Tank

P

P

X

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

P

18 Fire Pumps

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P4

P

P

P

19 Booster Pumps

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

20 Auto D.G. Set

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

21 MCB/ELCB

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

22 Hose Boxes

P1

P

P

X

P

P

P

X

P3

P

P

Fireman’s
23 Grounding Switch
in Lifts

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

X

P

X

P

Page 174

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Legend for Annexure “B-III”
U.G.S.

Under Ground Shopping complexi)

Height less 15 mt. shopping complexii)

Height less 15 mt. and plot area 251 sq. mt. and above up to 500 sq. mt.

iii)

Height less 15 mt. and plot area 501 sq.mt. and above up to 1000 sq.mt.

iv)

Height less 15 mt. and plot area more than 1001 sq.mt.

P

To be provided.

X

Not to be provided.

S

Sprinklers to be provided if basement area is 200 sq. mt. or more.

FS

Fully Sprinklered.
1.

To be provided in building of more than one floor.

2.

To be provided if covered area exceeds 1000 sq.mt.

3.

To be provided in building above two floors.

4.

To be provided in buildings if covered area is more than 200 sq.mt.

5.

50,000 lt. capacity underground state water storage tank to be provided.

6.

1, 00,000 lt. capacity underground state water storage tank to be provided.

7.

2, 00,000 lt. capacity underground state water storage tank to be provided.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 175

Annexure and Appendices

Annexure “C”
1.

Water Requirement Criterion: Unless otherwise specified in Annexure B, waterrequirement for fighting in different categories of occupancies shall be based onfollowing.

Occupancy
Category

Sprinkler
DesignDischarge
Density(lt./min/sq.mt.)

Sprinkler
DesignArea(sq.mt.)Max. area
coverage/
Sprinkler(sq.mt.)No. of House
Streams*
Fully other
Sprinkled

LEVEL-I

02.5

084

21

2

LEVEL-II

05.0

360

12

LEVEL-III

10.0

225

09

Duration of Discharge(Min.)
Fully
Sprinkled

Wet Riser
Sprinkled

4

45

45

3

6

60

90

3

6

90

90

Note: The discharge through a standard hose stream shall be taken as 567 lt./min.

2.

Estimation of Total Water Requirements Fully Sprinklered Buildings

Occupancy
Category

Sprinkler (lt.)

Riser (lt.)

Total (lt.)

Wet Riser cum Down
Comer (lt.)

LEVEL-I

9,450

51,03060,480(60,000)

1,02060(1,00,000)

LEVEL-II

1,08,000

1,02,060

2,10,060(2,00,000)

2,04,120(2,00,000)

LEVEL-III

2,02,500

1,02,060

3,04,560(3,00,000)

3,06,180(3,00,000)

3.

Water Storage Tanks
1.

The design of the water storage tanks shall be as laid down in National
Building Code of India.

2.

The capacity of underground water storage tank shall not be more than
85% of the total water requirement.

3.

The capacity of overhead tank shall not be less than 15% of the total waterrequirement.

4.

The entire water requirement can be provided in over head tanks andpumping requirements shall be finalized in consultation with Chie Fire
Officer.

5.

Under ground water storage tank shall not be provided in the set backareas.

Page 176

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Storage Requirements
Occupancy
Category

Under Ground Static Tank

Over Head Tank

Fully Spkd. (lt.)

Riser (lt.)

Fully Spkd. (lt.)

Riser (lt.)

LEVEL-I

50,00085,00010,00015,000LEVEL-II

1,70,000

1,70,000

30,00030,000LEVEL-III

2,50,000

2,50,000

50,00050,0004.

5.

Riser/Downcomer1.

The size of the riser/ downcomer shall be such that velocity of flow does
not exceed 5 m/second subject to a minimum of 100 mm. diameter.

2.

The number of riser/downcomer shall be calculated on the basis that if 30 mt. ofdelivery hose is laid, it reaches the farthest comer of the remotest compartment on
the floor.

3.

The riser/downcomer shall be provided in the staircase/staircase lobby in such amanner that it does not obstruct the means of escape.

4.

Only single headed hydrants shall be used on the riser/downcomer.

5.

The size of hose to be provided with the internal hydrants shall be 50 mm
diameter and with 63 mm diameter instantaneous male/female couplings.

6.

Diffuser branch shall only be provided in the hose boxes.

7.

In case of partially sprinklered building tapping from the wet riser ispermitted for sprinkler feed.

8.

In case of fully sprinklered building separate rising mains and pumps shallbe used for sprinkler system and wet riser.

Selection of Pumps
1.

Pumping requirement shall be met by a single pump or combination ofpumps.

2.

If more than one pumps are installed to meet the pumping requirement
they shall be so arranged that they come into operation one after anotherdepending upon fall in pressure in the mains and the combined pumping
capacity shall be 20% more than the actual pumping capacity needed.

3.

Jockey pump shall be selected to give minimum 3% and maximum 5% of
aggregate pumping requirement at the same pressure to that of the main
pump subject to maximum discharge of 450 LPM.

4.

Standard pumps shall only be used having discharge capacity as 1800
LPM, 2280 LPM 2850 LPM & 4550 LPM.

5.

The pump shall be capable of giving the pressure as shown in the tablebelow:

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 177

Annexure and Appendices

Occupancy
Category

Pressure* At Terrace Level
Fully Spkd. (Kgf./Cm2)

Riser(Kgf./Cm2)

LEVEL-I

3.5

3.5

LEVEL-II3.5

5.5

LEVEL-III

5.5

7.0

* Orifice plates shall be installed at the hydrants on rising mains / yard
hydrants to ensure that the pressure does not exceed 7 Kgf./Cm2.

Page 178

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Annexure "D"
Questionnaire for High Rise Buildings/Other Buildings
Fire Service Headquarters
1.

Name of the building ……………………………………………………………...

2.

Address of the building ……………………………………………………………

3.

Name and address of builder/promoter………………………………………….

4.

Name and address of owners /occupiers of individual flats ………………………

5.

Plot area …………………………………………………………………………….
(a) Title ………………………………………………………………………….
(b) Land use (in case of residential building indicate no. of dwelling
units…………………………………………………………………………

6.

Covered Area (at grade level) ……………………………………………………..

7.

Height of tile building ……………………………………………………………..

8.

a) Overall height (from grade level up to terrace level ) …………………………………

b) Whether set back areas are conforming to unified building bye-laws………………………………………………………………………………………
..
9.

a) Number of Basement(please indicate level below grade in each case)b) If basement extends beyond the building line, please indicate the load bearing
strength of the roof of basement) ………………………………………………..
c) Area of the basement …………………………………………………………...
d) Whether any piazza is proposed? if so, details of the level of piazza and ramp
etc. be indicated …………………………………………………………………

10.

Number of floors (including ground floor) ………………………………………..

11.

Occupancy use (please mention separately, use for basement and floors)………………………………………………………………………………………

12.

Covered area of typical floor ……………………………………………………...

13.

Parking areas (please give details) …………………………………………….......

14.

Details of surrounding properties / features

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 179

Annexure and AppendicesCompass
direction In
relation to thebuilding

Type of
Property/
featureHeight in caseof building

Distance wall
to wall frombuilding

Any other
information

North
South
East
West
15.

Approach to proposed building width of the road and connecting roads, if any………………………………………………………………………………………

16.

Please give details of water supply available exclusively for the fire fighting……………………………………………………………………………………

17.

Has wet riser(s) been provided? If so, please indicate the number of risers andinternal dia of each ………………………………………...……………………

18.

Has any down comer been provided? If so, please give details including pumpcapacity……………………………………………………………………………

19.

Please indicate the present arrangement for replenishment of water for firefighting……………………………………………………………………………

20.

Is a public or other water storage facility available nearby? if so, please give thecapacity and distance from your building, also please indicate if it is easily
accessible……………………………………………..…………………………

21.

Please give any other information regarding availability of water supply for firefighting ……………………………………………………………………………

22.

Have internal hydrants on each floor including basement (s) and terrace.

23.

24.

a)

No. of hydrants on each floor including basement (s) andterrace…………………………………………………………………….…..

b)

Bore and length of each floor including basement(s) …………...…………...

c)

Size (bore) and type of nozzle fitted to each hose reel……...………………..

d)

Is the hose reel connected directly to the riser or to the hydrant outlet?
…………………………………….…………………………………..

Has fire hose been provided near each hydrant? if so, Please indicate ………….....
a)

The type hoses………………………………………………………………

b)

The size (bore) of hose …………………………………………………

c)

The length of each hose ……………………………………………………

Have branch pipes been provided? if so, please indicate

Page 180

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices25a)

The type of branch pipe……………………………………………..………

b)

Size of nozzle fitted to each branch…………………………………………

a)

If the basement is used for Car / Scooter parking or storage.
Has it been sprinkled?………………………………….…………………

26.

b)

Whether any cubicles proposed in the basement? If so, the area of each
cubical be indicated? ……………………………………………………

c)

Whether segregation/compartmentation of the basement has been
provided? If so, please give details…………………………………………

Is the building equipped with automatic fire detection and alarm system? If so,please indicatea)

The type of detectors used ………………………………………………….

b)

The standard to which the detectors conform ……………………………...

c)

The code to which the installation conform ……………………………

27.

Have manual call boxes been installed in the building for raising an alarm in theevent of outbreak of fire? If so, please give details………………………………....

28.

Has public address system been installed in the building with loudspeaker on eachfloor with talk back facility………………………………………………………

29.

Has an intercom system been provided between the various floors and the fire
control room in entrance lobby? ……………………………………………………

30.

Has a fire control room been provided in the entrance lobby of the building?
………………………………………………………………………………………

31.

How many staircases have been provided in the building? Please indicate in eachcase:a)Width of the stairway………………………………………………………

b)

Width of treads……………………………………………………………...

c)

Height of risers …………………………………………………………

d)

If the treads are of the non-slip type………………………………………

32.

What is the average occupant load per floor?………………………………………

33.

Whether fire tower has been proposed? …………………………………………

34.

How many lifts have been installed in the building? Please indicate in each case:a)

The floors between which the lifts runs…………………………………

b)

The type of doors fitted to the lift Car and at each landing………………....

c)

Fire resistance raring of lift Car and landing doors, if known ……………

d)Floor area of the lift car……………………………………………………

e)

Loading capacity of the lift car …………………………………………

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 181

Annexure and Appendices

35.

f)

Has communication system been installed in the lift car? …………………

g)

Has a fireman’s switch been installed in the lift for grounding it in theevent of fire ………………………………………………………………..

Have any stationary fire pump (s) been installed or pressuring the wet riser? If so,please indicate.
a)

The number of pumps………………………………………………………

b)

The size of suction and delivery connection of each pump ………………

c)

The output of each pump ………………………………………………

36.

Has the building been protected with sprinkler system, If so, detail of sprinkler
pump……………………………………………………..………………………….

37.

Has a standby source of power supply been provided? If it is through a generator,
please indicate.
a)

The capacity (output) ………………………………………………………

b)

The functions that can be maintained simultaneously by the use of theGenerator, such as operating lift(s); fire pumps, emergency lighting etc.
system; exit signs; PA system etc…………………………………………

c)

Is the generator automatic in action or has to be started manually?………

38.

Has any Yard hydrant been provided from the building's fire pump? …………

39.

Where more than one lifts are installed in a common enclosure have individual
lifts been separated by fire resisting walls or 2 hours fire rating? …………………

40.

Has the lift shaft(s) lift lobby or stairwell been pressurized? If so, givedetails………………………………………………………………………………

41.

Has the lift lobbies and staircase been effectively enclosed to prevent fire/smoke
entering them from outside at any floor? ………………………………………………………

42.

Have all exits and direction of travel to each exit been sign-posted with
illuminated signs? ………………………………………………………………

43.

Has a false ceiling been provided in any portion of the building? If so, pleaseindicate location and also mention if the material used for the false ceiling is
combustible or non-combustible……………………………………………

44.

Is the building centrally air-conditioned? if so, please indicate:a)

The material used for construction of ducts and its fittings………...……

b)

The type of lining used for ducts, if any…………………………………

c)

The type of lagging used for ducts, if any for insulating any portion of theduct; please also indicate how the lagging is secured……………………

d)

If plenum is used for return air passage has it been protected with fire
detectors? Please give details…………………………………………

e)

Has a separate A.H.U. been provided for each floor?

Page 182

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

45

46

f)

Whether automatic shutdown of A. H. U. is coupled with detection
system/sprinkler system………………………………………………

g)

Is the ducting for each floor effectively isolated or is it continuous on morethan one floor? ………………………………………………………

h)

Are the fire dampers being provided?……………………………………

Where are the switchgear and transformer located? If inside the building pleaseindicate: ………………………………………………………………………
a)

If the switchgear and transformer (s) have been housed in separate
compartments, effectively separated from each other and other portions of
the building by a four-hour's fire resistive wall? ………………………….

b)

What precautions have been taken to prevent a possible fire in thetransformer (s) from spreading? ……………………………………

c)

Are transformer protected by high velocity water spray system…………

I)

Where electrical cables, telephone cables wet risers / down comers passthrough a floor or wall has the spaces (apertures) round the cables /pipes
been effectively sealed/plugged with noncombustible, fire resistancematerial?…………………………………………………………………….

II)

Ventilationa)Whether natural ventilation is relied upon? If so, give details of the vents
for the stairwell life shafts………………………………………………

b)

Whether mechanical ventilation has been proposed? If so, give details of
the proposed system indicating the number of air changes for the basement
and other floors………………………………………………………

c)

Whether mechanical ventilation is coupled with automatic detection
system/sprinkler system? Please give details of the system………………

47.

Please indicate the number and type of fire extinguishers provided at various
locations and the arrangement for the maintenance of the extinguishers…………………………………………………..……………………

48.

Please indicate if all fire extinguishers bear the BIS mark…………………

49.

Whether the refugee area has been provided? If so, the floor on which provided
and the total area provided floor-wise……………………………………………

50.

Are the occupants of the building systematically trained in fire prevention, use offire extinguishers and emergency procedures? If so, please givedetails…………………………………………………………

51.

Does an emergency organization exist in the building? If so, please give details
and append a copy of the emergency (fire) orders………………………………

52.

Has a qualified officer been appointed for the building either individually or
jointly with other building(s)………………………………………………

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 183

Annexure and Appendices53.

Has the building been protected against lighting? If so, does the lighting
protection conform to any code? Please indicate details provision of MCB and
ELCB in the building…………………………………………………………….

54.

The work has not been started on site and construction will be started only after
final approval of the Authority / the position of construction at site is given below:………………………….…………………………………………………………

Name and address of the consultant with Registration No…………………………

Owner's Signatures

Signature of the Applicant / Architect

Name…………………………………

Name……………………………………….

(In block letters)(In block letters)
Designation…………………………………
Organization………………………………

Signature of Fire Consultant
Dated:
Name………………………………..
(In block letters)
Remark of the concerned Authority. The proposal has been broadly examined. The above
information is correct and the proposal is permissible as far as development Authority isconcerned (Additional comments, if any, may be given below or attached):
The proposal can be considered by Fire Services at conceptual stage/is forwarded to Fire
Service along with 3 sets of drawings which are according to bye-laws, Master Plan,
Zonal Plan, and fire fighting regulations and policy instructions of Government. The
proposal involves relaxation in respect of height/set backs/ ………………………The
architect has been advised to furnish the requisite material and documents given in theattached list, within one week time directly to the Fire Service.

Signature of Authority

Name:
Designation and office Seal:

Page 184

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A”(Bye laws 2.9.1 & 6.3.5)(To be submitted in duplicate)
Form for Application to Erect, Re-Erect or to make Material Alteration in any Placein a BuildingTo
Commissioner/Vice Chairman/Secretary
Development Authority

Sir,
I hereby give notice on behalf of Shri………………………….(owner) that the ownerintends to erect/demolish or make alteration in the building number or to on/in Plot No……………………….Block No……………….. House No …………………..situated at…………………………………………………….Scheme...…………………………....and in accordance with the building Bye-law No……………………………………….
and I forward herewith, the following plans and specification duly signed by me and by
the owner.
1.

Site plan2.

Building Plan

3.

Service Plan

4.

Parking and circulation plan.

5.

Landscape Plan

6.

General Specifications (in attached form)

7.

Ownership Title (Lease/Conveyance/Sale Deed, etc)

8.

Other document, as requiredii)

The building plan has been prepared strictly as per the approved building Byelaws
and relevant IS Codes / provisions of NBC. The construction shall be carried out
in accordance with the building plan and I shall be completely accountable for any
lapse on my part up to within 6 months after obtaining completion certificate of
the building.

iii)

The Building permit fee as required under bye-laws 2.13 has been deposited vide
receipt No ………………dated. …………………(Photocopy enclosed).

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 185

Annexure and Appendicesiv)

I am aware that in the event of building being constructed in violation of the
sanctioned building plan approval, the Authority shall have the right to take action
against me as it may deem fit including referring the matter to concerned
professional and statutory councils for taking disciplinary action against me.

………………………..

………………………….

Signature of the Owners(Signature of Registered
Architect/Engineer/Supervisor)

Name of owner(s)………………………….. …

Registration No. of the

Address of the owner(s)………………………

Architect/Engineer/Supervisor

Address of the Architect/Engineer/
Supervisor

Encl: As stated above

Page 186

Dated: ………………………..

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-1”(Bye laws 2.9.1)
Statement of the Proposal and Certificate
By the Owner and Registered ArchitectClassification of the Proposal…………………………………………………
(To erect/re-erect/demolition)
Scheme /Colony ……………..…………. Plot No. ………………….……………
Plot Area ……………………………. sq.mt. Size (in meter)
Area Statement
Description

Permissible

Proposedsq.mt.

Remarkssq.mt.

Max. Ground coverage
Basement
Ground Floor
First Floor
Second Floor
Third Floor
Total Floor area
Floor Area Ratio
No. of Dwelling Units
Maximum height (in meters)
Setbacks

As per approved
Layout plan (mt.)

Proposed
(mt.)

Front
Rear
Left
Right

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 187

Annexure and AppendicesParking (for above 250 sq.mt)
Equivalent Car
Open Parking
space @ 1.33 ECS @ 23 sq.mt per ECS
per 100 sq.mt of
permissible built
floor area

Ground Floor
covered parking@ 28 sq.mt per ECS

Basement Total
parking (sq.mt)@32 sq.mt per ECS

Area
Area in sq.mt@ 23 Area in sq.mt @ 28 Area in sq.mt @in sq.mt
sq.mt per ECS
sq.mt. per ECS
32 sq.mt. perOpen Parking
Covered Gr. Floor
Basement
1
2
3
4

ii)

Total (sq.mt)

5

Fee & Chargesa)Building permit fee

Rs………………………

b)

Use of City Infrastructure Charges

Rs……………………

c)Additional floor space charges (provisional)

Rs…………………………

d)Peripheral charges (Provisional) only for Group IV CHBS
Rs………………………..

e)

Any other charges (please specify)

Total amount (as per the details above)

Rs………………………
Rs………………………

Receipt No………………………………… Dated………………………………
We hereby certify that1.

The plot in question forms part of the approved layout plan and its location
size and area conform to the approved layout plan and lease/sale deed/NOC of
the lease Administration Branch of concerned Development Authority.

2.

Plot is lying vacant and no construction shall be started before sanction.

3.

The plot is free from all encumbrances (owner responsibility).

Page 188

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices4.

The period of construction valid up to ……………………. As per the leasecondition / further extension of time for construction granted by the lessor isvalid up to …………………… Time construction obtained from the lease
Administration Branch, Concerned Development Authority.

5.

Size of each dwelling unit is not more than 300 sq.mt.

Signature of Owner(s)Signature of Registered Architect

Name……………………………….

Name……………………………

(In block letters)(in block letters)…………………………………… Registration No………………………………
Address…………………………

Address……………………………………….

……………………………………

………………………………………………..

Dated: ……………………………..

Dated: ……………………..

Authority Letter
I hereby authorize Mr./Mrs.………………………………………. to collect the sanction
whose signature is verified below.

Specimen signature ofsignature of the owner(s)/Registered Architect/

Mr./Mrs………………………………………………………………………………….
Dated received…………………………………… Date ………………………………
(Signature of authorized person / owner / Registered Architect)

Dated:…………………………….

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Remark, if any………………………………

Page 189

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-2”(Bye laws: 2.10.9)
Form for Specifications of Proposed Building
The purpose (Residence, Office, Restaurant, Hotel, Dharmshala, School, Hostel Cinema,
Shop, Factory Others) for which it is intended to be used………………………………
…………………………………………………
Details of coverage on respective floor are given below:
1. Basement Floor……….

Existing (sq.mt)

Proposed (sq.mt)

Total (sq.mt)

2. Ground Floor…………
2. Mezzanine Floor………
3. First Floor……………..
4. Second Floor………….
5. Third floor…………….
6. …………………………
7. …………………………
8. …………………………
9. …………………………
10. …………………………
a)Approximate number of inhabitants proposed to be accommodated……………
…………………………………………………

b)

The number of latrines, Urinals, Kitchens, Baths to be provided………………
………………………………………………..

c)

The source of water to be used in the construction………………………………
………………………………………..…………………………………………

d)Distance from public sewer………………………….………………

e)

The materials to be used in construction Walls/Columns/Foundations/Roof/
Floors…………………………….………………………………………………
Signature of Registered Architect/Engineer/Supervisor
Name………….………………………………………
Registration No……………………………………….
Address………………………..……………………....
……………………………….………………………..

Page 190

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-3”(Bye laws: 2.10.10)
Form for SupervisionTo
The Commissioner/Vice-Chairman/Secretary
Development Authority
Sir,
I hereby certify that erection/re-erection demolition or material alteration in / of Building
No………………………………….on / in ………………….Plot No………………….in
Block No……………………… situated at ………………………….. scheme………...…
shall be carried out under my supervision and I certify that all the materials (type &Grade) and workmanship of the work shall be generally in accordance with the general
specification submitted along with and the work shall be carried out according to the
sanctioned plans which also included the services like drainage, sanitary, water supply,and electrical.

Signature of Registered Architect Engineer/Supervisor………………………………………………………….
Name of Registered Architect/Engineer/Supervisor(In block letters)………………………………..……....
Registration No. of Architect/Engineer/Supervisor………………………………………………………….
Address of Registered Architect/Engineer/Supervisor………………………………………………………….

Dated: …………………………

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 191

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-4”(Bye laws: 2.13)
Undertaking for Payment of Other and Peripheral Charges
Note: It should be on non-judicial stamp paper of specified amount attested by
Notary Public / First class Magistrate.

Undertaking
I ………………………………Son of Shri ………………………………. aged………....
Years residents of …………………………….Owner of Plot No ……………………
in……………………..Co-operative Housing Building Society Ltd…………………
hereby undertake to pay the balance of peripheral and other charges as and when requiredby the concerned Authority and in this regard Authority’s decision will be finally binding
on me.
Executed by me as……………….on day of……………………….....2004.

……………………………….
Executant
Witness:
1……………………………
2……………………………

Page 192

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-5”(Bye laws: 2.9.4 viii)
Affidavit-cum-Undertaking(Affidavit of Competent Professional on Rs. 2/- Non-Judicial Stamp paper of specified amount to beattested by Notary Public/Metropolitan Magistrate)

I …………………………………… son of ……………………………………Architectby profession having office at………………………………….Do hereby solemnly affirm
and declare as under:
1.

That I am a Licensed Architect/Engineer/Supervisor/Plumber duly registeredwith the Authority vide registration No. ……………………….……………

2.

That I have been engaged as a Competent professional as per Appendix ‘E’of
the Bye-Laws for preparing the building plans and to supervise construction in
respect of Plot No………...Block No………………… situated at……………

3.

That I have prepared the building plans in respect of the aforesaid plot.

4.

That I have studied the layout plan of the colony and gone through the
instructions, policy decisions and other relevant documents in respect of theplot and colony.

5.

That I have personally inspected the site. The plot under proposal forms partof the approved layout plan with respect to its location, size shape and area ofthe plot and proposed land use is also in conformity with the approved layout
plan. The plot has been demarcated at site and the size, shape and area of plot
available at site tallies with the approved layout plan.

6.

That the ownership documents are in the shape of registered sale-deed/leasedeed in favour of the applicants and have been thoroughly examined and theownership in favour of the applicant is in order.

7.

That there is no construction in existence at the plot and no construction shallbe started before sanction of the building plans.

8.

That there is no encroachment on the Municipal land/road/other property androad widths as shown in the layout plan are available at site.

9.

That the proposal are in conformity with the terms and condition of lease deed
which is still valid and period of construction as per lease-deed and theextension granted by the lessor is valid up to……………………………

10.

That the proposal have been prepared strictly in accordance with the Building
Bye-laws rules regulation and practice of the department and no
misinterpretation on inference of provision of Building Bye-Law has been
done while preparing the plans. The construction shall be carried out strictlyin accordance with the sanctioned building plans and in case any deviation iscarried out, I shall inform the concerned Authority within 48 hours.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 193

Annexure and Appendices11.

That in case the owner dispenses with my services at any stage whatsoever, I
shall inform the concerned Authority within 48 hours.

12.

That the size of each dwelling unit is not more than 300 sq. mt.

13.

That mandatory setbacks have been proposed and shall be maintained inaccordance with the setbacks marked in the layout plan/Master Plan.

14.

That before submission of the proposal, necessary information/clarification
have been obtained from the concerned department of the concerned
Authority. The plot is safe and is not affected in any scheme or the roadwidening. Building activities for residential use are allowed with number ofstoreys as per approved layout plan.

15.

That no development/additional development/deficiency charges are payable,
against this plot (in case development/additional development/deficiency
charges are payable then its details be given in the separate para)

16.

That no non-compoundable deviations shall be carried out during the course of
construction.

17.

That nothing has been concealed and no misrepresentation has been madewhile preparing and submitting the building plans.

18.

That in case anything contrary to the above is found or established at any
stage, the concerned Authority shall be at liberty to take any action as it may
deem fit including revocation of sanction of building plans and debarring me
for submission of building plans with the Authority under the scheme and also
lodge a complaint with the Council of Architecture for appropriate action.

Deponent

Verification:
I the above named deponent do hereby verify at ……………………………………....
on this……………. of ………….. 20……… that contents of the above affidavit aretrue and correct to my knowledge. No part of it is false and nothing has been
concealed there from.

Deponent

Page 194

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-6”(Bye laws: 2.14.2)
Building Permit/Sanction
File No…………………
Dated………………………….
To
Subject:

Sanction u/s………………………………

Dear Sir or Madam,With reference to your application dated……………….. for the grant of sanction
to erect/re-erect/add to/alteration in the building to carry out the development
specified in the said application relating to Plot No………………… Block
No……………. situated in/at……………………………………. I have to state that
the Authority subject to the following conditions and corrections done in the plans has
sanctioned the same on………………………………………….
1.

The plans are valid up to …………………day……………Months………. year ……………

2.

The construction will be undertaken as per sanctioned plan only and no
deviation from the bye-laws will be permitted without prior sanction. Any
deviation done against the bye-laws is liable to be demolished and thesupervising Architect engaged on the job will run the risk of being black
listed.

3.

Violation of building bye-laws will not be compounded.

4.

It will be the duty of the owner of the plot and the Architect preparing theplans to ensure that the sanctioned plans are as per prevalent Master
Plan/Zonal Plan/Building Bye-laws. If any infringement of bye-lawsremain unnoticed, the concerned Authority reserves the right to amend theplans as and when infringement come to the notice and concerned
Authority will stand indemnified against any claim on this account.

5.

A notice in writing shall be sent to Authority before commencement of theconstructions of the building as per bye-laws. Similar notice will be sent toAuthority when the building has reached up to plinth level.

6.

The owner shall not occupy or permit to occupy the building or use or
permit to use the building or any part thereof affected by any such work
until occupancy certificate is issued by the concerned Authority.

7.

Concerned Authority will stand indemnified and kept harmless from allproceedings in court and before other authorities of all expenses /claims

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 195

Annexure and Appendiceswhich the concerned Authority may incur or become liable to pay as aresult or in consequences of the sanction accorded by it to these building
plans.
8.

The doors and window leaves shall be fixed in such a way that they shallnot, when open project on any street.

9.

The owner will not convert the house into more dwelling units on eachfloor then the sanctioned.

10.

The building shall not be constructed within minimum distance as
specified in Indian Electricity Rules from voltage lines running on side of
the site.

11.

The land left open as a consequence of the enforcement of the setback rule
shall form part of the public street.

12.

The owner shall ensure that the public areas like road, parks andother public opens spaces are not used for stacking the building
materials or machineries to avoid public inconvenience and nuisance.

13.

The sanction will be void if auxiliary conditions mentioned above andother conditions whatsoever imposed are not complied.

14.

The owner will use the premises for the use, which has been sanctioned.

15.

The owner will not proceed with the construction without having thesupervision of an Architect/Engineer as the case may be. If he\she changes
his Architect\Engineer, he\she shall inform the Authority about theappointment of new Architect\Engineer within 48 hours, with a proper
certificate from him.

Yours Faithfully
For ……………………………

Encl: A set of sanctioned plan.

Page 196

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-7”(Bye laws: 2.14.2)
Form for Refusal of Building Permit
To
File No…………………………….
………………………………

Dated

Sir.
With reference to your application No…………………….dated………………..
for the grant of sanction for the erection of building/execution of work in House
No…………..
Plot
No…………………..Block
No……………………….
Scheme……………………….. Situated at ………………………………. I have you
inform you that building permit under relevant provisions of the Act
of…………………………………………... has been refused on…………………………
on the following grounds.
1
2
3
4
5

Yours faithfully

For………………………..
Authority.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 197

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A- 8”(Bye laws: 2.14.3)
Form of Revalidation
File No……………………….
Dated………………….
Shri /Madam …………………………………
………………………………………………..
………………………………………………..
Subject: Revalidation of Building Plans relating to plot No………………………
Block No………………….Scheme……………………………….
Dear Sir / Madam,
Block No.
1.

With reference to your application dated…………on the subject cited above, I am
directed to inform you that your building plan which were sanctioned on……….
vide
file
No………………..have
beenrevalidatedupto……………………………

2.

Original sanctioned plan submitted by you is also returned herewith.

3

Please acknowledge receipt.

Yours Faithfully,

For…………………………
Authority
Encl: As above.

Page 198

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-9”(Deleted vide amendment in Bye laws: revised clause 2.15.1 b)
Form for Notice for Commencement of Work
(contents deleted vide amendments)

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 199

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-10”(Bye laws: 2.15.3)
Information for Intimation of Completion of Work up to Plinth Level
To
The ………………………………
…………………………Authority,

Sir,
The construction up to plinth/column up to plinth level has been completed in
Building No………………………….. on/in Plot No……………… Scheme
No………….. Road/Street ……………………Ward………………………………inaccordance with your permission No…………………..dated………………..under mysupervision and in accordance with the sanctioned plan.

Yours faithfully,

Signature of Licensed Architect/Engineer/Supervisor

Name………………………………………………...
(In Block letters)
Address:……………………………………………..
.………………………………………………………
Date:……………………….

Page 200

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A -11”
(Bye laws: 2.15.3)
Inspection Report
I………………………………working as a …………………………… with ……………
have carried out the inspection of Building No………………..on/in Plot No……………..
Scheme No.……………….Road/Street………………ward..…………….. in accordancewith permission No………………...dated………………... .The following deviation fromthe sanctioned plans have been noticed which are against the provision of Master Plan /Bye-laws are of non-compoundable nature.
Description of deviations noticed:………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………

You may not proceed with further work till such time the deviations made are rectified
and construction brought in conformity to sanction plans.
Yours Faithfully
For…………………………………
…………………………………….
…………………………………….
Competent Authority

Office No……………………………..
Office Stamp………………………….
Date…………………………………...

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 201

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-12”(Bye laws: 2.16)
Form of Notice of Completion(To be submitted along with prescribed fee for notice of completion and other relevant documents)

To
The ……………………………….
…………………………Authority,
Dear Sir,
I/We hereby give notice that I/We have completed the erection of building/execution of
the
works
in
Plot
No
……………………
Block
No……………….Scheme…………………… situated at…………………. in pursuanceof the sanction granted by the Authority vide File No……………………………
dated………………………I/We are enclosing all reports of the Authority inspection
carried out during construction period.
2.

Permission to occupy or use the building may be granted.
Yours Faithfully,

Signature of owner………………………

Name of owner …………………………
(In Block letters)
Address of the owner ……………………
……………………………………………

Dated: …………………..

Encl : As above

Page 202

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-13”(Bye laws: 2.16 x)
Form for Certificate of Architect/Engineer/Supervisor(To be submitted along with notice of completion)To
The ……………………………….
…………………………Authority,
Dear Sir,
We hereby certify that the erection, re-erection or material alteration in/at building
No…………………………………..on in Plot No……...……………………………
Block No…………….Scheme…………….situated at……………...has been supervisedby me and has been completed on ………………. according to the plans sanctioned, vide
office communication No………………. dated …………………..The work has been
completed to our best satisfaction, the workmanship and all the materials (type & grade)have been used strictly in accordance with general and detailed specifications. All thedrainage/Sanitary/Water Supply work has been executed under our supervision and as per
Building Bye-laws. No provisions of the Building Bye-laws and condition prescribed ororder issued there under have been transgressed in the course of the work. The building is
fit for use for which it has been erected /re-erected or altered/constructed and enlarged.
2. Certificate:i)

Certified that the building(s) has been constructed according to the sanctioned
plan and structural design (one set of structural drawings as executed is
enclosed) which incorporate the provisions of structural safety as specified in
relevant prevailing NBC Part 6 and IS codes standards/Guidelines.

ii)

Further certified that water harvesting as well as waste water re-cycling
systems have been provided as per the sanctioned building plan.

iii)

It is also certified that construction has been one under our supervision andguidelines and adheres to the drawings submitted and the records ofsupervision have been maintained by us.

3. Permission to occupy of use the building may be granted.
4. Any subsequent change from completion drawings will be the responsibility of theowner(s)a)

Signature of the ownerb)Signature of the Architect/Engineer

with datewith date

Name in Block letters

Name in Block letter, Licence No.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 203

Annexure and Appendicesc)Address

Address

Signature of the Structural Engineer c)

Signature of Supervisor/Engineer/with date (for certificate 1)

Group/Engineer with date(as defined in NBC of India)

Name in Block letters, Licence No.

Name in Block Letters

Address

Address

Dated :………………………

Page 204

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-14”(Bye laws: 2.17.1)
File No………………………...
Plan No………………………..
Dated:……………………….
Shri/Miss/Smt……………………….
………………………………………

Completion-cum-Occupancy Certificate
With reference to your notice of completion dated……………I hereby certify thatbuilding as per description below certified plan at Plot No………………Block
No………………… Scheme …………………………………………...situated at………………………………
whose plans were sanctioned vide No……………………has been inspected withreference to building bye-laws in respect to the structural safety, fire safety, hygienic andsanitary conditions and proposed rainwater harvesting systems inside and in thesurroundings and is declared fit for occupation and release of regular water and electricity
connections. The description of the construction work completed is given as under:

Description of Construction Work Block Wise/Building Wise.
1. Block Building No.
2. Details of Completed Work floor wise.

Vice ChairmanorCommissioner of Authority

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 205

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “A-15”(Bye laws: 2.17.1)
Form of Rejection or Compliance in Respect of Occupancy Certificate
File No…………………………….
Dated:…………………………

Sh/Smt…………………………………….
……………………………………………..
Subject:

Occupancy Certificate in respect of Plot No………………………..

Dear Sir / Madam,
1)

With reference to your letter dated

2)

With reference to your notice of completion dated

3)

In continuation of this office letter of even No…………………..dated on thesubject noted above, I am directed to inform you that your case bas been
examined and occupancy certificate is rejected for the reasons as given below:-Yours Faithfully
For…………………………….
………………………Authority1.

…………………………………..

2.

…………………………………..

3.

…………………………………..

4.

…………………………………..

Page 206

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “B”(Bye laws: 2.9.4 & 6.3.8)
Affidavit/Undertaking(For Handing Over Land Required For Road Widening)That I/We have submitted building plans for construction of building on plot
No………….. Block No…………………….located at………………………to the…………………….. under Sanction………………… of the ……………….. Act forfavour of sanction.
I/We undertake to hand over the land required for road widening as shown on site plan toconcerned Authority free of cost as and when asked by……………………to do so.
I/We have already understood that the……………………is granting sanction on the basisof my undertaking.
If I/We fail to do so, the sanction so accorded shall be revoked and construction done asconsequence thereof shall be deemed to have done unauthorisedly and shall be actionable
u/s ……………………..of the ……………………….Act.

DEPONENT
Verification

I/We verify that the contents of the above undertaking are correct to the best of myknowledge and belief and nothing material has been concealed there from.

DEPONENT

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 207

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “B-1”(Bye laws: 2.9.4. iv)

INDEMNITY BOND FOR BASEMENT

This Indemnity Bond is executed by Shri/Smt.…………………………………………
S/o, D/O, W/O Shri/Smt…………………………………………………………….………
R/O……………………………………………….in favour of Development Authority.
Whereas the executant has submitted to the concerned Authority the plans for, sanction of
basement over Plot No………………… under the provisions of the Act and lie bye- laws
made there under:And whereas the concerned Authority has agreed to sanction the aforesaid construction
subject to the conditions that the owner shall indemnify the concerned Authority in theevent of any loss or damage being cause to the adjoining building on account of theconstruction of the said basement either at the time of digging of its foundations or in thecourse of its construction or even thereafter and also against any claim of any concern
thereto.
And whereas the executant has agreed to execute an indemnity bond to the above affectand also to abide by the terms imposed by the concerned Authority to the grant ofsanction for construction of the basement.
Now this deed witnesses:
1.

That in consideration of the sanction of the plans by……………………………
for construction of the basement the executant undertakes that he/she shall at all
times keep…………………harmless and free from any liability, loss or damages/
flowing from any injury or damage caused to the adjoining built-up properties or
to any person as a consequence of the construction of at the time of digging of its
foundations or during the course of its construction or at any time thereafter.

2.

The owner agreed and undertakes that in the event of any claim being made by
any person or persons against the concerned Authority either in respect of the
sanction granted by the concerned Authority to the owner for the construction of
basement or in respect of the construction or manner of construction of thebasement by the owner or the consequences flowing from the said sanction theexecutant shall be responsible and liable and not the concerned Authority.

3.

The executant agrees and undertake to indemnify the concerned Authority fully inrespect of any amount which the concerned Authority may be required to pay to
any person either by way of compensation or damages or on any other account asa result of any claim or suit or any other proceedings concerning the sanctioning

Page 208

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendicesof the construction of the basement of the making thereof and also in respect of
the costs and expenses which the concerned Authority may incur on defending
any action.
4

Without prejudice to the above undertaking the executant hereby binds itself to
pay to the concerned Authority to the full extent any amount which the concerned
Authority may be required to pay to any person in connection with, relating to orconcerning the sanctioning of the basement or the making thereof.

5

The owner further agrees and undertakes that this bond shall remain in full force
and effect till the executant faithfully observes/performs the undertaking herein
before contained.

In witness whereof the executant above named has signed this bond on this ……………..
day of …………………..at…………………………………………

Indemnifier
Witness:(Signatures)……………………………
1.

Name………………………………………
Full Address……………………………….
(Signatures)……………………………….

2.

Name………………………………………
Full Address……………………………….

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 209

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “C”(Bye laws: 2.12.1)
PERFORMA TO BE SUBMITTED BY OWNER
1.

Name, Status, and Address of the applicant

2.

Name of the Architect and address with Registration number with Council of
Architecture.

3.

Details of the property/plot

4.

5.

a)

Locationb)Boundariesc)

Area in sq.mt. with dimensions (net plot area)d)Width of the roads

Land usea)

Master Planb)

Zonal Development Planc)Approved Layout Plan

Title
a)

Free Holdb)

Leasehold under notification for acquisition if lease hold permission oflessor for construction under the leasehold condition obtained.

c)

Whether under acquisition, if so give details.

6.

Whether the plot/land is affected under the Urban Land (Ceiling & Regulation)
Act, 1976. If so, copy of the NCO from the concerned Authority be furnished.

7.

Proposalsa)Land Useb)

Coverage on each floor with proposed use of the floor space including
basement.

c)

FAR

d)

Heighte)No. of floors.

f)Envelope controls/set backsg)Parking norms

Page 210

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Encl:
1.

Ownership title

2.

Permission to construct under the lease

3.

Permission under the Land Ceiling Act, 1976.

4.

Site/Location Plan

5.

Tentative proposals to explain the scheme

Signature of Architect

Signature of the owner

Name………………………………..

Name………………………………….

Reg. No…………………………….
Address……………………………….

Address……………………………..

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 211

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “D”(Bye laws: 4.32.2)
Number and Type of Lifts Required for Different Occupancies and Space forElectrical Installations
1.

The number and type of lifts required depending on the capacity of lift, desired
speed nature of operation are as given in table below:

Table: Number and types of lifts for non-residential Multistoried Building
Sl. No. of Capacity
No. floors of lifts in Speed
personm/s

No. of persons that can be carried by a lift
In 6 minManually Automatic
Operated

In 30 min.
Manually
Operated

In 50 min.

Automatic Manually
Operated

In 60 min.

Automatic

Manually
Operated

Automatic

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1

7

6

0.6-0.75

17

-

102

-

170

-

204

-

2

7

8

0.6-0.75

22

-

132

-

220

-

-

-

3

7

10

0.6-0.75

26

-

156

-

260

-

312

-

4

7

10

1.0

30

-

180

-

300

-

360

-

5

7

13

1.0

37

-

122

-

370

-

444

-

6

11

6

0.6-0.75

11

-

70

-

115

-

140

-

7

11

8

0.6-0.75

15

-

90

-

150

-

180

-

8

11

10

0.6-0.75

18

-

108

-

180

-

216

-

9

11

13

0.6-0.75

22

-

132

-

220

-

264

-

10

11

10

1.0

21

-

126

-

210

-

252

-

11

11

10

1.5

24

-

144

-

240

-

288

-

12

11

13

1.5

28

-

156

-

260

-

312

-

13

11

13

1.5

32

-

180

-

300

-

-

-

14

16

10

1.0

17

-

100

126

170

210

-

252

15

16

13

1.5

20

24

120

145

200

240

248

290

16

16

13

1.5

23

30

138

180

230

300

-

360

17

16

16

1.5

25

33

150

198

250

330

300

356

18

21

10

1.5

18

32

108

132

180

220

214

264

19

21

13

1.5

21

26

126

156

210

250

250

312

20

21

14

1.5

23

28

138

168

230

280

-

-

Note-1:a)

For all non-residential buildings, the traffic cleared in 50 minutes is considered adequate andis approved by Authority. As such for calculation the number of lifts required, the rate of theclearance of traffic in column 9 and 10 and the population may be taken into consideration.

b)

In addition to total number of lifts required as above, provision of one lift of the same capacity
may be considered to serve as stand-by.

Page 212

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and AppendicesNote-2:The population may be worked out on the basis of useful carpet area which the person occupy(excluding area of Verandah, Lobbies, Halls, Passages, Lavatory blocks, etc.)

Note-3:The population on ground and first floor may not be taken into consideration since these floors
are not generally served by lifts.

Note-4:0.75 meter per sec.

Equivalent to 150 ft. per Min.

1.00 meter per sec.

Equivalent to 200 ft. per Min.

1.5 meter per sec.

Equivalent to 300 ft. per Min.

Note-5:The height of buildings for lift installation i.e. the travel on the lift presumed in the above
statements is as below:
7 floors
21.0 mt.
11 floors

33.0 mt.

16 floors

48.0 mt.

21 floors

64.0 mt.

Table: Number and types of lifts for Residential Building
Sl. No. of
No. floors

No1

5 to 82

2

9 to 112

3

11 to 132

4*

13 to 19

Passenger
Speed in Landing Central
Service Capacity Type Central
unit capacity m/s
Gate
SystemLift No. Persons of
SystemPersonsTypeGate
6
0.0 to 0.5*
Automatic
push button
operation
both fromcarandlanding
8
0.6 to 1*--Do-1
8- Pushbutton car
handleswitchcontrol8
0.6 to 0.74*--Do--and18--do-withoutcollection
system

1

6

2

8

1

2

8

1

Power
operated
doors---do----do--

18---do--

power
operateddoors

For buildings more than 15 mt. in height collapsible gates shall not be permitted.
(see bye-law No. 7.9.1(f) )Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 213

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “D-1”(Bye laws: 4.32.2)
The dimensions and relevant information for lift installations like lift well, pit depth,
machine room, clearance from top floor landing to machine room flooring is given intable below:
Table: Dimensions and required information for Lift Installation in Building
Carrying Load
Capacity (kg)of lift(persons)
NumberLift speed Dimensionof Lift wellfront depth(In cm.)3(Cm)

Leading Dimension of
Pit
Machine Room
Entrance(Cm)

Clearancefrom topfloor
landing tomachineroom
flooring cm

Imposed loadin tones on topof lift well due
to installation.
It may be notedthat figures do
not include
weight of themachine fromfloors and well,
etc.

1

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

4

272 Up to & 175
including
1 m/s

115

70

140

230 275

245

450

6.5

6

408

195

135

80

140

230 335

275

450

7.0

8

544 Up to & 200
including
1 m/s

170

80

150

245 395

275

450

8.5

10

680 Up to & 225
including
1.5 m/s

170

90

150

245 395

305

470

10.5

13

884

--do--

235

188

90

150

245 425

335

470

13.0

16

1088

--do--

255

205

105

150

245 520

335

480

15.0

20

1360

--do--

255

220

105

150

245 520

335

480

15.0

--do--

Note:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)

Page 214

All lift well dimensions are minimum clear finished plumb requirements.
Where more than one lift is located in the lift well, extra width of 10 cm. Separator beam
should be provided.
1 m/s = 200 ft./min.
The height of landing entrance should be 210 cm. (about 7 ft.) for all lifts.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “D-2”(Bye laws: 4.32.3)
D.2

Spaces for Electrical Installations
The spaces required for different electrical installations are given at 3.1 to 3.3
D.2.1 Electric Sub-station – The norms given in 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 shall be adopted forprovision of space for sub-station.
D.2.1.1

Area Requirements for Sub-Station for buildings

Sl.No.

Total covered Area(sq.mt)Transformer Capacity(KVA)

S/Stn. Size Required(sq.mt)1

2500

1 X 400

70

2

4500

1 X 630

70

3

8000

2 X 630100

410,0002 X 630130

515,0004 X 630160

6

20,0005 X 630175

7

25,0006 X 630200

830,0007 X 630

220

Note:
1.

For additional 1000 sq.mt. covered area, a load of 90 KVA will come up with 150 KVA
TR. Capacity at 60 % loading.

2.

For additional of one transformer as per covered area, a space of additional 16 sq.mt. is
to be provided.

3.

In case of any deviation in space size due to unavoidable circumstance, the same may beconsidered with the approval of Electricity Board.

4.

The floor of the sub-station shall have cable trenches of 0.6 mt. depth, the layout for
which will be given at the time of actual construction. For this purpose, a dummy floor of
0.6 mt. depth shall be provided to facilitate cutting/digging of floor for installation ofequipment’s and making subsequent changes in trenches. This floor shall be capable towithstand minimum load of 10 tones of each transformer mounted on flour wheels.

The break-up spaces required for different installations in a sub-station are given as
below:
1.

Supply company’s Switchgear room and or space of meters.

2.

Transformer Rooms: The number and size of transformer rooms shall be
ascertained from the total power requirements of the company. To determine thesize of transformer and clearance around a transformer, reference may be made togood practice (I.S.1887-1967 code of practice for installation and maintenance ofTransformer). A 500 KVA transformer may be provided with a minimum spaceof 4 mt. X 4 mt.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 215

Annexure and Appendices

If transformer is to be installed outdoor space shall be provided on similar
considerations and adequate provision for safety enclosure is to be made. For
transformer having large oil content (more than 2000 lt.) soak pits are to beprovided in accordance with rule 64 of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956.
3.

High Voltage Switch Rooms: In case of sub-station having one transformer, theowner is required to provide only one high voltage switch. In the case of single
point supply for two transformers, the number of switches required is 3 and for ‘n’transformers the number of switches is n+1. The floor area required in case of asingle switch will be roughly 4 mt. X 1mt. and for every additional switch thelength should be increased by 1mt.

4.

Low Voltage Switch Rooms: The floor area requirement in respect of low voltage
switchgear room cannot be determined by any formula.

5.

Room for Stand-by-Generator: A room space not less then 6 mt. X 9 mt. may beprovided for housing a standby Generator set of 50 KW.

D.2.1.1.A:

Location of electric sub-station in basement of multistoreyedbuildings:

1.

The electric sub-station should be provided in the approved/sanctioned
covered area of the buildings not below the first basement level and should
be on the periphery of the building with clear independent round the clock
approach having proper ramp with slope.
The ramp should be designed in such a manner that in case of fire nosmoke should enter the main buildings. The exit from basement electric
sub-station shall have self-closing fire/smoke check doors of 2 hours. F.R.
near entry to ramp. Additional exit shall be provided if traveled distancefrom the farthest corner of the ramp is more than 15mt.

2.

The electric sub-station should be totally segregated from rest of thebasement having 4 hours. F.R. wall and should have adequate internal
lighting and ventilation. A perfect independent ventilation system of 30
air charges per hour linked with detection as well as automatic medium
velocity water spray system for individual transformer shall be locatedoutside the building at ground floor, fire control room shall be mannedround the clock and shall also have and audio system in the basement aswell as in the control room. No service such as water, sewer, airconditioning, gas pipes or telegraphs services should pass through electric
substation of the cable trench.

3.

The rising mains should be of metal bus bars. The floor of electric substation should be 2 ft above the rest of basement floor and designed
suitably to carry 10 tons of transformer weight on wheels also having
provision of proper cable trenches 0.6 X 0.6 mt. depth. Dummy floor ofPage 216

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices0.6 mt. depth be provided to facilitate laying of cables inside the building
connecting to equipment. Fire retarding cables should be provided andcable trenches be filed with said cables. R.C.C. pipes at suitably places as
required will be provided for cable entries to the sub-station spaces withsuitable water proofing arrangement. A provision of 12 ft. clear height
below beams should be made in the electric sub-station area along withadequate arrangement for fixing chain pulley block for a load of 15 tons.
Provision of sumps shall be kept in the floor so that complete volume oftransformer oil in the event of spillover could be accommodated.
Sufficient arrangement to prevent spread of fire to oil pumps be made.
4.

Transformers room and sub-station room shall be provided with steel
shutters of 8’ X 8’ with suitable grills. Sufficient arrangement forpumping the water out, in case of flooding should be made to minimize
loss to switchgear and transformer.

5.

In view of experience of installation of exhaust chimneys in the multistoreyed buildings at undesirable locations, proper provision in the form ofvertical exhaust leading to above terrace level should be made for the substation.

6.

Electric sub-station space should be made available free of cost bypromoters and should be free of seepage/leakage of water. There should
be no combustible material kept in side or in the vicinity. Periodic
inspection of electric sub-station shall be mandatory and violation of any
bye-law will be dealt, sternly with penalty and immediate disconnection.

D.2.1.2.

Other Requirements for Sub-station

1.

The sub-station will preferably be located on the ground level failing which
it can be in the basement floor in no case at higher level.

2.

The entire space will be provided at one floor in continuation.

3.

The minimum width of the sub-station space shall not be less than 6 mt.

4.

The areas given above in respect of the different categories of rooms holdgood if they are provided with windows and independent access doors.

5.

All the rooms should be provided with partition up to the Ceilings and shallhave proper ventilation. Special care should be taken to ventilate thetransformer rooms and where necessary, louvers at lower levels and exhaustfans at higher level shall be provided at suitable locations.

6.

In order to prevent storm water entering the transformer and switch rooms
through the soak pits, the floor level of the sub-station shall be at least 15 cm
above the highest flood water level that may be anticipated in the locality.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 217

Annexure and Appendices

D.2.2

Cable Trenches Shafts Etc.

D.2.2.1

Suitable number of vertical shafts, rising mains, distribution boxes, etc.
shall also be provided as per the requirements at suitable location. Cable
trenches with suitable handy covers for entry of the cables up to thesubstation onwards up to the street adjoining other building shall also be
provided as per the requirements. These vertical shafts, rising mains,
distribution boxes, cable trenches, etc. shall be so constructed as to beaccessible only to authorized personnel. The rising mains and otherinstallations in the vertical shafts, tap off boxes distribution boxes etc.
required at each floor shall be provided, installed and maintained by theowner at their own cost.
Adequate enclosed space shall also be provided at each floor for installationof equipment’s for distribution on respective floors such as distribution
boxes, cut-out, and meter boxes and main switches.

D.2.2.2

Location of Switch Room: In large installations other than where a substation is provided, a separate switch room shall be provided. This shall belocated as closely possible to the electrical load center and suitable ducts
shall be laid with minimum number of bends form the point of entry of the
supply to the position of the main switchgear. The switch room shall also
be placed in such a position that rising ducts may readily be provided there
from to the upper floors of the building in one straight vertical run. In
larger building, more than one rising duct and horizontal ducts may also be
required for running cables from the switch room to the foot of each rising
main. Such cable ducts shall be reserved for the electrical services only,
which may, however, include medium and low voltage installations, such as
call bell systems. Telephone installation should be suitably segregated.

D.2.2.3

Location and Requirement of Distribution Panels: The electrical gear
distribution panels and other apparatus, which are required on such floor
may conveniently be mounted adjacent to the rising mains, and adequate
space should be provided at each floor for this purpose.

D.2.2.4

Location and Requirement of PBX/PABX Room: Information regarding
provision and location of PBX/PABX room, telephone outlets and riser
shall be ascertained form the relevant Authority.
Adequate space should be provided for installation of Sub-Distribution
Board.

D.2.3.

GENERAL

D.2.3.1

The maintenance of the built up space for electric sub-station, distribution
equipment, vertical shafts and enclosure at each floor shall be done by theowner.

Page 218

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

The standby arrangement for electricity supply up to and including the substation equipment and distribution pillars at the sub-station shall be
provided compulsorily.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 219

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “E”(Bye laws: 2.12.5 & 6.3.6)
Qualification and Competence of Technical Personnel for Preparations of Schemesfor Building Permit and Supervision
1.0

General
Building/Development work for which permission is sought, shall be planned,
designed and supervised by registered professionals. The registered professionals
for carrying out the various activities shall be:
Architect, Engineer, Structural engineer, Town planner, Landscape architect,
Urban designer, Supervisor. Requirements of registration/license for these
professionals by the Authority or by the body governing such profession andconstituted under a statute, as applicable to practice within the local body’s
jurisdiction, are given in items 1 to 7 of the following table:(items 8-10 Plumber, Electrician and Fire Consultant may not need registration)

Sl No Professional
Qualifications
Registered
with
valid
1
Architectmembership of the Councilof Architecture, India asprescribed under Architect’s
Act 1972.

2

Engineer

Graduate in Civil Engineeringfrom recognized Indian orforeign university.
Registered
with
valid
membership (Civil) of theInstitution of Engineers,
India.

Page 220

Competence / Functions
The registered architect shall be competent to carry out
the work related to the building/development permit as
given below:
a. Prepare and sign all plans, sub-division/layout plans
and information connected with building permit
except engineering services of multi-storeyed/
special buildings.
b. Preparation of building plans, drawings and related
information connected with development permit ofarea up to 1 hectare for metro-cities and 2 hectare
for other places.
c. Issuing certificate of supervision for development
permit of area up to 1 hectare for metro-cities and 2
hectare for other places. (related to building layout
and other architectural aspects)
d. Issuing certificate of supervision and completion of
all buildings pertaining to architectural aspects.
The registered engineer shall be competent to carry out
the work related to the building/development permit as
given below:
a. Prepare and sign all building plans, structural
drawings and service plans and information
connected with building permit;b. Preparation of structural drawings, details andcalculations of buildings on plot up to 500 m2 andup to 5 storeys or 16 m in height, all service plansandrelatedinformation
connected
withdevelopment permit of area up to 1 hectare formetro-cities and 2 hectare for other places.
c. Issuing certificate of supervision for development
permit of area up to 1 hectare and 2 hectare forother places (pertaining to building layout, Building
structure, civil works and service installations);
d. Issuing certificate of supervision and completion of
all buildings pertaining including structure andbuilding services.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Sl No Professional
Qualifications
3
Structural Graduate in Civil engineeringfrom recognized Indian orEngineer
foreign
university,orCorporate Member (Civil) of
InstitutionofEngineers(India), minimum 3 years
experienceinstructural
engineering practice withdesigning and field work.

Competence / Functions
The registered structural engineer shall be competent to
prepare the structural design, calculations and details
for all buildings and undertake their supervision.
In case of buildings having special structural features,as decided by the Authority, they shall be designed
only by Structural engineers.

NOTE — The 3 years experienceshall be relaxed to 2 years in the caseof
post-graduate
degreeofrecognized Indian or foreign
university in the branch of structural
engineering. In case of doctorate instructural
engineering,theexperience required would be one
year.

4

Town
Planner

Graduate or Post-graduate
degree in Town and country
planning with valid Associate
Membership of the Instituteof Town Planners, India.

The registered town planner shall be competent tocarry out the work related to the development permit as
given below:
a. Preparation of plans for land sub-division/ layout
andrelatedinformation
connected
withdevelopment permit for all areas more than 1
Hectare..
b. Issuing of certificate of supervision fordevelopment of land of all areas.
NOTE — However, for land layouts for development permit above 5
hectare in area, landscape architect shall also be associated, and forland development infrastructural services for roads, water supplies,
sewerage/drainage, electrification, etc, the registered engineers forutility services shall be associated.

5

LandscapeArchitect

Bachelor or Master’s degree
in landscape architecture orequivalent from recognizedIndian or foreign university.

The registered landscape architect shall be competentto carry out the work related to landscape design forbuilding/development permit for land areas 5 hectares
and above. In case of metro-cities, this limit of landarea shall be 2 hectares and above.
NOTE — For smaller areas below the limits indicated above,association of landscape architect may also be considered from thepoint of view of desired landscape development.

6

Urban
Designer

Master’s degree in Urban
Design or equivalent fromrecognized Indian or foreign
university.

The registered urban designer shall be competent tocarry out the work related to urban design for city areas
more than 5 hectares and campus area more than 2
hectares. He/She shall also be competent to carry out
the work of urban renewal for all blighted/congested
areas.
NOTE — For smaller areas below the limits indicated above,association of urban designer may be considered from the point ofview of desired urban design.

7

Supervisor

Diploma in Civil engineering/ Architectural Assistantshipfrom recognized institutewith 2yrs working experienceorCivil Draftsmanship from
I.T.I with 5yrs experience
under a qualified Architect /Civil Engineer for building
construction and supervision.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

The registered supervisor shall be competent to carryout the work related to the building permit as given
below:
a. All plans and related information connected withbuilding permit for residential buildings on plot up
to 100 m2 and up to two storeys or 7.5 m in height;
andb. Issuing certificate of supervision for buildings asper (a).

Page 221Annexure and Appendices

Sl No Professional
Qualifications
Competence / Functions
licensed by the concerned A plumber shall be competent to do the following jobs:
8
Plumber
Authority
through a. Execution / supervision of sanitary works up to 500
sq mt plot size and 4 storeyed buildings.
examination of candidatesCertificate of training from
ITI,
with
min.
2yrs
experience of execution ofsanitary and plumbing works
under any govt. Dept./ Local
body or a qualified Architect/ Engineer.
Knowledgeofworking
drawings and dimensioned
sketches.
9
Electrician As prescribed by the concerned electricity company
As prescribed by Chief Fire Officer, Town/City Fire Service.
10
Fire
Consultant

Page 222

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “E-1”(Bye laws: 1.1 - 37)
Empanelment of Competent professional
1.

Definition: In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires:a)“Act” – the Act of the concerned Authorityb)“Empanelled Architect” – A person empanelled by the Authority as per
rules under these bye-laws as authorized person to sanction building plansof residential buildings up to 15 mt. in height and for plot size up to
500sqm, forming part of an approved lay-out plan and for other buildings
as authorized in section 13.5 of the Bye-laws.

c)“Person Authorized” – means a qualified and duly registered Architect
having a degree in Architecture or equivalent qualification and registeredwith the Council of Architects, India with minimum 5 years of experience.

d)“Sanctioned Building Plan” means a building plan of a building/premises
to be constructed on a plot and approved by the Competent Authority/
Architect in accordance with the provisions of Master Plan/Zonal
development plan and Building Bye-laws.

e)“Fee” means a fee to be charged by the Authority/Architect for sanction ofbuilding plans. (Design and consultations fees agreed between thearchitect and his/her client is independent of this ‘Fee’)For the empanelment, the qualified Architect/Engineer shall submit list of
projects handled with proof and credentials along with recommendations fromCouncil of Architecture, India.
2.

Authority should obtain security deposit/professional indemnity bond andprofessional liability insurance from empanelled Architects as decided in value
from time-to-time.

3.

The empanelment of an Architect shall be for a period of two years and can beextended from time to time subject to review by the Authority at the end of every
two years.

4.

The Architect shall be empowered to sanction building plans of residentialbuildings up to 15 mt. height and for plot size up to 500sqmt, forming part ofapproved layout plan. And for other buildings the criteria of empanelment shallbe as per section 13.5 of the Bye-laws.

5.

In respect of sanction of building plans of Government buildings, the plans
shall be sanctioned by the Chief Architect/ Senior Architect of the concerned
Department of the Government, provided it conform to Master Plan/Zonal
Development Plan, approved layout plan and Building Bye-laws.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 223

Annexure and Appendices

6.

7.

The Architect shall charge building application fee, other charges as prescribedunder Building Bye-laws and other charges as prescribed form time to time. He
will be permitted to retain 50% of the building application fee towards his service
charges and balance amount along with other charges shall be deposited with the
Authority along with two sets of building plans and other required documents. If
the Authority wants to raise any objection, the same shall be communicated to thearchitect within 10 days of filing the application with the Authority. The architect
while sanctioning the building plans shall take due cognizance of the objections
raised by the Authority.
Before sanction of building plans, the Architect shall ensure and satisfied
himself that various permissions as required by the law from different Authorities
have been obtained.

8.

The Empanelled Architect shall also ensure at the time of sanction of building
plans as well as during the inspections at construction stage and also at thetime of giving completion certificate that there is no violation of Master
Plan/Zonal Development Plan, Approved Layout Plan and Building Bye-laws andother related rules and regulations in force.

9.

In case it is found that there had been a violation of Master Plan/Zonal
Development Plan, approved layout plan and Building Bye-laws and other related
rules and regulations in force at the time of sanction of building plans/construction stage / issue of completion certificate, action for penalising theArchitect shall be taken including removal from the panel and referring the matterto the Council of Architecture, India for appropriate action.

10.

The Empanelled Architect shall be required to file a quarterly return ofbuilding plans received for sanction, fee received, etc. to the Concerned
Authorities. His work shall be monitored to check the backlog and performance.

11.

Before issue of a completion certificate a joint inspection is to be carried out by
the officer authorized by the Authority in this behalf and the empanelledArchitect. Within 10 days of the joint inspection, the Architect shall be informed
about the non-compoundable deviations to be removed and composition fee to be
charged for minor deviations under the rules.

12.

The Architect shall issue the completion certificate after having satisfied
himself that non-compoundable deviations have been removed form the building
and necessary compounding/regularization fee has been deposited with theconcerned Authority.

Page 224

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix: “F”(Bye laws: 7.12.1)
Penal Action for violation of provisions of Development Code of Master Plan, Zonal
Regulation and Building Bye-laws.
(A)

Non-Compoundable Items
Any deviations except those set in para “AA” hereunder, from the maximum,
minimum prescribed limits regarding:1.

Coverage,

2.

F.A.R.

3.

Setbacks,

4.

Open spaces,

5.

Total height of the building

6.

No. of floors,

7.

No. of DUs & density

8.

Parking norms,

9.

Light and Ventilation provisions,

10.

Use

11.

All other provisions of these bye-laws except item given in para ‘B’ below
shall not be compounded/regularized and shall have to rectified byaltering/ demolition at the risk and cost of owner. Besides this any otheraction as per terms and conditions of lease and provisions of Act shallproceed.

(A.A) Compounding Excess Coverage/FARi)

Deviations in the coverage/FAR to the extent of 5% of the permissible
coverage/FAR or 13.5 sq.mt. whichever is less in building(s) use premises,
other than building(s) use premises where 100% ground coverage andfixed height is allowed as per Architectural control forming part ofcomprehensive schemes like District Centre, Community Centres, Cluster
Court Housing etc. may be compounded after levying penalty at thefollowing Rates:
Rates of excess coverage/floor area:
Up to 5% of excess coverage/FAR a one time compounding fee equivalent
to the land rated in the concerned locality applicable at the time of theapplication for compounding.

ii)

For excess coverage / FAR for above 5%

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 225

Annexure and Appendices

Any excess coverage above 5% or 13.5 sq.mt whichever is applicablewould be liable to demolish to that extent.
iii)

Compounding at set back Infringements

The infringements of the set backs maximum to the extent of 30 cm (1 ft.)may be compounded by way of levying compounding fee at the following
rates:Infringements
Residential Buildings Non-Residential Buildings
Upto 15 cm (6 inch)
Rs. 1000 per sq.mt. of Rs. 2500 per sq.mt. of area
area infringing the set infringing the set backback
Above 15 cm (6 inch)
Rs. 2000 per sq.mt of Rs. 5000 of area of thearea infringing the set infringing the set backback(B.B) Compoundable Items
If a building or part thereof has been constructed unauthorized, i.e. withoutobtaining the requisite building permit from the concerned Authority as required
under the building bye-laws, the same shall be compounded at the following rates
provided the building or part thereof so constructed other wise conforms to theprovisions contained in the Building Bye-laws and Master/Zonal Plan regulations.
For this party shall have to submit the request for building permit in the prescribed
procedure.
Rates:a)Rs. 50 per sq.mt. of the covered area constructed unauthorized in residentialbuilding up to 500 sq.mt. Plot size.

b)

Rs. 100 per sq.mt of the covered area constructed unauthorized in the building
categorized below:• All Govt. Public and Semi-Public and Utility Buildings.
• Religious, Institutional and Educational Buildings.

c)Rs. 250 per sq.mt. of the covered area constructed unauthorisedly• Residential building above 500 sqmt. plot size, Group Housing & Guest Houses.
• Industrial Buildings:• Storage buildings (underground or above ground)d)Rs. 1000 per sq.mt. of covered area constructed unauthorisedly.
• Cinema and Theatre Building.
• Petrol Pumps (Filing / Service Station)• Hazardous Buildings.
• Commercial / Business Buildings

Page 226

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices1.

The buildings not covered specifically under the above categories shall becompounded as decided by the Authority, considering merits of each individual
case.

2.

Items which are exempted form the calculations of the coverage and FAR e.g.
cupboards, canopy, basement, and mezzanine, loft, watchman cabins, etc. but
constructed unauthorisedly without obtaining prior permission from the Authority,
but within the permissible limits shall also be compounded/regularized at the rateprescribed above.

3.

Deviations of the building bye-laws other than specified in (A) (Noncompoundable)
Deviation up to the maximum extent of 10% from the maximum/minimumprescribed limit (as prescribed by the building bye-laws) shall be compounded at
the following rates:a)
In case of deviations of areas of various components of the building, the rateof penalty will be @ Rs. 50/- per 1% deviation.
b) For deviations in terms of height the penalty shall be @ Rs. 50/- per 1% ofdeviation for every 10 sq.mt. or part thereof of the affected area.
c)
Deviations from the prescribed limit of width, length, penalty shall be @ Rs.
50/- per 1% of the deviation for every 10 sq.mt. or part thereof of theaffected area.

Notes:
1)

Notwithstanding the provisions above, no penalty shall be levied for the first 3% ofdeviation but in case the deviation limit exceed 3% penalty shall be levied at above rates forthe total deviation up to 10%.
2)
The penalties of the above rates as given in (ii) (a), (b), and (c) shall be charged for eachdeviation and for every component of the building separately.
a) In case of increase in size of canopy in front open space form the prescribed limits of byelaws the same shall be charged @ Rs. 100/- per sq.mt.
b) End walls up to 0.9 mt. in width in a terrace type construction constructed purely as anarchitectural feature Rs. 50/- each.
c) Enclosing of front balcony with jail wall which is being used as a part of stair case Rs.
500/- sq.mt.
d) (i) An open Urinal Wall up to 1.7 mt. height --------- No Penalty.
(ii) Water storage Tank over open urinal with walls up to 1.70 mt. in height ------- No
Penalty, if sanctioned. If not sanctioned, Rs. 500/- each.
e) All roof projections beyond permissible limit of bye-laws as specified shall be counted
towards FAR calculations if other wise the same do not infringe up to any other bye-laws.
f) Plinth steps in setback portion -------------- Rs. 100 each.
g) Extra slab in mumty constructed without sanction shall be compounded at the rate givenin (B) (compoundable item) provided it does not infringe upon the provision of any otherbye-laws.

h) Partition wall provided without sanction at any floor if the same are not infringing upon
the provision of any other bye-laws --------- Rs. 50 per sq.mt. of the surface area of thewall (i.e. length X height)i) Projections/sunshade/(not more than 0.45 mt. in width on public streets/roads overwindow opening above first floor shall be objected. However, at Ground Floor theseshall be not permitted.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 227

Annexure and Appendices

Note:
The Authority if satisfied that there are other deviations of general nature, which are not describedabove, may fix rates for compounding such deviations. However, there shall be no further
relaxation in FAR and coverage over that permitted above.
Revision of all fees and charges under consideration for compounding and regularization shall berevisited by the Authority from time-to-time based on the Schedule of rates.

Page 228

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “G”(Bye laws: 7.9 & 8.12)
To Provide Facilitates in the Public Building excluding Domestic Buildings forDifferently-abled Persons
1.

Definitions
Ambulant Disabled People: Disabled who are able to walk but who may dependon prostheses (Artificial Limbs) orthoses (Calipers),
Sticks, crutches or walking aids.
Non-Ambulant Disabled People:
Disabled people with impairments that
confine them to wheelchair.
Wheel Chair:
Chair used by disabled people for mobility.
i) Size of small wheel chair: 750 x 1050 mmii) Size of large wheel chair: 800 x 1500 mm

2.

Scope
These bye-laws are applicable to public buildings and exclude domestic buildings.
Building which shall provide access to ambulant disable and Non-Ambulant
disabled are listed below. Distinction is made for buildings to be designed for theuse of large wheel chairs and small wheel chair.

3.

Building to be designed for Ambulant Disabled People
Higher Secondary School, Conference Hall, Dance Halls, Youth Centres, Youth
Clubs, Sport Centres, Sport Pavilions, Boat Club Houses, Ice Rinks, BowlingCentres, Swimming Pools, Police Stations, Law Courts, Courts Houses, Sport
Stadiums, Theaters, Concert Halls, Cinemas, Auditorias, Small Offices (themaximum plinth area 1400 sq.mt) Snack Bars, Cafes and banqueting rooms (forcapacity above 50 dinners).

Note:
i)
ii)
iii)

4.

In sport stadiums provisions shall be made for non-ambulant spectators (small wheel chair)@ 1:1000 up to 10,000 spectators and @ 1:2000 for spectators above 10,000.
In Theaters, Concert Halls, Cinemas and Auditoria provisions shall be made for nonambulant spectators (Small Wheel Chairs) @ 1/250 up to 1000 spectators and 1/500 forspectators above 1000.

Building to be designed for Non-Ambulant Disabled People:
Schools for physically handicapped, cremation, buildings as mentioned in 3,
Botanical Gardens, Religious Buildings, Old People Clubs, Village Halls, Day
Centers, Junior Training Centres, Post Offices, Banks, Dispensaries, Railway
Stations, Shops, Super Markets, and Departmental Stores.

Notes: Large wheel chair criteria shall be applicable on ground floors of the following building, post
offices, banks, dispensaries, railway station, shops, supermarkets, and departmental stores.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 229

Annexure and Appendices5.

Building to be designed for Non-Ambulant People (using small wheel chairs)
Public lavatories in Tourist Sports, Clubs Motels, Professional and Scientific
Institution, Museum, Art Galleries, Public Libraries, Laborites, Universities,
Collage for further Education, Teachers Training Colleges, Technical College,
Exhibition Halls Dentist Surgeries, Administrative Department of the Hospitals,
Service Stations, Car Parking, Buildings Airports Terminals, Bus Terminals,
Factories Employing Handicapped for Sedentary Works, Large Offices, (withplinth area abode 1400 sq.mt.), Tax Offices, Passport Offices, Pension Offices,and Labour Offices, Cafes, Banqueting Rooms and Snack Bars (For capacity
above 100 dinners).

6.

Buildings Requirements:
All Building requirements for building projects proposed under this category shallbe conforming to Annex D, Part 3 of NBC 2005.

Page 230

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “H”(Bye laws: 7.10)
Regulations for Resettlement and Slum In-stitu Upgradationi)

Density
The net density shall be up to 250 tenements per hectare.

ii)

Minimum Plot Size
The Minimum Plot Size shall be 25 sq.mt. However, it can be 18 sq.mt. with
100% coverage provided 7 sq.mt. per tenement is clubbed for cluster space.

iii)

External walls
115 mm thick external brick wall with or without plaster shall be permitted.

iv)

Staircase
Single flight staircase without landing between the two floors shall be permitted.

v)

Pathways
The width of path ways shall be as follows:
2 mt. width for pathways up to 30 m in length.
3 mt. width for pathways up to 50 m in length.

vi)

Flushing System:
In water closets flushing system shall not be essential and toilets without thisprovision may be permitted.

vii)

Water closets pan size:
The water closets seat shall be of minimum 46 m (18 inches) in length.

viii)

Septic tank and leaching pit (soak pit)
A septic tank shall be provided with capacity 141.6 m liters (five cubic feet) per
capita, where the municipal services are likely to be available within four or five
years or so, pour flush water seal latrines (NEERI type) shall be permitted, where
the municipal sewage system is not available and the water table in the area is nothigh.

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 231

Annexure and Appendices

Appendix “I”(Bye laws: 13.5, Table 13.4)
Categories of Materials of storage for Warehouses as per combustion risk
A. Non combustible materials:
Articles (which are Non- Combustible, Non -Flammable, Non -Corrosive, Non -toxic,
Non-poisonous, Non-Explosive) such as Cement, brick, mortar, hardware items,
metals in solid bar/metal goods (excluding those having melting point below 1000o C)
B. Combustible Materials in following 4 sub categories
Category
Material Specifications

Category I

Stacking height
Medium High(in m)(in m)
Articles such as Carpets, Non synthetic/synthetic yarn
4
6.5

and fabrics. Mechanical and electrical goods (dominantly
metal parts), Glassware and crockery, fiberboards,
groceries, metal goods, Papers other than those listed
under categories Moderate and High, Powdered andcanned foods, Plastic/glass bottles containing nonflammable liquids, etc.
Category II Articles such as Batteries, Baled cotton/synthetic fibers,
Books, Baled cork, Baled waste paper, Cartonscontaining alcohols ( in cans/bottles), Cartons of cannedlacquers which dry by solvent evaporation, Chipboard,
Cardboardrolls(horizontally
Stored),Cereals/Grains/Foodstuff/
Flour/Sugarinsacks,
Cellulose/Cellulose pulp, Electrical goods other thanthose stated in Category low, Flammable liquids in noncombustible containers, Leather goods, Palletized liquor
stocks, Plastics (non-foamed, other than cellulose nitrate),
Rolled pulp and paper and asphalted paper (Horizontal
storage), Veneer sheets, Wooden patterns, Metal/wooden
furniture with plastic seats, etc
Category III Articles such as Bitumen/Wax coated paper, Candles,
Carbon black, Card board rolls (vertically stored),Charcoal, Coal> cellulose nitrate, Foamed plastic andfoam rubber products, Flammable liquids in combustible
containers, Linoleum products, Matches, Plastics otherthan those stated in Category Moderate, Rolled pulp andpaper and asphalted paper (vertical storage), Rubber
goods including tyres and tubes, Sawn timber, Ventilated
wood stacks, Waxed and asphalt coated papers andcontainers in cartons, Wood wool, wooden pallets andflats (idle), Ail materials having wrappings or pre-formed
containers of foamed plastics, etc.
Category IV Offcuts and random pieces of foamed plastic or rubberrolls of sheets of foamed plastic or foamed rubber, Foam
mattress, Expanded polystyrene packaging, Foam
upholstery, etc

Page 232

3

5.5

2

4.5

1.25

3.5

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Annexure and Appendices

Explanations:# The deflector of the sprinkler fitted in the ceiling shall be atmore than 1.5 m from the goods stored below. However, incase of jute storage, no jute stock shall reach within 2 m ofthe deflectors of the sprinkler heads.
# In case of storage in racks or shelves, if the height ofstorage is more than what is specified, intermediate
sprinklers shall be provided for each shelf/rack in addition
to the ceiling sprinklers and overall design density and
AMAO shall be maintained as per Table 5 of IS: 15105.
# The aisle width between the storage stacks shall not be lessthan 2.5 m and the maximum area of each storage stackshall not be more than 15.0..m2. If these parameters are
exceeded, the design density applicable shall be loaded by
2.5 L/min/m2.
# In case of mixed storage (both moderate and high hazard
storage) in buildings, the parameters will be governed bv
the most hazardous occupancy

Goods stored not higher
than what is stated above forthe appropriate category or
not higher than the eaves
height of the roofs or within
1 m of a flat ceilingwhichever is the lowest
shall be regarded asmoderate hazard storage. If
the above conditions are notmet, the risk shall be
regarded as high hazard
storage

Notes:
1. Any new use which increase the number of occupants to a figure comparable with otherclasses of occupancy shall change the classification of the building to that of the new use (forexample, Warehouse used \ for office purposes).
2. Ware house buildings shall not include any article which is highly combustible or explosive
materials or products which are liable to bum with extreme rapidity and or which may produce
poisonous fumes or explosions for storage, handling and which involve highly corrosive, toxic or
noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing flame, fumes and explosive,
poisonous, irritant or corrosive gases; and for the storage, handling of any material producing
explosive mixtures of dust which result in the division of matter in to fine particles subject tospontaneous ignition as such buildings fall in Hazardous Building Category

Model Building Bye-Law, 2015, TCPO

Page 233

Annexure-I

Guidelines for mitigation of effects ofElectro Magnetic Radiationin
Built spaces

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Page 235

Annexure-I

INTRODUCTION
Electromagnetic radiations are energy waves having time varying electric andmagnetic fields at right angles to each other and are predominantly used for wirelesscommunication.

Although, Electromagnetic Fields (EMF) occur in nature and thus havealways been present on earth (Sun is the biggest source of natural EMR), neverthelesstheir occurrence has become more pronounced due to rapid advances of wirelesstechnology in the communication sector.
The twentieth century witnessed, steady rise of environmental exposure to
man-made sources of EMF due to increasing electricity demand, ever-advancing
wireless technologies and changes in work practices and social behavior. The
unprecedented growth in communication industry in recent years has also caused an
exponential rise in electromagnetic radiations in the envelopes surrounding all living
habitats.
Human beings are thus exposed to a complex mix of electric and magnetic
fields at many different frequencies, at home and at work. EMF (Electro Magnetic
fields) can be broadly divided into1. Low-frequency electromagnetic fields- the common sources of which include powerlines, household electrical appliances, and
2. High frequency electromagnetic fields: the main sources of which are radar, radio
and television broadcasting, mobile telephones and their base stations, induction
heaters and anti-theft devices etc.

Page 236

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Annexure-I
Given below is the chart of Electromagnetic spectrum which highlights
various ranges of frequencies and the equipments which work in these ranges offrequencies:-

Therefore, there is an urgent need to adopt precautions for living beings fromany effects of electromagnetic radiations at our work places as well as at our living
spaces.

ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATIONS: EFFECTS OF EXPOSURE
The effects of electromagnetic radiation upon living cells, including those on
humans, depend upon the frequency as well as the penetrating power of the radiation.
Initially, it was believed that low frequency fields were too weak to cause
heating to a significant level and thus do not have any biological effect. There havebeen a number of epidemiological studies for a relationship between cell phone use
and consequent health threats that have been largely inconclusive. Thus, it can beconcluded that their effect is not very prominent although significant. However, there
are sufficient evidences to suggest the existence of complex biological effects of
weaker non-thermal electromagnetic fields, and modulated RF and microwave
fields. World Health Organization has classified radiofrequency electromagnetic
radiation as a possible group 2b carcinogen (possible weaker threats).
Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Page 237

Annexure-I
In case of low-frequency radiations (radio waves to visible light) therefore,
depending upon the power of the radiation heating effects are caused due toabsorption of radiation by the living cells. These thermal effects increase with thefrequency of radiation as penetration of radiation into the organism increases (forexample microwaves penetrate more than infrared rays).
At higher frequencies (visible and beyond) however, the individual photons of
the radiation carry enough energy individually and thus directly or indirectly candamage biological molecules. All frequencies of UV radiation have therefore beenclassified as Group 1 carcinogens by the World Health Organization. In this context it
is a significant fact that Ultraviolet radiation from sun exposure is the primary causeof skin cancer. Thus, at such frequencies electromagnetic radiations cause much moredamage to biological systems than simple heating. This is most obvious for the"extreme" Ultraviolet, X-ray and Gamma radiations, which are referred to as ionizing
radiations due to the ability of photons of this radiation to produce ions and free
radicals in materials which include living tissues as well. Since such radiation can
produce severe damage to life at powers that produce very little heating, it isconsidered much more dangerous than the rest of the electromagnetic spectrum.
Health risks from Electromagnetic radiations can be numerous depending
upon the power and frequency of radiations.

From the perspective of prevention of any health effects of Electro Magnetic
Radiations there is a need of suitable precautions, since it is not possible to keep awayfrom them owing to the advent of wireless communication technology which is based
upon electromagnetic waves of higher frequencies besides many other applications
like microwave, remote controlled toys, cordless phones, TV remotes etc.

Page 238

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Annexure-I
Guidelines for Buildings and Built forms mitigating effects of EMR
While planning a building or a residential complex/ township, it is most desirable tolist all probable equipments/ appliance emitting Electromagnetic Radiations in order ofascending/descending intensities. These should also be categorized as per indoor andoutdoor emissions. Their placement in the built space and surroundings can then be
decided based on certain premises.
The most fundamental principal in this regard is that the effect of Electromagnetic
Radiation decreases with increase in distance from radiation emitting source. It is thus
advisableo To keep a safe distance from working electric and electronic equipments.
o Minimize the use of all equipments working on wireless technology like
cordless phones, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and the cell phones.
o Disconnect electric and electronic equipments from the power supply when
not in use, especially in areas of prolonged occupancy.
Further, the list of equipments/appliances generally used in and around working/living
space is placed below for appreciation of EMR radiations :1. RF Sources i.e. the transmitting towers such as AM/FM radio towers, TV towers,
cell phone towers transmitting EMR continuously.
2. Cell phone which is ON but not in use also radiates and Wi Fi (Wireless Internet)
3. Cordless phone
4. Wi-max
5. Other wireless devices
6. CFL (Compact Florescent Light) bulbs
7. Neighboring EMR sources that are located next to shared walls.
8. Computers and laptops
9. Air conditioning systems
10. Refrigerators
11. Electrical heating systems/ Microwave Ovens
12. Power generators and voltage converters
13. Stereo and home entertainment systems
14. Fans
This list is only indicative and not exhaustive and there can be additions to it.
From the view point of effective communication, providing of mobile towers in a
township/ office complex is an essential requirement and thus should be carefully planned.
Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Page 239

Annexure-I
The mobile tower generates and transmits high frequency radiations; so more care isneeded for their placement. It should be ensured that the building identified to mount the
tower should be the tallest in the vicinity and should not have adjoining buildings onwhich proposed or existing habitable floors are within close range.
OR
Mobile Tower should be mounted on the highest sanctioned building in an area.
In regular practice that many cellular operators mount their antenna on a single
tower along with other operators which increase the effects of EMR manifolds and should
thus be avoided as far as possible. Else height of the tower should be increased.
Besides, Substation Equipments like Transformer, DG set etc. are also to beprovided for fulfilling the bulk power requirement of the building and should be suitably
placed for electrical safety as well as for mitigating effects of EMR. However, as these are
low frequency devices, their placement is too decided more from electrical safety point ofview than EMR.
In addition, various light sources inside the living/working spaces, UPS, servers,
various other equipments running on Wi-Fi may also emit EMR. Hence their placement
inside the building also needs careful consideration.
Thus, in a built environment of considerable human occupancy, following broad
guidelines should be adopted for placement of utility equipments/ appliances serving thebuilding as a whole:

Page 240

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Anneexure-I
Equuipments external tot the buiilding: Mobile Tow
wers

Locaation of com
mmunicationn towers is governed byb radio freqquency systtem adopted
d and asfar asa possible cellularcopeerator should try to avo
oid residenttial areas. H
However whhere it is
not possiblep
too avoid these, they shhould requeest for perm
mission froom the app
propriate
authoority for insstallation onn roof top off the tallest existing buuildings.
(i)First preference should hoowever, be given to the location of towerr in thecommmercial areas or other public areas..

(ii)

Wherre it is not possiblep
to avoid the locationlof this tower in residenttial, area
possibbility shoulld be exploored to locaate them in green beltss within ressidential
sectorrs or open spaces/commmunity build
dings in thee sectors.

W
Where
it is not possiblle to find suchssuitablle space meentioned at Sr. No. (ii)) above,
toweer should bee permitted on the rooff top of resiidential buildings subjeect to the coonditionthat a structurall safety certtificate fromm a certified
d Structural Engineer haas been obtaained.
S
Such
towerss should noot be permittted on occcupied builddings, howeever if inev
vitable, aSteell/Metal framme of 6 M height ovver the rooff level of thet last habbitable floor of thebuildding should be providedd to accomm
modate the tower and its
i associateed units.
S
Structural
sttability of thhe said building shouldd be calculaated with thee overall loading ofsuch metal/steeel frames mountedm
attop and ‘Structural sttability certtificate’ shhould besubmmitted by a registeredd structurall engineer with the applicationafor permisssion ofbuildding (pre-deesign) or insstallation (ppost-design)Trannsformers: In additionn to the fencced ionized area around a transforrmer, neighbborhoodlevell congregatiion activity areas shoulld not be plaanned/perm
mitted withinn 3M of the fence.

Model BuildingB
Byye-Laws, 20015

Page
P
241

Annexure-I
Diesel Generators: The location of the Generator within the Plot premises should not be
adjacent to any habitable / community / recreational activity within a radius of 3M.

Indoor Equipments/Appliances:
Electrical Switchboards: Unless otherwise amended by Barrier-free access regulations
to such fixtures, they should be mounted as per existing stipulations laid down in CPWD
General Specifications for Electrical Works- Part I Internal 2013.
Wireless Routers : Within the housing unit, the vertical mounting height of the routershould be not less than 4 feet and should be kept in the Drawing / Dining zone and notwithin the zones of longer period of occupancy e.g. Bedrooms.
In non – residential units i.e. office spaces these routers should be kept as much away
as possible and should be switched off when not in use.

Server Room: Occupied Work-stations should be at least 5 meters away from the serverroom or associated equipments. If people are sitting in the same room, they must wear
protective gear and should not have prolonged exposure.
Computer: Should be placed in the most isolated place in a dwelling unit, while in an
office space, it should not be less than 2.5 feet away from the person using it.
UPS: Should also be placed in the most isolated place in a dwelling unit, while in an officespace it should not be less than 2.5 feet away from the person using it.
Mobile Phone: It usually remains with the user all the time. The only time it is kept away
is when it is being charged. Thus mobile should be charged from a remotely located power
point. It is thus preferable to provide a charging station in almost every working/living
space at a location, as far as permissible from living space considerations.
Page 242

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Annexure-I

Light sources: Usually, sun as a source of natural light is the biggest source ofelectromagnetic radiations. However, the atmosphere surrounding us provides a natural
shield from electromagnetic radiations. In this context, the light sources used inside aliving/working space should be given careful consideration from the point of view ofElectromagnetic Radiations. Many luminaries available presently, like Fluorescent tubes,
compact fluorescent lamps, LED lights etc. are used in working / living spaces. So theiruse should not only be determined from the point of view of energy conservation but also
from the point of view of Electromagnetic Radiations. For this purpose recommendationsof the manufacturers should serve as proper guidelines.

Table below summarizes appropriate placement of equipments /appliances in thebuilt environment:
Sr. No Equipment
1
Mobile Towers

Minimum safe distance
6 m height over the roof level of the last
habitable floor of the building.
3m
No Change
4 feet(1.2 m)5m
2.5 feet (0.75 m)
Radius of 3 m
2 feet(0.6 m)
2.5 feet (0.75 m)
2.5 feet (0.75 m)
2.5 feet (0.75 m)
4 feet(1.2 m)5 m away from workstations

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Transformers
Electrical Switchboards
Wireless Routers
Server Room
UPS
Diesel Generators
Mobile Phone
ComputerLaptop
UPS
Wireless Router modem
Server room

Note:

Intensity of Electromagnetic Radiations decreases with increase in distance from the radiation
source. So as to minimize exposure maximum possible distance should be kept.

-------------------------------------------------------- ***** -----------------------------------------------------------------

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Page 243

Annexure-I

Page 244

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Annexure-II

Technical Aspects and Options ofRain water Harvestingin
Built forms and open spaces

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Page 245

Annexure-II

INTRODUCTION
The storage of rain water on surface is a traditional technique and the structures usedwere underground tanks, ponds, check dams, weirs etc. Recharge to ground water is a newconcept of rain water harvesting and the structures generally used are:a. Pits: Recharge pits are constructed for recharging the shallow aquifer. These areconstructed 1 to 2m, wide and to 3m. deep which are back filled with boulders, gravels,
coarse sand.
b. Trenches: These are constructed when the permeable stream is available at shallow
depth. Trench may be 0.5 to 1m. wide, 1 to 1.5m deep and 10 to 20m long depending up
availability of water. These are back filled with filler materials.
c. Dug wells: Existing dug wells may be utilized as recharge structure and water shouldpass through filter media before putting into dug well.
d. Hand pumps: The existing hand pumps may be used for recharging the shallow/deep
aquifers, if the availability of water is limited. Water should pass through filter media
before diverting it into hand pumps.
e. Recharge wells: Recharge wells of 100 to 300 mm. diameter are generally constructed
for recharging the deeper aquifers and water is passed through filter media to avoid
choking of recharge wells.
f. Recharge Shafts: For recharging the shallow aquifer which are located below clayey
surface, recharge shafts of 0.5 to 3 m. diameter and 10 to 15 m. deep are constructed andback filled with boulders, gravels & coarse sand.
g. Lateral shafts with bore wells: For recharging the upper as well as deeper aquifers
lateral shafts of 1.5 to 2 m. wide & 10 to 30 m. long depending upon availability of waterwith one or two bore wells are constructed. The lateral shafts are back filled withboulders, gravels & coarse sand.
h. Spreading techniques: When permeable strata start from top then this technique is used.
Spread the water in streams/Nalas by making check dams, nala bunds, cement plugs,
gabion structures or a percolation pond may be constructed.

Page 246

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Annexure-II
ILLUSTRATIONS OF COMMON HARVESTING TECHNIQUES
Figure.1 Rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge for individual plotted house (by percolation pits
and well-cum-channel)

Figure. 2: Rainwater harvesting and groundwater recharge for individual plotted house andmultistoreyed residential building (by storage sump and percolation pits)

Figure. 3 Rainwater harvesting for parks/open spaces(Use of rain harvested water from percolation pits in Landscapes in Public areas)

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

Page 247

Annexure-II
Figure. 4 Rainwater collection (through downpipes and sieves)Figure. 5 Rainwater collection and Groundwater recharge (through abandoned wells and Hand pumps)-------------------------------------------------------- ***** -----------------------------------------------------------------

Page 248

Model Building Bye-Laws, 2015

www.
tc
pomud.
gov.
in